^ftHkm Cchf Si Gifflfrrb] Mw*fek'
CATALOG
Southern Facts
Type. Founded in 1892, Southern
College of Seventh-day Adventists is
a coeducational accredited college
owned and operated by the Southern
Union Conference of Seventh-day Ad-
ventists.
Mission. The college seeks to guide
students in developing a personal
commitment to excellence in aca-
demic achievement, to serving hu-
manity, to understanding cultural di-
versity, to nurturing a mature personal
relationship with Jesus Christ, and to
fulfilling the ideals and mission of the
Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Location. Seventeen miles east of
Chattanooga, Tenn., in the foothills of
the Great Smoky Mountains. Approx-
imately 100 miles north of Atlanta,
Ga., 100 miles southwest of Knoxville,
Tenn., 130 miles southeast of
Nashville, Tenn., and 145 miles north-
east of Birmingham, Ala. Interstates
75, 24, and 59 provide easy access.
Eastern, Delta, American, and Pied-
mont airlines provide convenient air
service to Lovell Field, less than 10
miles from campus.
Southern College conducts a nurs-
ing education program at Florida Hos-
pital Medical Center, Orlando, Fla.
Environment. Unusually beautiful
educational setting, with over a
thousand acres of college property.
Forested slopes of White Oalc Moun-
tain and Bauxite Ridge provide scenic
backdrop for carefully landscaped
grounds. Abundant outdoor recrea-
tional opportunities expanded by
proximity to Tennessee River (15
miles) and Great Smoky Mountains
National Park (100 miles).
Student Body. Residential campus,
with 70% of student body in college
housing. 19 88-1 989: 1,443 students
and 1,169 FTE; 56% female; 84%
White, 8% Black, 5% Hispanic, 3%
Asian; from 46 states, 29 nations.
Faculty. Teaching faculty with em-
phasis on ability to communicate
knowledge effectively, relate to stu-
dents on a one-to-one basis, and model
Christian ideals in a caring atmos-
phere. Faculty head count, 125 and 87
FTE. Within liberal arts departments,
100% hold advanced degrees, 76%
hold highest degree in field.
Student/Faculty Ratio. 13 to 1.
Financial Aid. A broad scholarship
program, with work central to finan-
cial assistance, fulfills Southern's
commitment to provide educational
opportunities for financially disadvan-
taged young people. Unduplicated
count of students receiving aid, 1,076
(79%). Book value of scholarship en-
dowment, $4.2 million, current cam-
paign goal $10 million.
Degrees and Majors. Forty baccalau-
reate majors, 17 associate degree
majors, 27 minors, and two one-year
certificate programs. Pre-professional
programs include dentistry, law,
medicine, secondary teaching and
others.
Accreditation. Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools. SDA Board
of Regents. Departments accredited as
follows: A.S. and B.S. nursing by the
National League for Nursing and the
Tennessee Board of Nursing; B.S. in
education by the Tennessee State
Board of Education, member of the As-
sociation of American Colleges, the
American Council on Education, the
American Association of Colleges for
Teacher Education, the NationalCoun-
cil of Accreditation for Teacher Educa-
tion; the National Association for
Schools of Music.
Campus and Facilities. Twenty-
seven major buildings on the Col-
legedale campus, including nine class-
room buildings with 58 classrooms/
laboratories and a recital hall, two resi-
dence halls, a physical education
center with swimming pool, and an
administrative building. Campus
church seats 1,850, and houses the
Anton Heiller Memorial Organ (4,861
pipes). Broom shop, supermarket and
bakery, and The College Press provide
student employment.
Student Charges. $9,312 a year, in-
cluding tuition, room and board, and
estimated expenses.
SC welcomes applications from students regardless of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals and tradi-
tions of the college as expressed in its objectives and policies.
1989-1990 CATALOG
Telephone:
Collegedale (general number), (615) 238-2111
Admissions information,
Nationwide: (800) 624-0350
Tennessee: Collect (615) 238-2844
Orlando, (407) 897-1890
Mailing Address:
P.O. Box 370
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370
Nursing Department
711 Lake Estelle Drive
Orlando, FL 32803
McKEE LIBRARY
Southern CoWege of SM
. TN 37315
In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to
be factually accurate. The publisher assumes no responsibility for edito-
rial, clerical, or printing errors. The information presented is, at the
time of printing, an accurate description of course offerings, policies,
and requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog,
however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the
college and the student. The college reserves the right to change any
provision or requirement at any time, without prior notice.
CONTENTS
Southern Facts Inside Front Cover
This Is Southern College 3
Admissions, Academic Policies, Information, and Services 7
Courses of Study 37
Departments of Instruction 38-237
Allied Health 38
Art 45
Behavioral Science 49
Biology 55
Business and Office Administration 63
Chemistry 79
Computer Science 84
Consumer and Family Sciences 92
Education and Psychology , 103
Engineering Studies 133
English and Speech 136
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 142
History 149
Journalism 155
Library Science 163
Mathematics 164
Modern Languages 170
Music 174
Nursing 187
Physics 202
Religion 208
Technology 221
Interdepartmental Programs 229
General Studies 229
Medical Science 229
Non-degree Pre-professional Programs 230
Student Life and Services 237
Expenses and Financial Aid 243
The Registry 265
Board of Trustees 265
College Administration 265
Faculty Directory 268
Index 279
Academic Calendar Inside Back Cover
fio/
THIS IS
SOUTHERN COLLEGE
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year co-educa-
tional institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist Church*
primarily to serve its constituents in the southeastern part of the United
States. Its purpose is to provide biblical, liberal arts, professional, pre-
professional, vocational, adult studies, and special programs in a Chris-
tian setting.
EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES
The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist Church
is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of humanity
in the world. The following is a summary of this understanding:
(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and Sus-
tainer of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of all
knowledge.
(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with
Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, spiritual, and
social attributes.
(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but God
in His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration of His
image in humanity, thus preparing man for eternal personal fel-
lowship with God.
In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. Education,
consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. Southern
College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, and physical
environment designed to encourage this development through the fol-
lowing specific objectives.
Spiritual
Students are expected to acquire an understanding of the beliefs and
value system of Christianity as understood by the Seventh-day Adventist
Church. Religious instruction in the classroom, religious convocations,
and a variety of opportunities for Christian fellowship and service pro-
vide the context in which students are encouraged to make their own
commitment to these ideals.
This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day
Adventists, which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama,
Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and
Tennessee.
This Is Southern College
Intellectual
£J The faculty constitute a fellowship of Christian scholars engaged in
a lifelong pursuit of knowledge and wisdom. Academic activities are
therefore designed to assist students in achieving intellectual and career
goals and in acquiring skills for future learning. A liberal education
curriculum is designed to develop critical thinking and expression,
intellectual curiosity, aesthetic appreciation, and cultural awareness to
help fit students for the realization of their immediate and long-range
goals.
Social
Since social maturity is necessary for successful family and commu-
nity living, Southern College endeavors to provide for the development
of healthy interpersonal relations, communication skills, and decision-
making abilities in an atmosphere marked by personal concern and
acceptance.
Physical
The development of the whole person would be incomplete without
attention to physical well-being. Principles of healthful living, includ-
ing a balanced program of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recrea-
tion, are promoted through instruction, work experience, and recrea-
tional facilities.
HISTORY
In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern College
had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the small
village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as Graysville
Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern Industrial School
and five years later to Southern Training School.
In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of
plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton
County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the anticipated
community. At its new location, the school opened as Southern Junior
College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved senior col-
lege status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary College.
In 1982 the name was changed to Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists.
SETTING
Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled
in a valley eighteen miles northeast of Chattanooga. The quietness and
beauty of the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educational
philosophy.
Nursing programs are also offered through the Orlando Center at
Florida Hospital Medical Center.
This Is Southern College
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Southern College is accredited by the Southern Association of Col-
leges and Schools and by the Seventh-day Adventist Board of Regents.
Departments of the college are also accredited by various organiza-
tions. The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree programs
in nursing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by the Na-
tional League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board of Review.
The Division of Nursing is an agency member of the Department of
Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the Division of Nursing
Education of the National League for Nursing. It is also accredited by
the Tennessee Board of Nursing and is recognized by the Florida State
Board of Nursing.
The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education
for the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. The Bachelor
of Science degree in Education is accredited by the Tennessee State
Board of Education. Southern College is also a member of the Associa-
tion of American Colleges, the American Council on Education, the
Tennessee College Association, the American Association of Colleges
for Teacher Education, the National Council of Accreditation for Teacher
Education (NCATE), and the National Association for Schools of Music.
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
The academic program consists of forty baccalaureate degree majors
and twenty-seven minors. Students may pursue programs of study lead-
ing to the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business
Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social Work degrees.
Seventeen programs leading to an associate degree are also offered.
Various pre-professional and terminal curricula are available to students
wishing to qualify for admission to a professional school.
Secondary teaching certification is available in sixteen disciplines.
One-year certificates are available in Auto Body Repair and Food Serv-
ice. SC also cooperates with Loma Linda University in offering the
M.Ed, and M.P.H. degree and with Andrews University in offering the
M.S.N, degree.
STUDENTS
Nearly seventy percent of the students of Southern College come from
the eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-
day Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men.
See "Southern Facts" for more details.
Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial,
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist
Church at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study,
This Is Southern College
business pursuits, government service, research activities, private and
C institutional medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels.
FACILITIES
The following buildings house the academic activities of the college
on the Collegedale campus:
Brock Hall — Art, Business and Office Administration, English and
Speech, History, Journalism, Modern Languages, Instructional
Media, and WSMC FM90.5
Daniells Hall — Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science
Hackman Hall — Biology and Chemistry
Herin Hall — Nursing
Ledford Hall — Technology
McKee Library
William lies Physical Education Center — Physical Education
Religion Center (So-Ju-Conian Hall) — Religion
Student Center— Computer Center, Student Health Service, Cafeteria,
Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, student
activity rooms, K.R.'s Place
Summerour Hall — Behavioral Sciences, Consumer and Family Sci-
ences, Education and Psychology
/. Mabel Wood Hall — Music
Lynn Wood Hall — Alumni, Conference Rooms
Wright Hall — Administration
Other facilities on or near campus that serve student needs:
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church
Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the
college and community
Recreational Area — tennis courts, a track, playing fields
Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school
Student Apartments
Student Park
Talge Hall — men's residence hall
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall
Trailer Park
WSMC FM90. 5— radio station
Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries
and service departments.
ADMISSIONS,
ACADEMIC POLICIES,
INFORMATION,
AND SERVICES
ADMISSIONS
Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless of
race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests
are in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the college as expressed
in its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is not a
requirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the
policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist institu-
tion.
PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1
Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three satis-
factory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one of
the following three conditions by the time of enrollment:
Regular Acceptance
A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home
Study International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at least
2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a minimum
composite score of 15 on the American College Test (ACT).
B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a com-
posite score of 15 on the ACT, and be eighteen years old by June 1
(prior to admission). Each applicant must have an official tran-
script of his or her grades and credits sent to the Admissions
Office from the high school most recently attended.
C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, fourteen
of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum GPA of 3.00
in the major subjects, and have a minimum composite score of
15 on the ACT.
'Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should
consult departmental admissions requirements.
2 Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign lan-
guage.
Admissions
Southern College must have received a final high school transcript
or GED scores and a transcript from the high school last attended from
each new student before he or she will be admitted to registration.
Acceptance on Academic Probation
A. If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below
the minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be
accepted on academic probationary status.
B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than
12 semester hours during the first semester.
If both the high school GPA and the ACT composite score are below
the minimum requirements (2.00 and 15 respectively), it will be neces-
sary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours (in solid
courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being accepted at
Southern College. These six hours may be taken at Southern College
during the summer (last session excluded) or at another accredited
college.
Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following
minimum subjects in their secondary program:
1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech.
2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra.
3. Two units of science or an ACT score of 15 in natural science. A
college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be taken in
addition to general education requirements if this condition is not
met.
4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be
taken as part of the general education requirements.
5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. If
deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level will
be required.
6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended.
ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION
Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen or
as transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the Catalog
for admission requirements.
ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another accred-
ited college or university must follow the same application procedure
as other students. Transfer credits may be applied toward the require-
ments for a degree when the student has satisfactorily completed a
minimum of twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by examination
taken at other colleges will be accepted according to Southern Col-
lege standards (see page 31). A maximum of seventy-two semester
Admissions
hours may be accepted from a junior college. Background deficiencies
revealed by transcripts and entrance examinations will be given indi-
vidual attention.
Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not
regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 16
semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. Only
those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses, and for
which the student has earned a *"C" or better grade, will be accepted.
A student who has been dismissed from another institution because
of poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that
institution, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify
for readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed.
Transfer students must submit both their college and high school trans-
cripts to the Admissions Office before being admitted to registration.
ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS
Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates, or
otherwise-qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer
to another institution of higher learning, may register as special stu-
dents.
ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
An international student making application to Southern College
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school
(secondary) education. The student is required to list only the institu-
tions and dates attended on the application forms, but will not be
accepted to Southern College until the college has received original
records or official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other
credentials, with validation by school or national officials. These should
be in the original language, accompanied by a translation (not an in-
terpretation) in English, and certified by an American Embassy official
if possible.
The Vice President for Admissions of Southern College will evaluate
academic documents received for international students based on the
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets pub-
lished by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admis-
sions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, pub-
lished by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists.
Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General Certifi-
cate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0"
level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1
through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a natural
science, and three others selected from a second language, mathematics,
science and social studies.
Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before
Admissions
admission. This may be done by taking the English Language Proficiency
Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Students
whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is below 550 will not be
admitted. Students must reach the above stated score to be admitted to
the college for the regular academic year.
In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses
for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information
section of the Catalog.)
International students should realize that according to U.S. Immigra-
tion laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more than 20
hours per week and may not be employed except on the college campus.
It is important that international students not leave their homeland
until they receive an official letter of admission from Southern College.
Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic credentials
are satisfactory, surety advance deposit has been made, and he is able
to demonstrate his ability to finance his education at Southern College.
Then the (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued.
When the student departs his homeland, he should have in his pos-
session:
1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College;
2. 1-20 form;
3. A valid passport;
4. A valid visa to enter the United States;
5. Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in addition
to the international surety deposit required of all non-US. citi-
zens).
APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION
^ Prospective students should request application forms from the
Office of Admissions.
^ Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee
of $15.
^ It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools
(high school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of
Admissions in support of the application. These will become the
property of the college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED
DIRECTLY FROM AN APPLICANT.
^ To permit a more effective program of counseling for admission,
students transferring from another college or university with fewer
than 55 semester hours and other students who have no college
composition and/or mathematics courses will be required to take
the ACT (American College Test) prior to registration at Southern
College.
Academic Policies
► Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of
credits, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions Com- H T
mittee will notify the applicant of the action taken.
WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY
New students are urged to submit applications not later than the last
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to suggest
ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the diffi-
culty sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtaining
necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time will
be necessary for processing late applications.
Students in residence may submit re-applications without charge
until April 30. Thereafter the regular application fee of $15 will be
required.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY
When planning for college, students should consider in detail the
course of study which will lead to their desired profession or occupa-
tion. If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been made
before entering college, students may take a general program of study
exploring several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. This
approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned.
The college offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of
Music, Bachelor of Social Work, Associate of Arts, Associate of Science
and Associate of Technology degrees, various pre-professional curricula,
and one-year occupational certificate programs.
When planning their course work, students should acquaint them-
selves with the programs of study and graduation requirements outlined
in this Catalog. Freshman students may consult faculty members dur-
ing the summer months before the beginning of the fall term. Students
planning to teach should consult the Department of Education and
Psychology so as to include courses in teacher education as a part of
their program in order to qualify for denominational and state certifica-
tion.
Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree require-
ments. Students may choose to meet the requirements of any one catalog
in effect during the period of residency. If students discontinue for a
period of twelve months or more, they must qualify according to a
single catalog in force subsequent to their return.
Academic Policies
12
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate Degree
The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as
follows:
^ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 8).
^ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students earning the
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must take 130 semester
hours and those earning the Bachelor of Music degree will need
132 semester hours.
^ A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at
least 14 upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree and
at least 18 upper division hours in the major for all other degrees.
^ Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a B.A.
degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a cumulative
grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* completion of the general
education requirements, and electives to satisfy the total credit
requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades lower
than a "C- " will not be applied on a major or minor.
^ More than one major may be earned provided all courses required
for each major and its cognates are completed. Some courses may
apply to both majors, but a minimum of 20 hours in the second
major must not overlap with those in the first major.
A major and minor, with different names, may be earned in the
same department provided all requirements for both are met. Some
courses may apply to both, but a minimum of 14 hours in the
minor must not overlap with those in the major.
Two emphases of the same major may be earned provided that
all requirements for both are met and that 14 hours above the
number ordinarily required for the major are earned.
^ Completion of an examination as required by the department.
^ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete,
beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours,
including 16 hours upper division, and a new major.
^ Completion of General Education requirements as spelled out in
the "General Education Requirements" section of this Catalog.
*For educationahcertification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.50
must be met both in education and in the field of certification. In elementary
education, a GPA of 2.50 is required in the major and in required non-major
subjects. The music major requires a GPA of 2.25 both in applied music and
other music courses. The nursing major requires a GPA of 2.25 in cognate
courses as well as in the major. The meaical technology major requires
minimum grades of C- and a minimum average of 2,25 in the major and
cognates.
Academic Policies
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree
^ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors need 69
semester hours.
^ Completion of a major, the general education requirements, and
electives to satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation.
Courses completed with grades lower than "C — " may not be
applied on a major.
^ Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish
to obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion of
the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. The work com-
pleted for the second degree must include at least 24 hours in
residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first
degree. If the second associate degree is earned subsequent to the
first associate degree, the requirements for the second degree will
be governed by the provisions of the Catalog in effect at the time
the student re-enters the college for work toward the second degree.
^ Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they
receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in
different fields. If requirements for an associate and a baccalaureate
degree in the same field are completed at the same time, only the
higher degree will be conferred.
ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
^ A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements
of a specific one-year program.
^ A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 {C} or above.
Grades in the technical area below "C-" will not be accepted.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor
^ A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be
upper division credit.
CLASS STANDING
Freshmen 0-23 semester hours
Sophomores 24-54 semester hours
Juniors 55-93 semester hours
Seniors 94- semester hours
Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and
a good citizenship record.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Degree Candidacy: A student may become a degree candidate when
he or she enters upon the school term during which it will be possible
Academic Policies
to complete all requirements for graduation. Formal application for
4 A graduation must be made during the fall registration of the senior year.
Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of
commencement for those graduating at the close of the school year, (b)
the last day of the semester for those finishing first semester, and (c)
for others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements
are met. A commencement service occurs at the end of the second
semester of each school year.
Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts
of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Office
of Records.
Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to partici-
pate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all the
courses they need for graduation or if they submit an approved plan
for completing their courses the following summer. A $100 fee is charged
to students who are listed on the May graduation program as prospective
summer graduates. This fee is refundable only if the degree requirements
are completed by August 31. See the Director of Records for outline of
criteria.
Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily are allowed to graduate
under the requirements of the Catalog of the year in which they enter
the college, or of any subsequent year in which they are in attendance,
provided they do not discontinue attendance for twelve months or more.
Students who are studying for a baccalaureate degree and fail to graduate
within six calendar years (four years for an associate degree), must plan
to conform to the current Catalog.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty semester hours of credit must be com-
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the bac-
calaureate degree. These hours must include 16 upper division, with
eight upper division in the major and three upper division in the minor
fields.
Associate Degree: Twenty-eight semester hours of credit must be com-
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the as-
sociate degree. Sixteen of these hours must be in the major area of study.
Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be com-
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year
certificate.
Transfer Credit: Unless prior arrangements were made with the Vice
President for Academic Administration, the college will not accept trans-
fer credit earned at another college or university during any session the
student was simultaneously enrolled at Southern College,
Academic Policies
UPPER DIVISION CLASSES
Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course
(upper division). The English composition and mathematics require-
ments in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of General Education must
be met before enrollment in upper division classes.
GENERAL EDUCATION
While recognizing the validity of many different general education
programs, the faculty of Southern College have designed the following
sequence that provides development of academic skills and oppor-
tunities for self-fulfillment, and conveys basic values of both the
Seventh-day Adventist Church and western civilization. Students may
exercise considerable latitude when selecting courses to comply with
General Education requirements. A comprehensive general education
test may be required of all students.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bach.
AREA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS
All Area A courses must be completed be-
fore upper division work is undertaken.
Upper division transfer students may take
Area A requirements concurrently with
upper division classes.
1. English 3-6 6-9
ENGL 101 is required for an associate
degree; ENGL 101 and 102 for a
bachelor's degree. Students with ACT
English score below 13 must take ENGL
099 before enrolling for ENGL 101.
2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3
Students with a Math ACT score below
22 must take one of the following: MATH
103, 104, 114, 215. MATH 099 is required
of all students with a Math ACT score
below 12.
3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree
must complete three writing-emphasis
classes. These classes are identified by
a "(W)" following the course name, e.g.,
History of the South (W), in the de-
partmental listings. One such class must
be in the student's major field and one
must be outside the major field.
Academic Policies
16
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bach.
AREA B. RELIGION
Transfer students must take 3 hours for each
year or part thereof in attendance at an SDA
college with a minimum of 6 hours.
Bachelor's degree students must take at least
three hours from each of the sub-areas and
include one upper-division class.
1 Biblical Studies
All RELB courses.
2. Religion
All RELT courses (Only one of RELT 317,
318, 424, will apply.}.
AREA C HISTORY, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS
Students with less than one secondary
school credit for World History must in-
clude one of the following: HIST 174, 175,
364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389.
1. History
All HIST courses.
2. Political and Economic Systems
All PLSC courses; GEOG 204 (elemen-
tary education majors only); GEOG 306,
ECON 213, 224, 225.
AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, FINE ARTS
Bachelor's degree students must include at
least 2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas (2 sub-
areas if required to take 6 hours of foreign
language). Students entering Southern Col-
lege who have less than two secondary
school credits of foreign language and who
are pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must
complete the elementary level of a foreign
language.
1. Foreign Language
FREN 101-102, 211-212; GRMN 101-102,
211-212; SPAN 101-102, 211-212; RELL
271-272, 311-312, 471-472.
2. Literature
All literature courses offered by the Eng-
lish Department.
3. Music and Art Appreciation
HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 215, 320, 321,
322, 323; ART 218, 318, 344, 345.
6
12
6
3
Academic Policies
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bach.
4. Speech
SPCH 135, 136, 236.
17
AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE
Bachelor's degree students must take at least
3 hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only one
of the following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS
317, 318. Students who have less than two
secondary school units in science, and a
Natural Science ACT standard composite
score less than 15, must take 3 hours of sci-
ence above the usual requirements; e.g. as-
sociate degree students must take 6 hours
and bachelor's degree students must take 9
hours. Southern Scholars must take a se-
quence of two classes from the same depart-
ment. See the "Honors Studies Sequence"
section of the Catalog for clarification.
1. Biology
BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 125, 151-152, 226,
314, 424.
2. Chemistry
CHEM 111-112, 113-114, 151-152.
3. Physics
PHYS 111-112, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317,
318.
4. Earth Science
ERSC 105, 106.
AREA F. BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, HEALTH
SCIENCES
Bachelor's degree students must include at
least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas.
1. Behavioral Science
All PSYC courses except 240, 326, 355,
356, 384; all SOCI courses except 223,
365; SOCW 211, 212, 375, 424; EDUC 217,
427.
2. Family Science
CFSC 146, 147, 201, 202; CLTX 313;
BUAD 128, SOCI 223, 233, 365; PSYC
233.
3. Health Science
HLED 173, 203; FDNT 125.
AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS
Associate degree students may take a
3-6
6-9
Academic Policies
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bach,
maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area;
bachelor's degree students may take a
maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. All
students must take at least 1 hour from G~3.
1. Creative Skills
All MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 109,
110, 215, 235; CFSC 349; ENGL 314;
FONT 151; JOUR 225, 315.
2. Practical Skills
ACCT 103, 121-122; CFSC 244; CPTR 105,
106, 107, 120, 126, 131, 132, 217, 218;
CLTX 164, 165, 166, 316, 345; FDNT 126,
127, 317; TECH 145, 149, 154, 164, 174,
223, 249, 264, 349, 364; SECR 104, 105,
114, 115, 214, 218; LIBR 125; EDUC 250.
3. Recreational Skills
All PEAC courses. Optional pass/fail
grading is available for these courses.
SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program)
The honors program is designed for students who bring to their bac-
calaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity.
Special projects, interdisciplinary studies and designated honors
courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating educa-
tional experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in this
experience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate
studies.
The program is administered by an honors committee. This committee
admits students to the program and discontinues honors status of those
who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its members also
advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their prog-
ress.
Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of
3.70 or higher. Other students must have completed at least thirty-one
and at most sixty-two semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3.50
or higher.
To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence
courses, receive a B (3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence
courses and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless ex-
tenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors committee.
Academic Policies
Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in resi-
dence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee in
the case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern
College who wish to take honors sequence classes at another institution
must secure prior approval from the honors committee.
After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars
may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for each
semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with their junior
year, the student will also receive a scholarship covering a three-hour
class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to cover Honors
Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The "per-hour" rate for a 16-semester hour
class load will be the basis for calculating these scholarships.
HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE
A. General Education
Honors students must meet regular general education requirements
with the following stipulations:
1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: RELT
424 or RELT 467.
2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the
intermediate level.
3. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected.
4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected.
5. Area E. MATH 181, MATH 215, or BUAD 313 and one of the
following science sequences must be selected: BIOL 151-152;
CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214.
B. Honors Seminar
HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each
month, September through April. Taken during the junior or senior
year.
C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study)
A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an understand-
ing of the relationship between the student's major field and some
other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special perform-
ance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors committee
expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to justify public
presentation. The project must be approved by the honors committee
in consultation with the student and his supervising professor.
GRADUATION WITH HONORS
Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will
have the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89,
magna cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate desig-
nations will appear on the diploma. Students completing the honors
Academic Policies
20
program will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated as
Southern Scholars.
HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST
At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who
have carried a minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained
the following grade point averages will be included in the honors group
indicated.
3.25 Honor Roll
3.50 Dean's List
3.75 Distinguished Dean's List
MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS
Southern College offers 40 majors and 27 minors for students wishing
to qualify for a baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of thirty hours
or more in the chosen field of specialization of which a minimum of
fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree and eighteen for all other
Bachelor's degrees must be upper division credit. The total semester
hours required for each major for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of
Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social
Work degrees varies with the field of specialization chosen.
All minors consist of eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a minor
must be upper division credit.
The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the
respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study."
DEGREES AND CURRICULA
The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work
that places a student's major field of study in the context of a liberal
arts education. To encourage a wide range of studies, a minor is required.
A foreign language component is required.
The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course work
that places the student's major field of study in the context of a liberal
arts education. The degree permits somewhat greater concentration in
the field of study. No minor or foreign language study is required except
as specified for certain majors.
The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a professional
degree consisting of a four-year program with concentrations available
in various fields of business. Requirements for this degree are outlined
in the Business and Office Administration Department section.
The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting of
four years of course work designed to meet the needs of students wishing
to receive teaching credentials. Requirements for this degree are outlined
in the Music Department section.
Academic Policies
The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree consisting
of a four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs of students
wishing to go into the social work profession. Requirements for this
degree are outlined in the Behavioral Science Department section.
The Associate of Arts degree is a two-year program designed to meet
the needs of students who wish to pursue a short general studies pro-
gram.
The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed to
meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short occupational
or pre-professional program.
The Associate of Technology degree is a two-year program designed
to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a technological
program with a minimum of general education. Requirements for this
degree are outlined in the Technology section.
The One-Year Certificate is available for students desiring training
in Auto Body Repair. Requirements for the certificate are outlined in
the Technology Department section.
Pre-Professional Curricula are programs designed to prepare students
to enter professional schools. In some cases pre-professional curricula
will lead to an associate degree.
21
CURRICULUM CHART
Department
Degree
Major
Minor
Allied
BS
Medical Technology
Health
AS
Pre-Dental Hygiene
AS
Pre-Occupational Th
AS
Pre-Physical Therapy
Art
Art
Behavioral
BS
Beh Sci-Family Studies
Behav Sci
Science
BSW
Social Work
Sociology
Biology
BA
*Biology
Biology
BS
* Biology
Business
BBA
Accounting
& Office
AS
Accounting
Admin.
BS
Business Admin
Business Admin
BBA
Computer Info Systems
BS
Long-Term Health Care
BBA
Management
BS
*Office Admin
Office Admin
AS
Office Adm-Executive
AS
Office Adm-Medical
AS
Office Adm-Word Proc
AS
Pre-Health Info Admin
Chemistry
BA
* Chemistry
Chemistry
BS
*Chemistry
Academic Policies
22
Department
Computer
Science
Education &
Psychology
Engineering
Studies
English
General
Studies
Health, PE,
& Recreation
History
Journalism
Mathematics
Modern
Languages
Music
Nursing
Physics
Religion
Technology
Degree
BBA
BA
BS
AS
BS
BA
AS
BA
AA
BS
BS
BA
BA
BA
BA
BA
BS
BA
BA
BA
BA
BA
BMus
AS
BS
BA
BS
BA
BA
AS
AS
Cert
Major
Computer Info Systems
Computer Science
Computer Science
Computer Science
Elementary Education
(Secondary teaching —
See asterisked majors)
Psychology
Engineering Studies
*English
General Studies
*Health, P.E. & Recr
Health Science
*History
Journ-Broadcasting
Journ-News Editorial
Public Relations
* Mathematics
* Mathematics
(1-year abroad req.)
* French
* German
* Spanish
International Studies
Music
*Music Education
Nursing
Nursing
*Physics
* Physics
Religion-Church Ministry
*Religion Teaching Min
Minor
Computer Sci
Psychology
English
Hlth, PE, Recr
History
Broadcasting
News Editorial
Public Relations
Mathematics
French
German
Spanish
Music
Physics
Practical Theology
Religion
Biblical Langs
Tech/Architectural Studies
Tech/Computer Applica
Auto Body Repair Technology
Graphic Arts Prep
Technical Plant Services
Cert = One-year certificate program
* Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines
PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
Southern College offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs
in a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission
Academic Policies
to professional schools or to enter upon technical careers. Below are
listed the pre-professional curricula offered at Southern College.
Anesthesia Optometry
Dental Hygiene Osteopathic Medicine
Dentistry Pharmacy
Dietetics Physical Therapy
Law Public Health Science
Medical Technology Radiology Technology
Medicine Respiratory Therapy
Occupational Therapy Veterinary Medicine
An A.S. degree in Allied Health is available to students who spend
two or more years at Southern College while fulfilling pre-professional
requirements in the allied health fields of Dental Hygiene, Dietetics,
Health Information Administration, Occupational Therapy, and Physi-
cal Therapy. Pre-professional and technical admission requirements
may vary from one professional school to another. The student is, there-
fore, advised to become acquainted with the admission requirements
of the chosen school.
Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental Pro-
grams" (See Index).
REGISTRATION
Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration forms
are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to partici-
pate in the orientation activities.
Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from
the Director of Records. Students failing to register during the scheduled
registration periods will be assessed a late registration fee of $29. The
course load of a late registrant may be reduced according to the amount
of classwork missed. No student may register after two weeks of the
semester have elapsed.
Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration students
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet
their objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be
maintained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular
activities.
To make program changes students must obtain the appropriate
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, they must
return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and complete
withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the voucher
Academic Policies
24
is filed at the Office of Records. A fee of $12 will be assessed for each
change in program after the first week of instruction.
A student may not change from one section to another of the same
course without the approval of the instructor.
A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid-term
and receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student withdrawing from
a class after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of classes
will be assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the teacher. The grade for
any withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester will automat-
ically be "F. M
Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students may
register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) for
which they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of
limited enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish
to enroll for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is ex-
pected but examinations and reports may be omitted. With the approval
of the instructor, a student may change a course registration from audit
to credit or from credit to audit only during the first week of instruction.
No credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one-half of the
regular tuition charge.
COURSE LOAD
College courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour
consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for one semester.
Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week and three-
semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory period of
two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. Students
should expect to study between one and one-half and two hours outside
of class for each fifty-minute period the class meets. Ideally a sixteen-
semester-hour class load should require forty or more hours of study
each week by the student. Except by permission of the Vice President
for Academic Administration, a student may not register for more than
eighteen semester hours.
To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer
term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take re-
duced programs of studies during the regular academic year.
Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the course
load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During registra-
tion the student should confer with his adviser in planning the proper
balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable study-work
program, the following will serve as a guide.
Academic Policies
Maximum
Course Load Work Load
16 hours 16 hours
14 hours 20 hours
12 hours 26 hours
10 hours 32 hours
8 hours 38 hours
FULL-TIME STUDENT
Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students in
the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will
be classified as full-time students. The completion of nine or more
semester hours will constitute full-time enrollment for the summer.
Students receiving financial aid should consult the Student Finance
Office for the definitions of a full-time student set up by the various
agencies which offer aid.
GRADING SYSTEM
Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student
and parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes.
Only semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record.
The following system of grading and grade point values is used:
A 4.0 grade points per hour D 1.0 grade points per hour
A- 3.7 grade points per hour D- 0.7 grade points per hour
B + 3.3 grade points per hour F 0.0 grade points per hour
B 3.0 grade points per hour W Withdrawal
B- 2.7 grade points per hour WF Withdrew Failing
C+ 2.3 grade points per hour (0,0 grade points per hour)
C 2.0 grade points per hour AU Audit
C- 1.7 grade points per hour I Incomplete
D+ 1.3 grade points per hour P Pass
A student may receive an "I" (incomplete) because of illness or other
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must
secure from the Office of Records the proper form and file the application
with the teacher to receive an incomplete. There is a charge of $7 for
processing grades of incomplete. Any incomplete which is not removed
by the end of the following term (Fall, Spring, Summer) will automat-
ically become an "F."
A course in which the student received a grade of "C," "D," or "F"
may be repeated before taking a more advanced course in the same
field. Only the last grade will be counted on repeated courses. No course
may be repeated more than once without permission from the Vice
President for Academic Administration,
Academic Policies
The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number
of grade points earned by the hours attempted.
STUDENT RECORDS
A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the
record or of information contained therein is governed by regulations
of the federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only
directory information, such as a student's name, address, telephone
listing, birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in offi-
cially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and
awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency or
institution attended, may be released by the institution without consent
of the student unless the student has asked SC to withhold such infor-
mation.
Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also
provides for the release of information to College personnel who dem-
onstrate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in
research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties),
and certain federal and state government officials.
A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge
the content of records.
A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the
Office of Records. The Director of Records will further explain and
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, par-
ents, or interested parties upon request.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to main-
tain high, ethical Christian levels of honesty.
Faculty Responsibilities:
1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments,
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer
collaboration."
2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they
state otherwise.
Student Responsibility:
1. Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning
the proper procedures for acknowledging borrowed wording, informa-
tion, or ideas. Otherwise students might innocently misrepresent others'
material as their own.
2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should
confer with their teacher.
Academic Policies
3. Students are to assume all course work is "no collaboration" unless
stated otherwise by the teacher.
Departmental Policies:
Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those pub-
lished here. Such policies will be presented to students before im-
plementation.
Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty:
1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student
with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the situ-
ation, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the Vice President
for Academic Administration must be consulted.
2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual proce-
dures for the teacher to follow will be to:
a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or project
if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the class.
b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam,
assignment or project would constitute failing the class.
The teacher will then write up the incident and state the penalty
administered, giving a copy to both the Vice President for Academic
Administration and the student.
3. Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to
be dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the
action through the established appeal procedures spelled out in the
"Grievance Procedure" section of this Catalog.
ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative grade
point average falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on academic
probation and restricted from holding office in any student organization
or being a member of any touring group. Those on academic probation
will not be allowed to participate in academic activities causing class
absences.
Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 2.25
in his major will also be placed on academic probation. Candidates for
an associate of science degree must have a grade point average of at
least 1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00
after attempting 53 or more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year
certificate must have at least a 2.00 average at the end of the second
semester of enrollment. No more than one additional semester of enroll-
ment will be permitted. If the 2.00 grade point average is not then
reached, the student will be dismissed.
Academic Policies
Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 in
28 or der to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College.
A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels indi-
cated below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee,
and the Vice President for Academic Administration will notify the
student in writing of the committee's decision.
Semester Hours Attempted G.P.AJSubject to Dismissal
6-48 1.50
49-64 1.65
65-80 1.75
81-93 1.85
94-116 1.95
117-up 2.00
A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college-
level work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity
and motivation.
Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic progress
policy set by the federal government. For further explanation see page
256, "Southern College Academic Progress for Federal and Institutional
Student Financial Aid."
RIGHT OF PETITION
Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the Catalog may
make a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of
the department chairman of their major. The petition must contain a
statement of the request and supporting reasons. Students will be
notified in writing by the Vice President for Academic Administration
of the action on petitions within five working days. Petition forms are
available from the the Records Office.
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their aca-
demic program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of their
cases. They should do the following to effect a solution.
1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned.
2 . If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chairman.
3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to the
Vice President for Academic Administration.
Academic Policies
4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee,
chaired by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his desig-
nee and including three other faculty members and two students
selected by the Academic Affairs Committee. Both the student and the
teacher involved in the case are entitled to appear before the committee
or to present a written statement of the case. The decision of the com-
mittee shall be presented in writing to the individuals involved within
three days of the committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon
by both parties. The decision of the committee is binding and will be
implemented by the teacher involved or the Vice President for Academic
Administration.
ABSENCES
Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is required.
Absences are dealt with in two ways. Teachers may excuse absences
themselves or ask their students to submit excuses to the Absence Com-
mittee. Students are told at the beginning of each semester which of
the two means will be used in the class.
Generally speaking, absences will not be excused by either a teacher
or the Absence Committee for reasons other than illness, authorized
school trips, or emergencies beyond the student's control. Absences
due to illness are not normally excused unless the student contacts
Student Health Service prior to the absence. Non-emergency medical
appointments must not interfere with the class program. Students are
responsible to furnish documentation for absenses due to emergency.
For classes in which the Absence Committee is used, a completed
absence excuse form (one for each class) must be placed in the absence
box, located in the Student Center, no later than noon the first Monday
following the absence. Absence forms are available at the Student Cen-
ter. The Absence Committee determines whether or not to excuse the
absence and notifies the teacher of its decision.
Students having absences exceeding in number* twice the number
of course credit hours (six absences for a three-hour credit course) may,
at the teacher's discretion and after consultation with the Vice President
for Academic Administration, be dropped from the class.
Make-up work is not normally allowed in the case of homework or
quizzes missed due to absences. Teachers have the option of recording
homework and quiz averages if the absence is excused. Tests and major
assignments missed because of excused absences are made up as ar-
ranged with the teacher.
Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and fair-
ness, final examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official exami-
nations schedule. In the case of illness verified by Student Health Serv-
* One and one-half absences are given for missing a 75-minute class, two for
missing a 100-minute class, etc.
Academic Policies
ice or a physician, death in the immediate family, three examinations
scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more examinations sched-
uled in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled upon approval by
the teacher and the Vice President for Academic Administration. The
rescheduled examination will be given at a time convenient to the
teacher.
When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled con-
secutively in one day or four in one day, the last examination of the
day will normally be the one so rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled
for any reason other than those listed above, may require a fee of $59
per examination. All rescheduling requests will be made on a form
available at the office of the Vice President for Academic Administra-
tion.
Assembly. Assemblies are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During
weeks of spiritual emphasis assemblies are held on Tuesday as well.
Occasionally, assemblies will be held in the evening or may begin at
10:30 a.m. on Thursday. All students are required to attend 16 assemblies
each semester. Failure to meet this assembly requirement can result in
suspension of registration. Exceptions to the assembly attendance re-
quirement are made by the student services office only for legitimate
direct work or class conflicts with scheduled assemblies. Any excuses
for absences from assembly must be approved by the vice president for
student services.
A special series of orientation assemblies is scheduled during the
fourth summer session.
LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE
Classes at Southern College are open to registered students only. Infor-
mation disseminated in the classroom or other places of learning is the
primary product that the college sells, hence visitors may not expect
to enter such gatherings freely To attend classes visitors must be official
guests of the institution with legitimate business in a classroom or have
the permission of the instructor.
Visitors who attend classes do not exercise the right to engage in the
discussions of a class unless invited to do so. Classes are gatherings at
which college employees organize learning experiences about prear-
ranged topics as listed in the catalog rather than public forums. Regis-
trants who pay tuition can expect their class rights to be protected from
the intrusion of anyone who has not similarly paid for the course.
Teachers and the institution reserve the right to remove legitimate
students from classes if their behavior threatens the purposes of the
class by exceeding the bounds of normal academic freedom.
Teachers conducting extension classes from other institutions on the
Southern College campus share the rights spelled out by this policy.
Academic Policies
WAIVER EXAMINATIONS
Upon the approval of the department chairman and the Vice President
for Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of curricular
requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive examina-
tion — written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined by the
department involved. A fee of $45 per examination is charged.
NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT
In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, South-
ern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge exami-
nations and correspondence courses.
The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason,
most college credits should be earned through class participation. How-
ever, the college will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means.
College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types of
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a division
which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations which must be
passed at the 65th percentile or above, and the Advanced Placement
Examinations which must be passed with a score of three or better. A
student may challenge a given course by examination only once. No
CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted after the student has been
enrolled in that course beyond the second week of a semester. No course
may be challenged as part of the last thirty hours of any degree. Grades
are recorded for departmental challenge examinations and scaled scores
are recorded for nationally normed examinations. Permission to take a
challenge examination while in residence must be obtained from both
the department chairman and the Vice President for Academic Admin-
istration.
Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed
on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until
that student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in resi-
dence at Southern College.
Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this Catalog.
Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be
obtained from the Office of Records or the Counseling and Testing
Center.
Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of correspond-
Academic Policies
32
ence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree pro-
gram and eight hours toward an associate degree.
Home Study International of Washington, D.C., is the officially recog-
nized correspondence school. Southern College recommends Home
Study International for those students needing correspondence credit
and accepts all such credits when the study program is approved by
the college prior to enrollment.
A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college.
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during
the summer, must be approved in advance by the college.
Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division require-
ments of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned
to apply on the lower division requirements for a major. Correspondence
credit with a "D" grade is unacceptable and a course in which the
student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may not be
repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be entered
on the student's record until he has earned a minimum of twelve hours
in residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must
be in the Office of Records before a diploma will be ordered. The gradu-
ation date will be the last day of the month after the official transcript
is received.
TRANSCRIPTS
Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained
by the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The
request must include the student's signature and payment of $3.00 in
cash, check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Same-day serv-
ice is available for $5.00. Because of legal difficulties, telephone requests
from students and telephone or written requests from other members
of the student's family cannot be honored.
A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes
without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. Official
transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student Copy."
No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid in
full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions
will be made.
SEQUENCE OF COURSES
A student may not receive credit for a course which is prerequisite
to a course for which he has already received credit.
Academic Enrichment Services
ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT SERVICES
E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES
The E. A. Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the business
curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of E. A. An-
derson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the student a
broader understanding of the business world.
The public is invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however,
for a fee, continuing education credit is available. All lectures are pre-
sented at 8 p.m. in the E. A. Anderson Business Seminar Room, Brock
Hall, Room 338.
EUGENE A. ANDERSON HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES
The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected
performances are broadcast internationally on "Pipe Dreams."
The series is made possible through the generosity of Eugene A.
Anderson of Atlanta, Ga., for the education and enjoyment of the stu-
dents and the public. Because of its uniqueness, this series attracts
organists and other fine arts enthusiasts from all areas of the country.
The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April
1986. A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and
13 stops, is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John
Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Ore.
FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES
Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field on
campus to address the professional community.
Southern College believes education to be a dynamic lifelong process
and is committed to providing professional nurses with continuing
education opportunities, as well as exposing student nurses to the im-
portance of self-initiated education.
This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is
made possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson.
STALEY CHRISTIAN SCHOLAR LECTURE SERIES
The Thomas F. Staley Foundation provides the Department of Religion
with funds for a speaker to come on campus once a year. This individual
is the speaker for a chapel service, usually holds a table-talk session
during the lunch hour at the cafeteria, and serves as guest lecturer at
several religion classes.
33
Academic Enrichment Services
ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES
lj£| The Robert H. Pierson Lecture Series brings to the department of
Religion recognized speakers to address faculty, students, and the com-
munity on topics of interest in the religious world and in the Seventh-
day Adventist Church.
The individual speaks at a Friday evening and Sabbath morning serv-
ice in the Religion Chapel, and holds a discussion session Sabbath
afternoon.
CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES
Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the
Sunday evening Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three
artists and/or ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for
students, faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a fash-
ion that over a four-year period a student can become acquainted with
most types of chamber music.
HUMANITIES FILM SERIES
Christian education involves the teaching of discretion in society:
how to appreciate human culture while being critical of its content and
direction. These films series, sponsored by Student Services and the
History Department, seek to provide films of a serious, mature, informa-
tive, educational, and entertaining nature. They are intended to augment
the educational experience of students at the college level.
The films in these series have been chosen for their societal impact,
historical importance, inspirational depth, classical significance, and
informative value. Critical notes are provided to strengthen the student's
awareness of certain elements in the films.
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
The Instructional Media Service serves the college administration,
faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff includes a director, secre-
tary, and service technician.
LIBRARIES
McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational mate-
rials for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, pleasant
areas to read or study, current periodicals, and a large microform collec-
tion contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special collections in the
library include the Curriculum Library, a collection of elementary and
secondary education materials; Seventh-day Adventist Heritage Collec-
tion, books and materials by SDA authors and about the Seventh-day
Adventist Church, pictures, periodicals, archive material; the Dr. Vernon
Thomas Memorial Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection, books,
letters, manuscripts, newspapers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings, maps,
and artifacts of this period in American History.
Academic Enrichment Services
The 10,000 volume extension library at the Orlando Center is well-
known throughout central Florida as an outstanding nursing material
resource center
The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately
180,000 items. Approximately 1,000 periodicals are currently received
which include a large number of titles kept permanently on microform.
McKee Library has an online computerized card catalog. The library is
a member of Ohio College Library Center and charter member of the
Southeastern Library Network automated systems.
The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 400,
including 300 individual study carrels.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION
Southern College is affiliated with Walla Walla College in the opera-
tion of a marine biological station, located at Rosario Beach on Fidalgo
Island in the Puget Sound of the state of Washington. The station pro-
vides facilities for undergraduate and graduate students to take courses
and do research during the summer term and for year-round research.
The close proximity to the biological spectrum from sea bottom to Alpine
tundra provides a unique opportunity for instruction and investigation.
WSMC FM90.5
WSMC FM90.5 is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts radio
station licensed to Southern College.
WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting.
The station regularly hires between 15 and 20 students as on-air announ-
cers, or production assistants. The station is an excellent way for the
student to receive hands-on experience in the field of broadcasting.
WSMC represents the college to the greater Chattanooga community,
with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of Chattanooga.
Founded in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts station in
southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station in a seven-
state region to receive satellite capability. The station also exists as an
outreach of the college — striving to enhance the quality of life in the
community.
The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, educa-
tional, and inspirational programs. WSMC is affiliated with National
Public Radio, American Public Radio, the Associated Press, and the
Adventist Radio Network.
WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility
includes a studio-quality production room, news room, music library,
and on-air studios.
DEPARTMENTAL
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSE NUMBERS
Each course number consists of three figures as follows:
The first numeral indicates class year status as follows:
— remedial (institutional credit only)
1 — freshman level (lower division)
2 — sophomore level (lower division)
3 — junior level (upper division)
4 — senior level (upper division)
Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course
number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not necessar-
ily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235.
Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma rep-
resent complete units, either one of which may be counted for gradua-
tion without reference to sequence.
Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second. However,
credit may be given for the first semester when taken alone.
Designation in brackets following course titles, e.g., Survey Mathe-
matics (A-2) indicates the General Education area and sub-area that the
class fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W)" are writing classes for
General Education credit.
37
Allied Health
38
-ALLIED HEALTH
Chairman: Stephen A. Nyirady
Faculty: Henry Kuhlman, Marcie Woolsey
Adjunct Faculty: John Lechler
Medical Technology: Jack Blume, Rodney Holcomb,
Patricia Rogers
The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specializa-
tion within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay
scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The depart-
ment offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and an A.S. degree in
Allied Health {Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre-Phys-
ical Therapy).
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a
12- to 13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology
program accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and
Accreditation (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association, Hospital
programs affiliated with Southern College include Florida Hospital
Medical Center and Hinsdale Hospital. Internship in other CAHEA-
accredited programs requires prior college approval.
The medical technology degree qualifies a person to take a number
of national certifying examinations, including those offered by the Board
of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and
the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences
(NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in hospitals, clinics,
physicians' offices, public health agencies, private laboratories, phar-
maceutical firms, and research institutions.
The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet
the requirements of the college and of the Committee on Allied Health
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or ad-
visers of the specific hospitals for those requirements.
Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and graduat-
ing seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Med-
ical Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to fulfill
the requirements of the college and the hospital program.
During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program.
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student must
complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning the
senior year. The over-all grade point average must be acceptable to the
Allied Health
college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept students
with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. Although *jQ
hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they are condi-
tional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission criteria.
Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based med-
ical technology programs is available through the college medical
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, tui-
tion for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each affiliated
hospital. There is a $50 recording fee for the senior year.
tMAJOR 2
MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours
This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with
the profession. The history and standards of medical technology and em-
ployment opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory
procedures will be taught and laboratory tours will be conducted.
tCOGNATES 41
*BIOL including 151-152, 315, 330 16
*CHEM including 151-152, 311, 313 16
CPTR 120 or 131 3
MATH 114 3
BUAD 334 3
* These must be courses which could apply to a Biology or Chemistry major.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35
A. 1. ENGL 101, 102 6
2. (See Cognates)
B. Religion 9
C. History, Political Science, and Economics 6
D. Language, Literature and Fine Arts 6
E. (See Cognates)
F. Behavioral, Family or Health Sciences 3
G. Activity Skills 5
Twenty hours of upper division, including two writing courses are
required — one (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a non-
cognate area.
ELECTIVES 15
Recommendations include:
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418
CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 323
MATH 215
PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214
TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93
tGrades of C— and better are required in the major and cognates. A minimum
GPA of 2.25 must be earned on the major and cognates.
Allied Health
HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable
fin Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their
specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given
in the twelve- to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in
affiliate programs include:
Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematol-
ogy, Hemostasis, Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Mi-
crobiology, Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Bio-
chemistry, Instrumentation, Research.
CHEM 151-152
ENGL 101-102
HIST 174,175
MATH 114
RELB 125
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
YEARl
General Chemistry
College Composition
Survey of Civ
Precalculus
Teachings of Jesus
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Elective *1
Semester
1st 2nd
4 4
3 3
3 3
3
3
1
JL JL
15 16
CHEM 311
CHEM 313
BIOL 151-152
BIOL 330
RELT 138
PSYC 124
MDTC 225
YEAR 2
Organic Chemistry
Organic Chem Lab
*Chemistry *2
* General Biology
*Gen Microbiology
Adyentist Heritage
Intro to Psychology
Intro to Med Tech
Literature *4
Area G, Act Skills
Semester
1st 2nd
3
1
4
4 4
4
3
3
2
3
_L
16 16
YEAR 3
BIOL 315 "Parasitology
BUAD 334 *Princ of Management
CPTR 131 *Funds. of Programming I
•Biology *3
Area B, Religion *4
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
Electives *5
Semester
1st 2nd
3
3
3
3 3
3
3
6
_3_
15
YEAR 4
Clinical \
15
*An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement.
*t Pre-Meds recommended to take Calculus I.
*2 Recommended Chemistry courses: (CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 3Z3)
*3 Recommended Biology courses: (BIOL 316, 415, 417)
*4 This is a suggested place for taking an upper division course.
*5 Recommended Physics courses: (PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214)
20 upper division credits* make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours must be com-
pleted prior to the clinical year.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH
The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares
the student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda Uni-
versity or Andrews University. Admission to any professional school
is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite requirements of the
individual school. Students desirous of admission to other professional
Allied Health
programs should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the re-
quirements. An
Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the final
year at Southern College. LLU requires students who have credit for
any remedial courses or for MATH 104, Intermediate Algebra, to take
a corresponding number of semester credits above the minimum number
required for graduation. The lowest acceptable grade for courses to be
transferred is C-. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required
for the Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but grade point
averages between 2.50 and 3.50 are considered minimal for entrance
to the junior year of Allied Health programs. All applicants are required
to have taken the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test. (AHPAT).
There are three major emphases in the Allied Health Professions
degree: pre-Dental Hygiene, pre-Occupational Therapy, pre-Physical
Therapy.
The department also offers curricula to meet requirements for entrance
into the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma Linda Univer-
sity and most other university programs.
Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Arts Degree)
Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Arts Degree)
Radiologic Technology (Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science
Degrees)
Respiratory Therapy (Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science
Degrees)
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (Bachelor of Science
Degree)
For details on these programs and Southern College curricula for en-
trance into them write:
Chairman, Allied Health Department
Southern College of SDA
Collegedale, TN 37315
PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE
Adviser: Stephen Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University.)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s.
Math)
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs.
Area C HIST, 3 hrs.
Area D For Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs.; SPCH, 3 hrs.
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125, CHEM 111-112, 113-114.
Area F PSYC 124; SOCI 125; 3 additional hrs. PSYC, SOCI, HIST, or
ECON.
Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; Music or Art, 2 hrs.
Elective to make a total of 64 hrs.
Allied Health
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE
(Allied Health Professions)
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL KH-W2
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiolo©
3
3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
MATH 193
Survey of Math
0-3
BIOL
125
Microbiology
4
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
Area B, Religion
3 3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
Area D, For Ung/Lit/F. Arts
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-l, Music or Art
' 1 1
Area D-f Speech
3
Psychology, Sociology,
Area G-3, RE. Activity
1
History or Economics
3
Area C-t History
3
Elective
_i_JL
Elective
3-0
1
17 16
16 16
NOTE; C - is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admission lest (AHPAT) is required.
PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s.
Math; MATH 104 not accepted for credit by LLU.)
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs.
Area C HIST, 3 hrs,
Area D SPCH, 3 hrs.; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hrs.
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 111-112, 113-114, or PHYS 111-112.
Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125; additional PSYC or SOCI, 2 hrs.
Area G ART 235; TECH 154, Applied Arts or Crafts, 2 hrs.; PEAC, 1 hr.
A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an em-
ployee) in an occupational therapy department is required.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
(Allied Health Professions)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy k Physiology
3
3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
ART 235
Ceramics
3
TECH 154
Woodworking
4
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
BIOL 125
Microbiology
4
PSYC 128
Dev Psychology
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
Area B, Religion
3
3
MATH 103
Survey of Math
0-3
Area D-4, Speech
3
Applied Arts or Crafts
2
Area F-l, Behav Sci
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1
Area C, History
3
16
18
Area D, F. LangflLit/F. Arts
Elective
3
3-0
17 16
NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is required.
Allied Health
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
Adviser: Marcie Woolsey
(Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements).
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104 (or 22 Math ACT); MATH 215
Area B RELB or RELT, 3 hrs.; RELT 255
Area C HIST 154
Area D SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hrs.
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 151-152, PHYS 111-112
Area F PSYC 124, 128; PSYC, SOCI or ECON, 3 hrs.
Area G PEAC 125; additional PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120
Electives to make a minimum total of 64 hrs.
If BIOl 151-152 has already been taken it may be substituted for BIOL
101-102. Recommended electives are FONT 125, ECON 213, ACCT 103.
A minimum grade point average of 2.50, figured on science and non-
science courses separately, is required. C— is the lowest acceptable
grade for science and cognate courses. The Allied Health Professions
Admissions Test (AHPAT) is required. Also required are the Strong-
Campbell Vocational Interest Inventory and the Sixteen Personality Pro-
files Tests. AH three tests may be taken at SC. Students must pre-register
with the Testing and Counseling Center for the AHPAT This test is only
offered four times a year and a fee is charged. An additional requirement
for admission is 80 hours of observation or work experience with a
physical therapist. This 80 hours must include at least 16 hours in each
of three of the following settings: general acute care hospital, home
health agency, industrial practice, nursing home, private practice, re-
habilitation center, school for the handicapped, specialized clinics.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
(Allied Health Professions)
Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will depend on the college
selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma Linda University are outlined here. Students
who complete one of these programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by Southern
College. Students planning to attend other colleges should contact them to obtain their requirements.
ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
BIOL 101-102
PSYC 124
PSYC 128
MATH 104
RELB 125
SPCH 135
PEAC 125
College Composition
Anatomy & Physiology*
Introduction to Psychology
Developmental Psychology
Intermediate Algebra**
Life & Teachings of Jesus
Intro to Public Speaking
Conditioning
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
CHEM 151-152
BIOL 125
RELT 255
MATH 215
General Chemistry
Basic Microbiology
Christian Beliefs
Statistics
Computer Course
Area C, History***
Area D-3, Mus or Art App****
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
4 4
4
3
3
3
3
3
1
PHYS 111
Intro to Physics
16
3
15
Psyc, Sociology, or Econ
3
15 16
Allied Health
44
PHYS 112
SUMMER
Intro to Physics
*BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted if it has already been taken.
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher, but 64 total hours must be completed.
***American History required if not taken in high school.
****A two-semester sequence in a music organization may be substituted.
Program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements.
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104, 215
Area B RELB or RELT, 6 hrs.
Area C HIST 174
Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs.; SPCH 135
Area E BIOL 151-152, 125, CHEM 151-152, PHYS 111-112
Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125
Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120
A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or employee) in
a physical therapy department, 20 of which are in a general, acute-care
hospital, is also required.
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
BIOL 151-152
General Biology
4 4
BIOL 125
Basic Microbiology
4
PSYC 124
Introduction to Psyc
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psyc
3
CPTR
Computer Course
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
PHYS 111
Intro to Physics
3
RELT
Area B, Religion
3
RELB 125
Life b Teachings of Jesus
3
HIST 174
Survey of Civ
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Area D, Fine Arts or R Lang
3 3
16 16
Area G-3, Recreation
1
17 17
SUMMER
PHYS 112
Intro to Physics
3
NOTE: A total of 68 semester hours, excluding Intermediate Algebra, is required for admission. Other entrance require-
ments are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or
as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course.
ART
Chairman: Robert Garren
Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and
technical growth. The instructors desire to help all students become
aware of their options in the field of art and to prepare them systemat-
ically to meet the needs of their respective choices, whether they are
oriented commercially or aesthetically.
Students majoring in Art must meet the specific requirements of the
Art Department (below) and the General Education program (pages 15-
18). For Art and most other programs in the Humanities Division, inter-
mediate foreign language is required.
PROGRAMS IN ART
Note: The Art Department is accepting no more majors after the
1988-89 school year. Asterisks denote classes that will be phased out
when art majors enrolled as of 1988-89 complete their graduation
requirements.
Major: Thirty-six hours to include ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 345,
499, with not less than 14 hours upper division. Cognate requirements:
JOUR 225. A foreign language at the intermediate level is required.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. ART
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ART 104-105
Drawing 1, 11
2 2
ART
344
History of Art
3
ART 109-110
Design I, II
3 3
JOUR
225
Intro to Photography
2
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l, Inter For Lang
3 3
Area D-l, Begin For Lang
3 3
Area D-2, Literature
Area G-2, Practical
OR
3
OR
1 1
Area D-4, Speech
Area G-3, Recreation
Area F-2, Family Science
Area A-2, Math
0-3
OR
Minor or Elective
3-0
15 15
Area F-3, Health Science
Area B-l, Religion
Art Electives
Minor or Elective
3
3 3
3
17 17
Art
46
YEAR 3
ART 345
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
Contemporary Art
3
ART 499 Senior Project
1
Area B-2, Religion
3
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Art Electives
6 3
Area E, Natural Science
3
3
Minor or Electives
9 10
Area F-l, Behav. Science
3
16 16
Area G-3, Recreat. Skills
%
Minor or Electives
3
3
Art Electives
5
15 15
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344,
with not less than six hours in upper division courses.
Teaching Endorsement: See Education and Psychology Departments.
STUDIO ART
ART 104-105. Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours
An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on
the basic art elements and their functions in composition using various
media. (Fall, Spring)
ART 109. Design I (G-l) 3 hours
Emphasis on the design and layout of newspapers, magazines, brochures,
and advertisements. Creative use of illustrations and typographical ele-
ments to enhance the communicative potential of the print media.
ART 110. Design II (G-l) 3 hours
Problems in two- and three-dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form,
color, and texture.
*ART 215. Sculpture (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor.
Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional
design using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting.
Taugnt odd years. May be repeated for credit.
*ART 217. Printmaking 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media.
Relief, intaglio, and silk-screen will be covered. May be repeated for credit.
ART 221-222. Painting I, II 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the student experience in using painting materials
applied to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Art
ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours
Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication |1 #
from hand building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of ■ *
glazes, and stacking and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20
fee is applied toward necessary supplies. (Fall)
*ART 311-312. Painting III, IV 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor.
Advanced problems in painting. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring)
*ART 313-314. Drawing III, IV 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: 104-105 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the student increased experience in the applica-
tion of drawing media to the production of art. This course may be repeated
for credit. (Fall, Spring)
ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours
For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be
obtained. ART 495 is for majors and minors only. The course is designed
for students who wish directed study or for a group of students who wish
a special course not taught under the regular class offering. Students taking
the class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics, design,
drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered
by the Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit
up to four times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only.
*ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour
Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent
portfolio of college art work. (Spring)
ART HISTORY
ART 218 or 318. Art Appreciation (D-3), (W) 3 hours
Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with
two hours per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in
Washington, D.C., and New York City visiting major art museums. When
offered in the first summer session, there will be one week of two-hour
lectures and two weeks of travel and museum visits. There is an additional
charge for travel. Students will be required to write a summary paper.
Students taking the class for upper-division credit will be required to write
a research paper.
ART 344. History of Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours
A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-1800's
with an emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall)
ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours
Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and Ameri-
can arts. (Spring)
Art
48
EDUCATION
EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in
Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours
A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various
levels of the elementary school.
*EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Art 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education (secondary program).
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing,
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first semester
during the senior year.
(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Behavioral Science
— — — BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE — — —
Chairman: Ed Lamb
Faculty: Larry Williams
The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational
philosophy and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this
faculty embraces the following beliefs:
(1) God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also the
ultimate Source of all knowledge.
(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious
physical, mental, spiritual, and social attributes.
(3) A loving God seeks to restore his image in humanity, thus prepar-
ing them for personal fellowship with Himself.
We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of
the whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, there-
fore, to achieving the following objectives:
Spiritual
Behavioral Sciences majors will acquire an understanding of the basic
beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day Ad-
ventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals,
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to com-
mit themselves to such ideals.
Intellectual
Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive them-
selves as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of knowledge.
We have designed course-related activities and investigations to aid
them in achieving intellectual and career goals, and in acquiring the
necessary tools for future learning. The Behavioral Science curriculum
is structured so as to encourage critical thinking, perceptive discussion,
intellectual curiosity, and cultural awareness.
Social
Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive interper-
sonal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making ap-
proaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the attitudes
of acceptance, caring, patience, and service.
Physical
Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic
view of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our phys-
ical, mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to establish
balanced programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation.
The faculty promotes such positive values and practices through exam-
ple and instruction.
Students wishing to prepare for graduate study in community and/or
49
Behavioral Science
50
family counseling, law, personnel work, and sociology of the family
should consider a Behavioral Science major with a Family Studies
emphasis. The Bachelor of Science in Social Work (BSW) is offered for
those students seeking preparation for entry-level generalist baccalau-
reate practice positions. Registered nurses will find a major in some
area of Behavioral Science an excellent foundation for public health
and psychiatric work. To achieve a complete preparation in these fields,
however, the student is encouraged to consider further training at the
graduate level.
PROGRAMS IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
Major (B.S., Family Studies Emphasis): Forty-five hours, including
BHSF 384; PSYC 124, 128, 233, 315; SOCI 125, 223, 424, 295 or 495,
349, 365; SOCW 211, 212; CFSC 147, 201, 202. Cognate requirements:
MATH 215 and three hours in Biology. Remaining course work will
normally be chosen from the following courses: PSYC 377; SOCW375.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
(Family Studies Emphasis)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
CFSC
201-202
Parenting I, II
2 2
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
ECON213
Survey of Economics
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psych
3
SOCW 211
Intro to Social Work
3
CFSC 147
Fam Resource Mgmt
3
SOCW 212
Social Welfare Insts
3
PSYC 128
Dev Psychology
3
SOCI
223
Marriage & Family
2
Area G, Act Skills
2 1
SOCI
233
Human Sexuality
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-4, Speech
2
Area E-l, Biology
3
Area B r Religion
3
Area A-2, Math
0-3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Minor or Elective
I 3-0
15 16
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
16 16
YEARS
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
MATH 215
Statistics
3
BHSF 384
Research Methods
3
PSYC 315
Abnormal Psych
3
SOCI
349
Aging and Society
3
SOCI 365
Family Relations
3
SOCI
424
Contemp Soc Problems
3
SOCI 495
Directed Study
1
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area G, Act Skills
2
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
4
Minor or Electives
5 2
Area E, Chem/Phys/E. Sci
3
PSYC & SOCW Electives
_9^
Area G-3, Recreation
1
16 14
Minor or Electives
6 4
16 15
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Behavioral Science
A student contemplating graduate study should take as many courses
as possible in the area of his emphasis.
Major (B.S.W., Social Work): Forty-five hours including BHSF 384;
SOCW 211, 212, 313, 314, 315, 424, 434, 435, 436; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI
125. Cognate requirements: PLSC 254 or ECON 213; MATH 215; any
human biology.
51
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S.W. SOCIAL WORK
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
SOCW 211
Intro to Social Work
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
SOCW 212
Social Welfare Insts
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
PSYC 128
DevPsyc
3
Area G, Skills
2
Area D-4, Speech
3
Area E-l, Biology
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area A- 2, Math
0-3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area G, Skills
2
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
Elective
5
15 16
Elective
4 2
16 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
SOCW 313
HBSE
3
SOCW 424
Contemp Soc Problems
3
SOCW 314
Social Work Meth I
3
SOCW 434
Social Welfare Issues & Policies 3
SOCW 315
Social Work Meth II
3
SOCW 435-436
Practicum I, II
4 4
MATH 215
Statistics
3
SOCW
Elective
1
BHSF 384
Research
3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area B, Religion
3
Area G, Skills
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
Area E, Natural Science
3
Elective
6 3
Elective, Social Work
3
15 16
Elective
4
15 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor — Behavioral Science. Eighteen hours selected from any Be-
havioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 211, and SOCI
125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral Science
classes.
Minor — Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 424, and 427.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE FOUNDATIONS
BHSF 384. Research Methods (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215.
An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive
and relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and
completed project is expected of each student. (Fall)
Behavioral Science
52
SOCIAL WORK
SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its
values, and its fields of practice.
SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours
Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical
perspectives. The role of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting
human need is also examined. Not open to students who have taken SOCW
221.
SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours
See SOCI 233 for course description.
SOCW 313. Human Behavior and the Social Environment 3 hours
Prerequisites: SOCI 125, PSYC 124, 128, SOCW 212 or permission of instruc-
tor.
A study of the interaction between human behavior and the social environ-
ment. Relevant concepts from the behavioral sciences will be reviewed to
provide students with a holistic view of human behavior. Includes such
topics as systems theory, roles, reference groups, and social stratification.
To be taken prior to or concurrently with SOCW 314.
SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of instructor.
Provides students with theoretical framework for generalist social work
practice. Topics include the establishment of relationship, assessment, con-
tracts, intervention, utilization of resources, social work values and ethics.
Work with individuals and families is emphasized in the first semester of
a two-semester sequence.
SOCW 315. Social Work Methods II (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 314 or permission of instructor.
A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with small
groups and the community. Public policy development and implementation
are also studied.
SOCW 349. Aging and Society 3 hours
See SOCI 349 for course description.
SOCW 374. Criminology 3 hours
See SOCI 374 for course description.
SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family interven-
tion. The family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis
techniques designed to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium.
SOCW 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours
See SOCI 424 for course description.
Behavioral Science
SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours
A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of 53
social services. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 222. Ww
SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 314.
This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory to
develop skills for generalist social work practice. Through participation in
the social service delivery system, the student becomes familiar with agency
structures, functions, and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent
working in an agency setting for each four hours of course work.
SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours
This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and
progresses to more difficult and varied tasks.
SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor.
Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will
vary among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and
ethics of social work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the
entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not
more than three hours credit. (Fall)
SOCW 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours
Two tours are scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of
behavioral science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during
Thanksgiving vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban
change, and social agencies (1 hour). The spring trip to New England occurs
during the May summer session and focuses primarily on ethnic studies
(3 hours). An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses.
SOCIOLOGY
SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours
An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social
world. Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society
and social institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups
including the family, its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours
A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the
family in society and the Christ-centered approach to marital and familial
conflicts. (Fall, Spring)
SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
(See Psychology area listings.)
SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours
A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected
in the Christian cultural setting.
Behavioral Science
54
SOCI 316. Community Organization and Policy (F-l) 3 hours
(See Social Work area listings.)
SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours
The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the
process of aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in con-
temporary society. Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored.
A balance between the theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring)
SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) {W) 3 hours
(See HIST 356 under History listings.)
SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours
A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will
be given to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorgani-
zation and reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be
given to findings of recent family studies. (Spring)
SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours
This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenome-
non, of criminals, and of penal treatment. The relationship of law and
crime to other trends in the social order. Research in prevention and treat-
ment of crime. (Fall, odd years)
SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours
Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural
changes today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in
bringing about group and mass adjustment. (Spring)
SOCI 427. Sociological Theory Development (F-l), (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: SOCI 125.
This course focuses on the emergence of sociology as a systematic disci-
pline. A critical analysis of sociological theory is made from 1850-1920,
including Comte, Tocqueville, Spencer, Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Simmel,
and Pareto. (Fall, even years)
(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor.
Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary
among such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change,
Black America, the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pursued
for the entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of
not more than three hours credit. (Spring)
SOCI 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours
Two tours are scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of
behavioral science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during
Thanksgiving vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban
change, and social agencies (1 hour). The spring trip to New England occurs
during the May summer session and focuses primarily on ethnic studies
(3 hours). An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses.
Biology
BIOLOGY-
Chairman: Stephen A. Nyirady
Faculty: Edgar Grundset, Duane Houck, Marcie Woolsey
The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and impor-
tant fields of scientific investigation, since it provides a better under-
standing of ourselves and the living things around us. Even the casual
observer of Biology who pauses long enough to take a course may derive
a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as bird watch-
ing, shell collecting, or wildflower photography
More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point
for numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With
a B.S. degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to
research in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, microbiol-
ogy, cytology, etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, industry,
or government. The B.A. degree is the degree of choice in preparation
for high-school teaching, medicine, dentistry, optometry, careers in
wildlife, forestry or zoo management, health education, public health,
biostatistics, epidemiology, and environmental health, to name a few.
DEGREES IN BIOLOGY
Core Courses:
BIOL 151-152 General Biology
BIOL 316 Genetics
BIOL 412 Cell Biology
BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science and Religion
BIOL 485 Biology Seminar
Areas:
Botany:
BIOL 408 Flowering Plants
BIOL 409 Smoky Mountain Flora
BIOL 419 Plant Physiology
Ecology:
BIOL 226 Environment and Man
BIOL 317 Ecology
Marine Biology Courses
Vertebrate Field Courses:
BIOL 314 Ornithology
BIOL 318 Ichthyology
BIOL 319 Herpetology
BIOL 411 Mammology
Biology
Microbiology:
BIOL 315
BIOL 330
BIOL 340
Basic Zoology:
BIOL 313
BIOL 415
BIOL 417
BIOL 418
Parasitology
General Microbiology
Immunology
Embryology
Comparative Anatomy
Animal Histology
Animal Physiology
Major (B.A.): Thirty-one hours including Biology core of 19 hours,
plus one course from each of four areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM
151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry, and a
computer course; PHYS 211-214 General Physics is highly desirable. A
minor in Chemistry is recommended.
ENGL 101-102
BIOL 151-152
MATH 114
RELB 125
RELT 138
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. BIOLOGY
(Chemistry Minor Recommended)
YEARl
College Composition
General Biology
Precalculus
Teaching of Jesus
Adventist Heritage
Area F-2,3, Fam/Hlth Sci
Area G, Skills
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
4 4
3
3
3
2
1 1
_5_
16 16
CHEM 151-152
BIOL 316
YEAR 2
General Chemistry
Genetics
Area G-2, Computer Science
Area G-3, Recreational Skills
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
Area B, Religion
Biology Electives
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3
1
3
3(4)
3
16 14(15)
YEAR 3
CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry
CHEM 313-314 Organic Chemistry Lab
PHYS 211-212 General Physics
PHYS 213-214 Gen Physics Lab
BIOL 412 Cell Biology
Biology Elective
Area D-l, Foreign Language
Electives
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
16 16
YEAR 4
BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Sci & Rel
BIOL 485 Biology Seminar
CHEM 323 Biochemistry
Biology Elective
Area B, Religion (UD)
Area C-l, History
Area C-2, Poli Sci/Econ
Area F-l, Behavioral Science
Electives
Semester
1st 2nd
3
1
16 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements
for make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major (B.S.): Forty hours including Biology core of 19 hours, plus
one course from each of the five areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM
Biology
151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry, MATH
114 Precalculus, MATH 215 Statistics, and a computer course. PHYS K"f
211-214 General Physics is highly recommended.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. BIOLOGY
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
BIOL 151-152
General Biology
4 4
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
HIST
154,155
American History
MATH 114
Precalculus
3
OR
3 3
RELB 125
Teaching of Jesus
3
HIST
174, 175
Survey of Civilizations
Biology Elective
3
BIOL
316
Genetics
4
Area F-2,3, Fam/Hlth Sci
2
MATH 215
Statistics
3
Area G-3, Recreational Skills
1
Biology Elective
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area F-l, Behavioral Science
3
Elective
2
16 15
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area B\ Religion
2
3
16 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 311-312
Organic Chemistry
3 3
BIOL
485
Biology Seminar
1
CHEM 313-314
Organic Chemistry Lab
1 1
BIOL
424
Issues of Nat Sci & Rel
3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
Biology Electives
6 6(7)
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
Area D-2, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
BIOL 412
Cell Biology
3
Area C-2, Poii Sci/Econ
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area G-2, Computer Science
3
Biology Electives
6
Area B, Religion (UD)
3
Area B, Religion
3
Elective
3
14 17
16 15(16)
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 151-152 General Biology. A
course in physiology is strongly recommended. A minimum of six hours
must be in upper division.
Teaching Endorsement: See Education and Psychology Department.
NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES
BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours
A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first
semester covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumen-
tary, nervous, and endocrine systems. The remainder of the body systems
are studied the second semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall,
Spring, Summer)
Biology
58
BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours
This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student
a modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant
and animal life. Three lectures each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring)
BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour
Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103.
Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL
103. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring)
BIOL 125. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours
A study of the principles of microbiology, various types of microorganisms
and their relation to health and disease. Three lectures and two one and
a-half-hour laboratory periods each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
CORE COURSES
BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours
This is a rigorous introductory course in Biology primarily for Biology
majors and pre-professional students. The course is designed to give the
student a solid foundation in the fundamental processes of plant andanimal
life. It is prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures
and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring)
BIOL 316. Genetics 4 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 151, or consent of instructor.
A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and
an investigation of gene structure and function. Three lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall)
BIOL 412. Cell Biology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; BIOL 316.
This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals
primarily with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles
learned in BIOL 151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular
research while learning about the appearance and operation of cellular
organelles. The exciting details of cell integration and control provide the
framework for this interdisciplinary study. Three lectures each week. (Fall)
BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l) (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates
to current issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental
responsibility. Special attention is given to Christian perspectives of the
issues discussed. Credit can be applied toward either Biology or Religion.
Three lectures each week. (Fall)
Biology
BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Biology major or minor with senior standing.
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on
current literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval
of Department Chairman. (Fall)
BOTANY
BIOL 408. Flowering Plants 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of flowering plants in their natural environment and detailed
microscopic study of them in the laboratory Students will learn to identify
plants with the aid of botanical keys and to recognize plant families. The
importance of accurate plant identification is revealed by the study of
poisonous plants, plants of medical importance, and noxious weeds. Two
lectures and one field trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall)
BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 152 or consent of instructor.
A field study of the wildf lowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky
Mountain National Park, which contains the world's finest examples of
temperate deciduous forest. Plants are identified by means of botanical
keys, and observation lists are kept. Special attention is given to the different
forest types and their associated plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week
camping-study experience. Field trips daily (Summer)
BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water
relations, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation,
respiration, and growth. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. (Spring)
ECOLOGY
BIOL 226. Environment and Man (E-l) 3 hours
This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex inter-
locking environmental problems facing us today Beginning with basic
ecological principles, the course goes on to examine population dynamics,
energy utilization, resource consumption and the various forms of pollu-
tion. These issues are all discussed in terms of a balanced and rational
ecological approach. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. (Spring)
BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their
environment. This course will examine these interactions in the context
of energy flow, nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population
dynamics. Field work will introduce various ecological sampling tech-
niques and the student will participate in ecological analysis of various
local communities as well as extended field trips. Two lectures and one
field trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall)
Biology
60
VERTEBRATE FIELD COURSES
BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours
A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features,
taxonomy, nesting and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two
lectures and one laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which
applies toward laboratory credit, is planned during spring vacation. There
is an additional charge for the trip. (Spring)
BIOL 318. Ichthyology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A systematic study of the fishes found in the local area, with a survey of
the fishes of other waters. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period each week. (Taught every third year)
BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A systematic study of amphibians and reptiles of the local area, with a
survey of amphibians and reptiles of other areas. Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Taught every third year)
BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America.
Includes classroom and field study of systematics, distribution, behavior
and ecology. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. {Taught
every third year)
MICROBIOLOGY
BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic
animals. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week.
(Spring)
BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent.
A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their
morphology, physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be
given to immunology topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen in-
teractions, humoral and cellular immune systems. The importance of micro-
organisms in environmental and applied fields will be considered. Three
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring)
BIOL 340. Immunology 2 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 330.
A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics
such as antigen and antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell
mediated immunity, hypersensitivity, immune disease and transplantation
immunology. Two lectures each week. (Spring)
Biology
BASIC ZOOLOGY
BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis
on the development of the chick. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period each week. (Fall)
BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates.
The dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory
study. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week.
(Spring)
BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A descriptive study of normal tissues, including those of man. The micro-
scopic identification and characteristics of stained section are emphasized
in the laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each
week. (Spring, odd years)
BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 102, 151-152, or equivalent and CHEM 151-152 or equiva-
lent.
A study of the principles of animal function with special attention to man.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring,
even years)
SPECIAL COURSES
BIOL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours
See BIOL 495.
BIOL 365. Topics in Biology 1-3 hours
Designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty areas of
Biology not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different special-
ized areas.
BIOL 495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent.
BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only.
Designed for the student who wishes to do private study or for a group of
students who wish a special course not listed in the regular offerings.
Content and method of study must be arranged for prior to registration.
(Fall or Spring)
BIOL 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: 20 hours of biology or permission of the instructor.
Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems
will be selected according to the interest and experience of the student.
Biology
Prior to registration students are urged to contact all biology staff members
with respect to the choice of available research problems. This course
should be taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall,
Spring, Summer — on demand)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Biology 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing,
and evaluating student performances; and the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester
during the senior year. (Spring)
(E-l), (G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
ROSARIO BEACH MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION
The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College
and other Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes,
Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland,
including a high hill and canyon.
In addition to some of the biology courses listed in this catalog, the
following are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach:
BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours
An overview course designed to introduce general education students to
the biology and ecology of the marine environment. Course not applicable
to Biology majors.
BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours
A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will
involve extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine inver-
tebrates of the Puget Sound.
BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours
Prerequisites: Animal Behavior or Intro to Psychology.
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their
behavioral responses to the physical environment. The course involves
laboratory experiences, field observation, and a research project.
Business and Office Administration
- BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION -
Chairman: Wayne VandeVere
Faculty: Kim Arellano, Joyce Cotham, Richard Erickson, David Haley,
Evonne Richards, Cecil Rolfe, Dan Rozell, Peg Smith, Ken
Spears
Adjunct Faculty: Daniel Gray, Richard J. Henry, Jr., Dale Lind, Doug
Malin
Advisory Councils:
Accounting: Doug Bullard, Michael Creamer, Ben Kochenower,
Dennis Millburn, Ed Reifsnyder
Management: Grady Gant, James McElroy, Bill McGhinnis, Jack
McKee, James Williams
Long-Term Health Care: Dale Lind, Marvin Midkiff , Clifford Port,
Forrest Preston, Ben Wygal, Jan Rushing, Ray Tiitwiler
The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, govern-
ment, industry, and in long-term health care and to train students for
secretarial, office work, and office administration in the modern office.
The objectives of the department are:
1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical
guidelines.
2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy
toward our current economic environment and the ever-changing
business world of the future.
3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with
basic business skills required for initial job placement.
4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers
and in positions of business leadership with organizations spon-
sored by this denomination.
5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive sec-
retaries and word processing operators and managers.
6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into
most graduate degree programs in business.
The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, and Computer Infor-
mation Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) with majors in
Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and Office Adminis-
tration.
For those who desire a two-year program, an Associate of Science
degree (A.S.) is available in Accounting and Office Administration with
major options in executive, medical, and word processing. A program
in Pre-medical Records Administration is also available.
Business and Office Administration
Students wishing to receive teacher certification in Business or Office
Administration must also satisfy the professional teacher education
requirements (see Education listings).
PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
B.B.A. Core Requirements: The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core
of business courses plus a major in Accounting, Management, or Com-
puter Information Systems.
Basic Core Course requirements are as follows: ACCT 121-122, 321;
ECON 224, 225; BUAD 313, 314, 315, 326, 334, 358. Among the General
Education requirements, the B.B.A. degree students must include SPCH
135, CPTR 106, 126, MATH 181 and a course in psychology. BUAD 315
and 326 are not required for the major in Computer Information Systems.
Major — Accounting: 30 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements:
ACCT 211-212, 322, 415, 417, 421; BUAD 339, 488; SECR 315.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. ACCOUNTING
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Princ of Accounting
3 3
ECON 224-225
Princ of Economics
3 3
ENGL 10M02
College Composition
3 3
ACCT 211-212
Intermediate Acct
3 3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
CPTR 126
Spreadsheet Application
2
Area B, Religion
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area D-2, Literature
3
Area F-l, Psychology
3
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
1
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci
2
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16 15
MATH 181
Calculus I
4
16 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
BUAD 339
Business Law
4
BUAD 334
Princ of Management
3
ACCT 321-322
Cost Accounting
3 3
SECR 315
Bus Communications
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
BUAD 358
Legal, Ethical Env of Bus
3
BUAD 315
Business Finance
3
BUAD 488
Seminar in Bus Admin
1
BUAD 313
Business Statistics
3
ACCT 421
Federal Income Taxes
3
BUAD 314
Quant Meth for Bus Dec
3
ACCT 417
Auditing
4
Area B-2, Religion
3
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
ACCT 415
Advanced Accounting
4
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
3
Elective
1
Elective
2
Area G-l or G-3
1 u
Accounting Elective
3
14 17
Area E t Natural Science
3
16 15
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major — Management: 30 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements:
ACCT 211; BUAD 339, 344, 353, 355, 414, 488; ECON 314; SECR 315.
Business and Office Administration
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 12M22
Prin of Accounting
3
3
ECON 224-225
Prin of Economics
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
ACCT 211
Intermediate Acctg
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
SPCH 135
Intro to Pub Spkg
3
CPTR 128
Spreadsheet Application
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3 3
Area F-l, Psychology
3
Area D-2, Literature
3
Area C-l, History
3
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area A~2, Math -Pre-Cal
0-3
Area F-2, Family/Health
2
Area G-l or G4, Skills
1
1
MATH 181
Calculus I
4
Elective
3-0
18
16
16 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
BUAD 339
Business Law
4
SECR 315
Bus Communications
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
ECON 314
Money & Banking
3
BUAD 315
Business Finance
3
BUAD 358
Legal, Ethical Env of Bus
3
BUAD 313
Business Statistics
3
BUAD 488
Sem in Bus Admin
1
BUAD 314
Quant Meth for Bus Dec
3
BUAD 414
Business Policies
3
ACCT 321
Cost & Manag Acctg
3
BUAD 353
Mgmnt of Small Bus
3
BUAD 344
Human Resource Mgt
3
BUAD 355
Organizational Behav
2
BUAD 334
Prin of Management
3
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
Area B-2, Religion
3
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
3
Elective
3
15
16
Elective in Business
3 3
15 15
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 lor general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major — Computer Information Systems: 39 hours plus the B.B.A.
Core Requirements: CPTR 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326,
413, 485; eight hours in CPTR, BUAD, ACCT, or ECON.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
ACCT 121-122
CPTR 131-132
ENGL 101-102
CPTR 106
CPTR 126
SPCH 135
YEAR1
Prin of Accounting
Fund of Programming
College Composition
Intro to Spreadsheet
Spreadsheet Application
Area A-2 Pre-Cal
Intro to Pub Speaking
Area B-l, Religion
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
0-3
3
16 16
ECON 224-225
CPTR 217
CPTR 317
MATH 181
YEAR 2
Prin of Economics
COBOL Programming
Intro to File Processing
Area B, Religion
Area C-l, History
Area D-3, Fine Arts
Area E, Natural Science
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Calculus I
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
1
16 16
Business and Office Administration
YEARS
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
AOCT321
Cost & Managerial Acct 1
3
BUAD 315
Business Finance (Rec.)
3
BUAD 313
Business Statistics
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing (Rec.)
3
BUAD 314
Quant Methods-Bus Decisions
3
BUAD 358
Legal-Ethical Env
3
BUAD 334
Principles of Management
3
CPTR 326
Systems Management
2
CPTR 318
Data Structures
3
CPTR 485
Computer Science Seminar
1
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgmt Systems
3
Area B, Religion (U.B.J
3
CPTR 324
Systems Analysis
2
Area E, Natural Science
3
CPTR 325
Systems Design
2
Area F, Psychology
3
Area B, Religion
3
Elective* in Major
5
Area D*2, literature
3
General Elective
J_-
Area F-2, Family Sci
OR
2
14 15
Area F-3, Health Sci
16
14
SUMMER
CPTR 413
Software Dev Practicum
3
(Recommended)
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES
Major— Business Administration: 47 hours: ACCT 121-122, 211;
BUAD 313, 314, 315, 326, 334, 339, 358, 414, 488; ECON 224, 225; Six
hours of eiectives in accounting courses. Cognate requirements: CPTR
106, 126, and SECR 315.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Princ of Accounting
3
3
ECON 224-225
Princ of Economics
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
ACCT 211
Intermediate Acctg
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
Area F-1, Psychology
3
CPTR 126
Spreadsheet Application
2
Area B, Religion
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spfcg
3
Area D-2, Literature
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
Area G4, Rec Skills
1
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area C-t History
3
3
Elective
JL JL
AreaG-1 or G-3, Skills
1
1
16 15
16 16
Business and Office Administration
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
BUAD 339
Business Law
4
BUAD 414
Business Policies
3
BUAD 313
Business Statistics
3
BUAD 488
Seminar in Bus Admin
1
BUAD 314
Quant Meth for Bus Dec
3
SECR 315
Business Communications
3
BUAD 334
Princ of Management
3
Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci
2
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
3
BUAD 315
Business Finance
3
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
3
Area B, Religion
3
Elective in Accounting
3 3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Elective
4 6
Elective
3
15 16
BUAD 358
Legal, Ethical, Env of Bus
3
15
16
67
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major— Long-Term Health Care: 48 hours: ACCT 121-122, 211; BUAD
315, 334, 339, 358, 431, 432, 434, 435, 497; ECON 224, 225. Cognate
requirements: CPTR 106, 126, and SOCI 349.
Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an
accredited college or university and who have completed all class work
required in a major in long-term health care other than the specialized
classes in long-term health care, may receive a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in long-term health care upon the completion of
20 hours of long-term health care classes {BUAD 431, 432, 434, 435, 497).
This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to
those who have completed all other major course requirements for the
long-term health care degree at another institution and have received
a bachelor's degree.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Princ of Accounting
3
3
ACCT 211
int Accounting
3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
ECON 224-22S
Prin of Economics
3 3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
CPTR 126
Spreadsheet Application
2
Area 8, Religion
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
Area D-2, Literature
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3 3
Area C-t History
3
3
Area F, Fam/Hlth Sci
2
AreaG-1 or C-3, Skills
1
1
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1
Area F-l, Psychology
3
Elective
3
16 16
14 16
Business and Office Administration
YEAR 3
1st 2nd
BUAD 339
Business Law
4
BUAD 315
Business Finance
3
BUAD 334
SOCI 349
Princ of Management
Aging & Society
Area B-2, Religion
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
Elective
3
3
3
3
3
6
BUAD 358
Legal, Ethical, Env of Business
3
15
16
SUMMER (AFTER YEAR 3)
BUAD 431
Gen Admin of LTHC Facil
3
BUAD 432
Tech Aspects of LTHC
3
BUAD 434
BUAD 435
Finan Mgt of LTHC Facil
Hum Res Mgt/Mkt LTHC
3
3
BUAD 497
YEAR 4
LTHC Admin Internship
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Associate of Science Degree Major — Accounting: 30 hours: ACCT
121-122, 211, 212, 321; BUAD 128, 358; ECON 213 or 224; Six hours of
electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. Cognate requirements: CPTR 106,
126; SECR 105 or equivalent.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S, ACCOUNTING
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Princ of Accounting
3
3
ACCT 211-212
Intermediate Acctg
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
ACCT 321
Cost Accounting I
3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
3
Area B-2, Religion
3
ECON 224
Princ of Economics
OR
3
Area C-l, History
Area D-2, Literature
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
OR
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
Area D-4, Speech
CPTR 126
Spreadsheet Application
2
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Business Elective
3 3
Area F-l, Psychology
3
Elective
1 1
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
BUAD 358
Legal, Ethical, Env of Bus
3 _
Area A-2, Math
0-3
16 16
Elective
16
4-1
16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements
of make-up of admissions deficiencies.
Major— Office Administration: 47 hours: SECR 104, 114, 115, 213, 214,
216, 221, 223, 315, 317, 323, 324; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 334; three
hours of upper division electives in SECR, BUAD, ACCT, or ECON,
Cognate requirements: ACCT 121-122, CPTR 120 or equivalent.
Business and Office Administration
SECR 104,114
SECR 115
SECR 213
SECR 214
SECR 221
SECR 223
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
YEARl
Shorthand I, H
Intermediate Typing
Records Management
Advanced Typing
Office Transcription
Concepts of Information Proc
Area A-l, College Composition
Area B, Religion
Semester
1st 2nd
4 4
3
3
3 3
16 16
SECR 216
SECR 317
SECR 323
SECR 324
ACCT 121-122
YEAR 2
Business English
Secretarial Procedures
Word Processing Text Editing
Advanced Word Processing
Principles of Accounting
Area A-2, Survey Math
Area B, Religion
Area E, Natural Science
Area F, Behavioral Science
Area G-l or G-3, Creative
or Activity Skills
Semester
1st 2nd
16 16
69
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
SECR 315
Business Communications
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
CPTR 120
Computer-Based Systems
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts
3 3
Area E, Natural Science
3
Electives
3 3
15 K
YEAR 4
BUAD 334 Prin of Management
UD Elective in Business
Area B, Religion (UD.)
Area C-l, History
Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts
Area F, Behavioral Science
Electives
1st 2nd
3
3
3
3
NOTE: It is recommended that elective hours be applied toward a minor, which consists of 16 hours, 6 of which must
be upper division.
Major — Office Administration, Executive Option: 35 hours: SECR
104, 114, 115, 213, 214, 216, 221, 223, 315, 317, 323. Cognate requirements:
ACCT 103 or 121, ENGL 102.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
(Executive Option)
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
SECR 104,114
Shorthand I and 11
4 4
SECR
216
Business English
3
SECR 115
Intermediate Typing
3
SECR
315
Business Communications
3
SECR 213
Records Management
3
SECR 317
Secretarial Procedures
3
SECR 214
Advanced Typing
3
SECR 323
Word Proc Text Editing
3
ENGL 221
Office Transcription
3
ACCT 103
College Accounting
3
SECR 223
Concepts of Information Proc
3
Area A-2, Survey of Math
3
Area A-l, College Composition
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
_3_
16 16
Area C, History
Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts
Area E, Natural Science
Area F, Behavioral Science
Area G, Recreational Skills
3
2
3
2
1
16 16
Business and Office Administration
Major — Office Administration, Medical Option: 30 hours: SECR 115,
213, 214, 216, 221, 223, 316, 317, 323, 333. Cognate requirements: ACCT
103 or 121, BIOL 101, ENGL 102, CPTR 120.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
(Medical Option)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
SECR 115
Intermediate Typewriting
3
SECR 316
Medical Terminology
1
SECR 213
Records Management
J
SECR 317
Secretarial Procedures
3
SECR 214
Advanced Typewriting
3
SECR 323
Vtord Proc Text Editing
3
SECR 216
Business English
3
SECR 333
Adv Med Terminology
3
SECR 221
Office Transcription
3
ACCT 103
College Accounting
3
SECR 223
Concepts of Information Proc
3
CPTR 120
Computer-Based Systems
3
Area A, College Composition
3
3
Area A, Survey of Math
J
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Anatomy
3
Area C, History *
a
Area G, Recreational
1
Area D, Lit, Lang, Tine Arts
2
Etectives
1
Area F, Behav, Family, Health
2
1R
in
Etectives
1
16 16
Major — Office Administration, Word Processing Option: 30 hours:
SECR 115, 213, 214, 216, 221, 223, 315, 317, 323, 324. Cognate require-
ments: ACCT 103 or 121, CPTR 120, ENGL 102.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
(Word Processing Option)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
SECR 115
Intermediate Typewriting
3
SECR 315
Business Communications
3
SECR 213
Records Management
3
SECR 317
Secretarial Procedures
3
SECR 2M
Advanced Typewriting
3
SECR 323
Vtord Proc Text Editing
3
SECR 216
Business English
3
SECR 324
Advanced Word Processing
3
SECR 221
Office Transcription
3
ACCT 103
College Accounting
3
SECR 223
Concepts of Information Proc
3
CPTR 120
Computer-Based Systems
3
Area A, College Composition
3
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area A, Survey of Math
3
Area C, History
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts
2
Area G, Recreational
1
Area E, Natural Science
3
Electives
1
Area F, Behav, Family, Health
2
16
16
Electives
1
16 16
Business and Office Administration
MINORS IN BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION, 18 hours:
Business Administration: ACCT 121-122; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD
334 or 344; and 6 hours in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON including 3 hours
upper division.
Office Administration: SECR 214 and 15 hours from courses in Office
Administration, six of which must be upper division.
71
Pre-Health Information Administration Program (Formerly Pre-Med-
ical Records Administration Program)— BIOL 101-102; MATH 103; PSYC
124; BIOL 151-152; SECR 115; ACCT 121-122.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION
Formerly Medical Records Administration
(Allied Health Professions)
ENGL 101-102
BIOL 101-102
PSYC 124
SECR 115
MATH 103
NOTE:C-
requtred.
YEARl
College Composition
Anatomy ft Physiology
Intro to Psychology
Intermediate Typing
Survey of Math
Area B, Religion
Area D-4, Speech
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Arts
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
16 16
AOCT 121-122
SOCI 22a
YEAR 2
Prm of Accounting
Marriage & the Family
Area C-l, History
Area B, Religion
Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Arts
Science Sequence
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
3
3
3
3
_l
16 16
ts the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admissions lest (AHPAT) is
ACCOUNTING
ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours
This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the
bookkeeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional
offices, merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does
not apply toward a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business
and Office Administration. (Fall)
ACCT 121-122. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours
A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction analysis,
financial statement preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet accounts,
income recognition, and basic management accounting concepts are cov-
ered.
Business and Office Administration
ACCT 211-212. Intermediate Accounting 3,3 hours
I P Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122.
An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including prepa-
ration of financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classifi-
cation and evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income
and expense accounts. (Fall, Spring)
ACCT 321. Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 122.
A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as
a managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relation-
ships, job-order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting,
cost behavior patterns, transfer pricing, and divisional performance meas-
urement. (Fall)
ACCT 322. Cost and Managerial Accounting II 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and BUAD 313.
An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems,
including cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual,
standard, and direct cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more
quantitative aspects of management are covered including decision-making
under uncertainty, inventory control, cost behavior and regression analysis,
the variance investigation decision, and mix and yield variances. (Spring)
ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 4 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212.
A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated
financial statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty,
estates and trusts, foreign exchange, segment reporting, and not-for-profit
institutional fund accounting and reporting. (Spring)
ACCT 417. Auditing 4 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212.
A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public account-
ing work including generally accepted auditing standards, professional
code of ethics of the AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall)
ACCT 418, 419. C.P.A. Review Problems 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting prac-
tice, and business law as exemplified by the official accounting pronounce-
ments of the AICPA and FASB. (Fall, Spring)
ACCT 421. Federal Income Taxes I 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121.
An introductory course designed to provide training in the application of
the Federal Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems of individuals.
Primary emphasis is on Federal income taxes but social security taxes will
also be included. (Fall)
Business and Office Administration
ACCT 422. Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 421. 70
A course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal
Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems facing corporations, partner-
ships, estates, trusts. An introduction to tax research will also be included.
(Spring)
ACCT 443. Accounting Systems I 3 hours
A study of accounting information systems. Internal control, reporting sys-
tems, computer based systems and systems development will be covered.
(Fall)
ECONOMICS
ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours
A course designed for the general education student. It provides an under-
standing of the United States* mixed economy through a study of the market
system, the role of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact
of the foreign sector. This course does not apply on a major in accounting
or management. No credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken.
(Fall)
ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours
A survey course in the fundamentals of economics; the institutions, forces,
and factors affecting production, evaluation, exchange, and distribution of
wealth in modern society. (Fall, Spring)
ECON 314. Money and Banking 3 hours
Prerequisite: ECON 224.
Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks and their services, the
Federal Reserve System, and other financial institutions are considered.
(Spring)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours
A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and prac-
tices designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances.
Budgeting, consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are
included in the topics covered. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
BUAD 313. Business Statistics 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 120; MATH 104 or an ACT mathematics score of 22 or
above.
Descriptive statistics; probability theory and applications including Baye-
sian revision; the binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, exponential, normal,
student's t, chi-square, and F distributions; inferential statistics including
sampling concepts, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing; multiple
regression and correlation; introductory time series analysis. This is an
applied (rather than mathematical) approach to statistics, and emphasis
will be placed on statistics as a tool of management for decision-making,
(Fall)
Business and Office Administration
BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours
jf A Prerequisite: BUAD 313.
Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans-
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics.
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program Evalu-
ation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring)
BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122.
A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis
on instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining
to working capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall)
BUAD 326. Introduction te Marketing 3 hours
A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing institu-
tions, basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, price
policies, ana competitive practices. (Spring)
BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours
A beginning course designed to study business management including an
analysis of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional
characteristics of the management process and current ethics. (Fall)
BUAD 339. Business Law 4 hours
A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including
social control through law and the law of commercial transactions (uniform
commercial code) and business organizations. (Spring)
BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours
An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at
high levels. Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation
and financial incentives, work standards, techniques of supervision and
leadership. (Spring)
BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours
A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a
small business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for estab-
lishing a new business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing,
and the management of the small business. (Fall)
BUAD 355. Organizational Behavior 2 hours
Prerequisite: BUAD 334.
This course examines the nature and consequences of human behavior in
work organizations. Primary emphasis is placed on the interaction between
employee needs and organizational requirements, and on the role of man-
agement in facilitating mutual goal attainment. Topics covered include:
individual differences, perception and attitude formation, motivation, job
design, group processes, conflict, leadership, decision-making, and change
and development processes. (Spring)
Business and Office Administration
BUAD 358. Legal, Ethical, and Social Environment of Business 3 hours
A study of how business should operate within the legal, ethical and polit-
ical environment, its relationship to government agencies and control, and
how individuals in leadership should relate various social and ethical
problems. (Fall)
BUAD 414. Business Policies (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: BUAD 334.
This course of study is designed to give the student experience in decision-
making and problem-solving through the case method. The attention of the
student is directed to defining, analyzing, and proposing alternative solu-
tions to business problems from management's viewpoint. (Spring)
BUAD 425. Investment Analysis (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121.
A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential
investor of institutional or personal funds through the use of problems,
readings, and cases. Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the
security market, real estate, and fixed equipment investments. (Spring)
BUAD 431. General Administration of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organi-
zation and management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing,
and controlling. Includes review of licensing requirements, insurance, busi-
ness law, human relations, public relations. (Summer)
BUAD 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Caje 3 hours
A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities, the relation-
ship to other health care facilities in the total health care delivery system,
and technically related medical relationships and services. (Summer)
BUAD 434. Financial Management of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for man-
agement decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer)
BUAD 435. Human Resource Management and Marketing
of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employ-
ees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a nign
level. Selection, compensation, financial incentives, work standards, and
leadership are the topics that will be covered. Marketing functions, prob-
lems, services, and competitive practices will also be covered. (Summer)
BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour
This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business.
Top men and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real
estate, finance, retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten
lectures will be required. This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring)
Business and Office Administration
BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be ar-
ranged. Approval must be secured from Department Chairman prior to
registration. (Fail, Spring)
BUAD 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours
Atailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care
facility will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. One-third
regular tuition rate. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
(C-2), (F-2), (G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
SECR 104. Shorthand I (G-2) 4 hours
This course presents the fundamental principles of Gregg Shorthand, using
the individual progress method. Reading and writing ofshorthand outlines
and longhand transcription are emphasized. Five class periods a week.
(Fall)
SECR 105. Keyboarding (G-2) 3 hours
This class, which meets five class periods each week, begins with the
development of touch typing techniques. Emphasis is then placed on accu-
racy, speed, and basic theory. Designed for students with little or no previous
training in typewriting. Speed objective: 25-40 wpm. (Fall)
SECR 114. Shorthand II (G-2) 4 hours
Prerequisites: SECR 105 or high school equivalent, and SECR 104 with
grade of C or above or consent of instructor.
A continuation of individual progress instruction in which students pro-
gress at their own rates in building shorthand skill. Transcription on the
typewriter is introduced with increased emphasis on speed building. Five
class periods a week. (Spring)
SECR 115. Intermediate Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 105 or equivalent.
Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Continua-
tion of SECR 105; improvement of basic skills; business letter production;
tabulated reports; manuscripts; special business forms. (Students with two
years of high school typewriting may waive this course by examination.)
(Fall)
SECR 213. Records Management 3 hours
Basic principles and procedures of control and storage of records. A simu-
lation involving a study of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five
methods. An overview of automated filing systems and criteria by which
records are created, stored and transferred. (Fall)
Business and Office Administration
SECR 214. Advanced Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 115 or equivalent.
Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Preparation
of final copy from rough drafts; typing of financial statements; complex
statistical and tabulated reports, and representative problems from techni-
cal and professional offices. (Spring)
SECR 216. Business English 3 hours
Pre- or co-requisite: ENGL 101.
An intensive study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spell-
ing, and word usage as necessary tools for effective written and spoken
communication. (Fall)
SECR 218. Business Mathematics and
Calculating Machines (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 099 or ACT score of 12 or above.
The electronic calculator is used to solve common business problems which
include: basic arithmetic operations, fractions, percentage, interest, dis-
counts, merchandising, payrolls, depreciation and the use of credit.
SECR 221. Office Transcription 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 101, SECR 216.
Pre- or corequisites: ENGL 102, SECR 214.
Development of skill in producing mailable office transcription. Proficiency
in business grammar, punctuation, word usage, and document styles. Em-
phasis is placed on speed and accuracy in producing mailable copy, using
machine transcription. Also, a study of current methods of office repro-
graphics. (Spring)
SECR 223. Concepts of Information Processing 3 hours
Introduces the total concept of word/information processing. Through lec-
tures, films and field trips, the student will learn terminology, practices,
procedures, and controls used in modern office environments. This course
is designed to acquaint the student with new roles of office workers, new
office career opportunities, and electronic office equipment and systems.
The student will be introduced to the features of electronic typewriters
and calculators. (Spring)
SECR 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 101-102.
A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling, and punctuation, and the
writing of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means
of effective expression in business-letter writing. (Fall, Spring)
SECR 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 214, BIOL 101, or consent of instructor.
A study of medical terms — their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning, and
their application to medical secretarial work. Open only to students who
are enrolled in a medical emphasis program. (Fall)
Business and Office Administration
SECR 317. Secretarial Procedures 3 hours
TfQ Prerequisite: SECR 213, 214, 323.
An integration of skills learned in previous secretarial courses, together
with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics, and
initiative used in the secretarial profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring)
SECR 323. Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours
Prerequisites: SECR 214, 223, CPTR 120.
Introduces the student to the text-editing capabilities of microcomputers.
Emphasis is placed on developing word processing skills using popular
software, formatting quality documents, and increasing productivity. (Fall)
SECR 324. Advanced Word Processing 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 323.
This course is designed to prepare the student to use microcomputer
software in an information processing environment. Training is given in
data base management, spreadsheet analysis and word processing. (Spring)
SECR 333, Advanced Medical Terminology
and Transcription 3 hours
Prerequisites: SECR 223 and 316.
For Medical Secretarial majors only. Continued emphasis on increasing
medical vocabulary, with skill and knowledge developed in the transcrip-
tion techniques and procedures of medical dictation. Three class periods
per week. (Spring)
SECR 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing 2 hours
See TECH 245/345 for course description,
SECR 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Open only to majors in Office Administration. Research studies relating to
the field of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience
and interests of the student. Length of project determines credit.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Business 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A study of the status, disciplines, and curricular structure of business
education, the psychology of skill development and measurement, and
lesson development of specific classes. An investigation of instructional
materials and resources for the business education classroom. Special areas
of instruction will be presented for the endorsement clusters of Basic Busi-
ness, Accounting, Data Processing and Office Technology. Emphasis will
be placed on professional development for this area of teaching. (Spring)
(G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Chemistry
CHEMISTRY-
Chairman: Steven Warren
Faculty: Wiley Austin (Orlando), Mitchell Thiel
Adjunct Faculty: Jim Engel
Since everything we touch, eat, wear, or use is made of chemicals,
the study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. A major
in Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging career in
a wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial research,
pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic chemistry,
chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well as many
business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, pat-
ent research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a
few.
The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional appli-
cations of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree is
the preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or pre-
paramedical fields and possibly for some of the business applications.
Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314,
315, 321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411-412, 413-414 may be substituted for
CHEM 315, 321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate requirement.
CPTR 131 is strongly recommended.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. CHEMISTRY*
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4
4
CHEM 311-312
Organic Chemistry
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 313-314
Organic Chem Lab
1 1
MATH 114
Precalculus
4
Area B, Religion
3
MATH 181
Calculus 1
4
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
3
Area E, Bioi/Phys/E. Sci
3
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
OR
2
Electives or Minor
2
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
16
15
Chemistry Elective
Electives or Minor
3
9
15 16
Chemistry
80
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM315
Analytical Chemistry
4
CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar
1
CHEM 321
Instrumental Analysis
4
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
3
CPTR 131
Funds, of Programming I
3
Area F. Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
3
Area B, Religion
3
Chemistry Elective
2
Area C-t, History
3 3
Electives or Minor
9 12
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3 3
15 15
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
3
Elective
3
16 16
'PLEASE NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the student
enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then either years 2 and 3 or years 3 and 4 should be exchanged.
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major (B.S.): Forty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314,
315, 321, 325, 411, 412, 413, 414, 485, and 497 are required. Cognate
requirements are: PHYS 211-212, 213-214, MATH 181, 182 and 315, CPTR
131. German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is
designed for the professional chemist. Note that Physical Chemistry
will be offered one year and Analytical and Instrumental Chemistries
the following year. The student should plan accordingly.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. CHEMISTRY*
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4
4
CHEM 311-312
Organic Chemistry
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 313-314
Organic Chem Lab
1 1
MATH 114
Precalculus
4
MATH 182
Calculus 11
3
MATH 181
Calculus I
4
MATH 315
Diff Equations
3
CPTR 131
Funds, of Programming I
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3 3
Elective
1
Elective
• 2
15 15
15 16
YEAR 3
Seme
ster
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3
3
CHEM 411-412
Physical Chemistry
3 3
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1
1
CHEM 413414
Physical Chem Lab
1 1
CHEM 315
Analytical Chemistry
4
CHEM 485
Chemistry Seminar
1
CHEM 321
Instr Analysis
4
CHEM 497
Intro to Research
1-2
CHEM 325
Organic Qual Anal
2-3
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
OR
2
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
3 3
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Electives
0-1 2
Chemistry Electives
3
2
16 15
Electives
1-0
3
Chemistry
81
16 16
•PLEASE NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the student
enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then years 3 and 4 should be exchanged, and Genera] Physics must
be taken during the first or second year or a summer before the junior year.
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division.
CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics
ACT score of 12 or a minimum grade of "C" in MATH 099 are required.
A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles
of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week.
Does not apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (E-2) 1,1 hours
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112.
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM
111-112. Two and one-half hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply
on a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring)
4,4 hours
mathematics through Inter-
CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2)
Prerequisites: High school chemistry and
mediate Algebra.
An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with
applications to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and
three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent.
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic
carbon compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy,
relative reactivities, reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these
compounds. There are three hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 14 hours
82 Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312.
Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemis-
try laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization,
distillation, separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate reactions that are
discussed in CHEM 311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, odd
years)
CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152.
A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of
determinations, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry
involved is studied in terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours
of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, odd years}
CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 315.
A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spec-
trometry, chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry Three lec-
tures and one laboratory session per week. (Spring, even years)
CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312.
The materials, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Four hours of lecture each
week. (Spring)
CHEM 325. Organic Qualitative Analysis 2 or 3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312; 313-314.
Application of solubility principles, classification reactions, and the prep-
aration of derivatives for the identification of both pure compounds and
mixtures. Two hours of lecture for nine weeks, and four or eight hours of
laboratory each week. Offered on sufficient demand. (Fall)
CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours
Prerequisites: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 315.
A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three
hours of lecture each week. Taught alternate years. (Fall, even years)
CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 411.
A study of electrochemistry and conductivity, reaction kinetics, molecular
structure, nuclear chemistry, absorption and colloids. Three hours of lecture
each week. Taught alternate years. (Spring, odd years)
CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours
Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411, 412 must be taken concurrently
or previously
Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory
period each week. (Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. QQ
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field.
To be taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall)
CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152.
Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or
for a group of students who wish a special course on topics not taught
under the regular class offerings. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1 to 2 hours
Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor.
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Prob-
lems are assigned according to the experience and interest of the student.
Prior to registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged
to contact all chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available
problems. Should be taken not later than the first semester of the senior
year. (Fall, Spring)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Chemistry 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing,
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester
during the senior year. (Spring)
Taught at the Orlando Center
CHEM 112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3 hours
CHEM 114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1 hour
(E-2), ( W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Computer Science
84
COMPUTER SCIENCE'
Chairman: Bradley Hyde
Faculty: Rick Halterman, Merritt MacLafferty
Adjunct Faculty: John Beckett, Judy DeLay
Computer Science deals with the design and programming of elec-
tronic digital computers. In today's society, it is rare that the average
person goes through a day without using a computer in some way.
Computers are used in cars, microwave ovens, VCR's, TV's and even
washing machines. On Wall Street and at NASA, huge banks of comput-
ers display the current status. Almost everyone who writes now uses
a word processor and even grade-school students are being taught by
computers.
With the growing use of computers has come a growing shortage of
computer professionals. While some companies must hire untrained
applicants, most are seeking employees with the training, skill, and
knowledge of a graduate in Computer Science. Graduates from a com-
puter science program find jobs in industry, health care, financial institu-
tions, education, and research.
The student should choose his area of interest and select courses
from computer science and other fields that will fit well with his in-
tended career. Some job titles are: Programmer, Systems Programmer,
Systems Analyst, Team Leader, Data Base Administrator, Data Processing
Manager, Software Engineer, Applications Engineer, Training Specialist,
and Technical Writer.
CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE
1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been
authorized for their use.
2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for
which they were authorized, as arranged with the Computer Serv-
ice Department.
3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of
other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient
means of utilizing the computer.
4. Users must not attempt to subvert the restrictions associated with
their computer accounts.
5. Users must not attempt to access information concerning the data
or jobs of other users except as provided by techniques arranged
for that purpose by the Computer Service Department.
6. Student users shall not exceed default parameters for priority
factors except in cases where published policy provides for differ-
ences.
Computer Science
PROGRAMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Major (B.A.): Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 280,
317, 318, 319, (324 or 325), 485 and three hours of upper division com-
puter electives. Cognates required: MATH 114, (MATH 215 or BUAD
313), BUAD 334.
Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the remaining
nine elective hours, three must be upper division.
The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also appro-
priate for any student who simply has an interest in computers.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. COMPUTER SCIENCE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CPTR 217
COBOL Prog Lang
3
CPTR 135-132
Fund of Prog I, II
3
3
CPTR 280
Discrete Structures
3
CPTR 219
Sym Assembler Lang
3
CPTR 317
Intro to File Proc
3
MATH 114
Precakuhis
3
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3 3
MATH 104
Int Algebra
MATH 215
Statistics
3
OR
3
Area B, Religion
3
Elective
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
3 2
Area C-l, History
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area B, Religion
3
Minor or Elective
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
3
15
15
15 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
CPTR 324
Systems Analysis
CPTR 485
Comp Sci Seminar
1
OR
2
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
CPTR 325
Systems Design
Area C-l, History
3
BUAD 334
Prin of Management
3
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Nat Sci
3 3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Comp Sci Elective
3
CPTR 318
Data Structures
3
Minor or Elective
6 6
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgrat Sys
Area G-l, Creative Skills
OR
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Minor or Elective
1
JL
16
3
1
7
16
15 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major (B.S.): Forty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 280,
317, 318, 319, 324 or 325, 413, 485, and ten hours of computer electives,
four of which must be upper division. Cognates required: MATH 114,
Computer Science
(MATH 215 or BUAD 313), BUAD 334. Only three hours of CPTR 105,
106, 107, and 126 may apply to a major in computer science.
Those electing a B.S. in computer science may desire to work in a
specific area of application of computer science, e.g., business, psychol-
ogy, mathematics, or physics.,Such students should include appropriate
classes in these areas. A minor or double major should be considered.
Students planning to do graduate work in computer science should
definitely take the B.S. degree and include calculus and differential
equations.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
CPTR 131-132
Fund of Prog I, II
3
3
CPTR 217
COBOL Prog Lang
3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CPTR 280
Discrete Structures
3
CPTR 219
Sym Assembler Language
3
CPTR 317
Intro to File Proc
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
CPTR 318
Data Structures
3
OR
3
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgmt Sys
3
MATH
Elective
MATH 215
Statistics
3
MATH 114
Precalculus
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Set.
3 3
Area C-l, History
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/HIth Sci
2
Area F, Behav/Fam/HIth Sci
_3_
15
15
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
15 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
CPTR 324
Systems Analysts
CPTR 413
Software Dev Practicum
3
OR
2
CPTR 485
Comp Sci Seminar
1
CPTR 325
Systems Design
Area B, Religion (UD.J
3
BUAD 334
Prin of Mgmt
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Elective, Computer Sci
3
Area D-l, Foreign Language
3
3
Elective
7 9
Area G-l, Creative
16 16
OR
1
1
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Elective, Computer Sci
3
4
Elective
3
3
16 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major in Computer Information Systems: Sixty-six hours consisting
of CPTR 106, 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 413, 485;
ACCT 121, 122, 321; ECON 224, 225; BUAD 313, 314, 334, 339, and eight
hours of electives from business or computer. Cognates required: MATH
181, SPCH 135, and a psychology course.
Computer Science
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
ACCT 121-122
CPTR 131-132
ENGL 101-102
CPTR 106
CPTR 126
MATH 104
SPCH 135
YEAR1
Prin of Accounting
Fund of Programming
College Composition
Intro to Spreadsheets
Spreadsheet Applications
Inter Algebra
Intro to Pub Speaking
Area B-l, Religion
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
Semester
1st 2nd
ECON 224-225
CPTR 217
CPTR 317
MATH 114
YEAR 2
Prin of Economics
COBOL Programming
Intro to File Processing
Precalculus
Area B, Religion
Area C-l, History
Area D-3, Fine Arts
Area E, Natural Science
Area G-3, Rec Skills
16 16
1st 2nd
3 3
3
3
3 3
3
3
15 16
YEAR 3
ACCT 321 Cost & Managerial Acct I
BUAD 313 Business Statistics
BUAD 314 Quant Methods-Bus Decisions
BUAD 334 Principles of Management
CPTR 318 Data Structures
CPTR 319 Data Base Mgmt Systems
CPTR 324 • Systems Analysis
MATH 181 Calculus I
Area B, Religion
Area D-2, Literature
Area F-2, Family Sci
OR
Area F-3, Health Sci
Semester
1st 2nd
3
3
BUAD 315
BUAD 326
BUAD 339
CPTR 326
CPTR 325
YEAR 4
Business Finance (Rec.)
Intro to Marketing (Rec.)
Business Law
Systems Management
Systems Design
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
Area E, Natural Science
Area F, Psychology
Electives in Major
General Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
15 14
16 16
CPTR 413
SUMMER
Software Dev Practicum
3
(Recommended)
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major (A.S.): Twenty-four hours in computer science consisting of:
CPTR 105, 106, 107, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 318, 319. Cognates required:
ACCT 121, 122, 321; BUAD 334.
Computer Science
88
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
CPTR 131-132
Fund of Program I, II
3
3
CPTR 217
COBOL Programming Lang
3
AOCT 121-122
Prin of Accounting
3
3
CPTR 317
Intro to File Processing
3
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Processing
1
CPTR 318
Data Structures
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheets
1
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgmt Systems
3
CPTR 107
Intro to Data Base Applic
1
ACCT 321
Cost Accounting 1
3
CPTR 219
Symbolic Assembler Lang
3
BUAD 334
Prin of Management
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
Area B, Religion
3
OR
3
Area C, Hist/Pol Sci/Econ
3
MATH
Elective
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
2
MATH 114
Precalculus
3
Area E, Natural Science
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
2
Area B, Religion
3
Elective
_L
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Elective
1
1
16 16
16 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
CPTR 105. Introduction to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour
Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor.
Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating
form letters, and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. (Spring)
CPTR 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (G-2) 1 hour
Prerequisite: MATH 103 or 104 or Math ACT of 22.
A course using microcomputer spreadsheet programs. The most commonly
used functions will be described with simple lab problems.
CPTR 107. Introduction to Data Base Applications (G-2) 1 hour
Prerequisite: CPTR 106.
A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information
retrieval, report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information.
(Spring)
CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2) 3 hours
An overview of computer information systems. This survey course intro-
duces computer haraware, software, procedures, systems, and human re-
sources and explores their integration and application in business and
other segments of society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving
and programming in a higher-level programming language are discussed
and applied. This course does not apply on a major in Computer Science.
(Fall, Spring)
CPTR 126. Spreadsheet Applications (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 106.
The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial
planning and management. (Spring)
Computer Science
CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 104 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor. QQ
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging,
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced, using a
structured language. (Fall)
CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131; Pre- or corequisite; SECR 105 or typing speed of
35 wpm.
An introduction to software technology including elementary data struc-
tures for the development of reliable, modifiable programs. (Spring)
CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131.
Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems
using the COBOL Language. (Fall)
CPTR 218. FORTRAN Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 114.
Syntax and semantics of arithmetic expressions and statements. Precedence
of arithmetic operations and relational operators. Global properties of al-
gorithmic languages including scope declarations, storage allocation, group-
ing of statements, and subroutines. This course does not apply on a major.
CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131.
Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing
techniques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organiza-
tion, symbolic coding and assembly systems and program segmentation
and linkage. Systems and utility programs and programming techniques.
Several computer projects to illustrate basic machine structure and program-
ming techniques. (Spring)
CPTR 280. Discrete Structures 3 hours
Prerequisite: Math ACT 22 or MATH 104.
Recommended: MATH 114 and familiarity with a programming language.
An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory,
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof tech-
niques, and finite state automata. (Fall)
CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 217.
Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random
access files and processing techniques. Development of programs and sys-
tems of programs for batch and interactive environments. (Spring)
CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 132, MATH 114.
Stacks, recursion, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sortingand searching. (Fall)
Computer Science
CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217. Recommended CPTR 317.
Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design,
implementation, and management issues. {Spring)
CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319.
System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of
both classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows,
process flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system re-
quirements. Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the de-
velopment of computer based information systems.
CPTR 325. Systems Design 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319.
Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and
evaluation. Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design,
module coupling, and module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's
complexity
CPTR 326. Systems Management 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319,
This course presents management principles unique to the data processing
environment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software
version control, and user services.
CPTR 360. Computer Hardware and System Software Concepts 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132.
Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets
and data representation, program translation concepts, operating system
concepts, secondary storage concepts, multi-processor systems, micropro-
gramming, and array processors. (Fall, odd years)
CPTR 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours
See TECH 376 for course description.
CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219.
Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and
their run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to
a variety of languages. (Spring)
CPTR 413. Software Development Practicum 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 324 or 325 or permission of instructor.
A minimum of 120 hours of programming experience. The Computer Sci-
ence Department may prearrange some practicums with commercial data
processing departments. These positions must be applied for six weeks
prior to registration. Students, however, are encouraged to be responsible
for setting up their own practicums. This must be done within the guidelines
of the department (see instructor), and arrangements should be completed
six weeks prior to the start of the practicum. (Summer, Fall)
Computer Science
CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. Q H
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current
computer science literature. (Spring)
CPTR 490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff.
Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses.
May be repeated with permission to a maximum of six hours.
CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department chair.
Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer
science students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours.
(G-2) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Consumer and Family Sciences
— CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES —
Chairman: Diane Fletcher
Adjunct Faculty: Roy Dingle, Earl Evans, Judie Port
Advisory Council: Patricia Brogdon, John L. Deppen, Cassandra Garner,
Rene Mote, Katharine Powell, Patricia Rushing, Darlene Schmitz-
Montgomery, Margaret Smith, Mary Tanner
Note: The Consumer and Family Sciences Department is accepting
no more majors after the 1988-89 school year.
Consumer and Family Sciences programs are designed to prepare
men and women for careers dealing with home and family life, food
and nutrition, clothing and textiles, and teaching of non-vocational
Home Economics in secondary and elementary schools.
Flexibility of programs allows a choice of concentration to fit the
preparation needed for the chosen Consumer and Family Sciences pro-
fession.
Emphasis is placed upon the Seventh-day Adventist philosophy for
home and family living and preparation for professional, church, and
community leadership.
All Consumer and Family Sciences programs are planned with a
member of the Consumer and Family Sciences faculty. Approval is then
considered on an individual basis and is granted on the following con-
ditions:
1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere
in the Catalog.
2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the stu-
dent.
3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity.
PROGRAMS IN CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES
Consumer and Family Sciences can complement other disciplines.
The following academic combinations are possible: Consumer and Fam-
ily Sciences and Business for a career as a consumer scientist in busi-
ness; Consumer and Family Sciences and Social Work for a career in
gerontology; Consumer and Family Sciences and Education for a teach-
ing career; Consumer and Family Sciences and the physical sciences
for pre-professional preparation for medical school and paramedical
careers. Employment opportunities abound for those who pursue ad-
vanced degrees in one of the areas of Consumer and Family Sciences.
Major (B.S.) — Consumer and Family Sciences: Forty-one hours in-
cluding FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317, 325; CFSC 146, 147, 148; CLTX 164,
165, 166; CFSC 201, 202, 349, 415, 485; and six hours of upper division
elective credit. Cognate requirements: PSYC 124; HLED 203.
Consumer and Family Sciences
Consumer and Family Sciences majors and candidates for Seventh-
day Adventist secondary certification are encouraged to attend two
approved professional meetings each semester.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CFSC 146
Consumer Education
2
FONT 126
Foods
2
CFSC 147
Family Resource Mgt.
3
FDNT127
Food Preparation
1
CLTX 164
Textiles
3
CLTX 165
Basic Clothing
2
CLTX 316
Tailoring {or HMEC elec)
3
CFSC 148
Orientation to Cons & Fam Sci
1
HLED 203
Safety Education
2
CLTX 166
Inter Clothing
2
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
Minor
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psych
3
RELT
AreaB-2
3
Minor
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
RELT
AreaB-2
3
Area A-2, Math
3
Cons 4 Fam Sci Elect
2
Area C-l, History
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
15
14
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
CFSC 201-202
Parenting
2
2
CFSC 415
Practicum in Cons & Fam Sci
2
FDNT317
Meal Management
3
Cons and Fam Sci Elective
2 3
FDNT 325
Demonstration Tech
2
Minor U.D.
3 3
CFSC 485
Cons & Fam Sci Seminar (W)
2
RELB
Area B-l, Biblical Stud (UD.)
3
Minor
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Minor UD,
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
CFSC 349
Interior Design
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Elective
2
Elective
3 _2_
RELB
Area B-l, Biblical Studies
Area C-l, History
Area D, Lang/tnVFine Art
3
3
3
14 16
16 15
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and genera) education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor — Consumer and Family Sciences: Eighteen hours, six hours
of which must be upper division.
Minor — Foods and Food Service: Eighteen hours, six hours of which
must be upper division.
Minor — Clothing and Textiles: Eighteen hours, six hours of which
must be upper division.
Teaching Endorsement Requirements: See Education and Psychology
Department.
The bachelor of science degree in food service administration pro-
vides the student with advanced skills in institutional food service,
Consumer and Family Sciences
supervision and administration. A minor in Business Administration
is required for this degree.
Major (B.S.) — Food Service Administration : Forty-eight hours in-
cluding FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 125, 126, 127, 129, 139, 219, 220, 317,
325, 385; BUAD 355; FDNT 415; CFSC 495; FDNT 497. Cognate require-
ments: CPTR 120, BIOL 125, PSYC 124 or 128. 150 hours work experience
in food service and/or bakery and a minor in Business Administration
is required.
Minor — Business Administration: Eighteen hours including ACCT
121-122, ECON 213; BUAD 334, 344 and three additional hours in Ac-
counting, Economics or Business Administration. Recommended:
BUAD 353.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. FOOD SERVICE ADMINISTRATION
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
FNDT 111-112
Prin Quan Fd Serv I, H
2
2
FDNT 219-220
Adv Fd Serv Prod
3 3
FDNT 113-114
Quan Fd Serv Prod Lab
3
3
PSYC 124
Intro Psyc
FDNT 129
Inst Bkg Techniques
4
OR
3
FDNT 139
Adv Inst Bkg Tech
4
PSYC 128
DevPsyc
ENGL 101
College Comp I
3
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
FDNT 126
Foods
2
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
Elective
3
4
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
16
16
Area A~2, Mathematics
Area B-2, Religion
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
Area E, Natural Sci
Elective
0-3
3
3
3
3-0
15 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Prin of Acct L A
3
3
CPTR 120
Intro to Comp-Bsd Sys
3
ECON 213
Surv of Econ
3
CFSC 495
DS{AdvFdPrep/Sci)
3
FDNT 325
Demonst Techniques
2
BUAD 355
Organiz Behavior
2
FDNT 385
Foods & Nutr Seminar (W)
1
BUAD 353
Manag of Sm Bus
BUAD 334
Prin of Management
3
OR
3
BUAD 344
Human Resource Mgt.
3
Minor Elective
FDNT 415
Practicum in Sp Funct
3
AreaB.ReUUD)
3
ENGL 102
College Comp II
3
Area C-l, History (UD)
3 3
BIOL 125
Microbiology
4
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3 3
AreaB,Rel(UD}
16
3
15
Elective
3
15 M
SUMMER OF 3RD YEAR
FDNT 497
Internship in Food Serv
Admin
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and genera) education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Consumer and Family Sciences
Major (A.S.) — Pre-Dietetics: Thirty-nine hours including MATH 104,
FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317, ACCT 103, ECON 213, BIOL 101-102, 125,
CHEM 111-112, 113-114, PSYC 124, PEAC 125.
The associate of science degree in pre-dietetics prepares the student
for admission to the Coordinated Undergraduate Program (CUP) in Die-
tetics at Loma Linda University or Andrews University. Admission to
any professional school is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequi-
site requirements of the individual school. Students desirous of admis-
sion to other Coordinated Undergraduate Programs (CUP) in dietetics
should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the requirements.
Students applying to Andrews University should take another Area
G-3, Rec Skills course, CPTR 120 and CFSC 148.
Students applying to Loma Linda University should take another
Religion course, six additional hours of Humanities — Language/Litera-
ture / Fine Arts — which must include Speech, and SOCI 125.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-DIETETICS
(Allied Health Professions)
ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology
3 3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
CFSC 148
Orientation to Home Econ
1
FDNT 126
Foods
2
ACCT 103
College Accounting
3
FDNT 127
Food Prep
1
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
E00N 213
Survey of Economics
3
BIOL 125
Basic Microbiology
4
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
CPTR 120
Intro to Computer Based Sys
3
Area B, Religion
3 3
Area D-4< Speech
3
Area C-l, History
_3_
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts
3
IS 1fi
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
17 15
NOTE: Minimum grades of C + in Foods courses andC - in other courses must be earned. The Allied Health Professions
Admissions Test (AHPAT) is required.
Consumer and Family Sciences
LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Comp
3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anal & Physiology
3
3
CHEM 113-114
Surv of Chem Lab
1 1
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
ACCT 103
College Accounting
3
FDNT 126
Foods
2
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
BIOL 125
Basic Microbiology
4
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
EOON213
Survey of Economics
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
Area B, Religion
3
3
Area D, Ung/Lit/F Art
3 3
Area C-l, History
3
Area D-4, Speech
3
18 16
19 17
NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Test (AHPAT) is required.
The purpose of the two-year curriculum is to prepare the student for
a successful family experience as well as for service to his community.
All specified courses will apply toward a Bachelor's degree in Consumer
and Family Sciences.
Major (A.S.) — Consumer and Family Sciences: Twenty-four hours
including courses FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317; CFSC 146, 147, 148, 201;
CLTX 165, plus electives to make a total of 24 hours in Consumer and
Family Sciences; HLED 203; general electives to make a total of 64
semester hours.
Consumer and Family Sciences majors are encouraged to attend two
approved professional meetings each semester.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
CFSC 148
Orientation to Cons & Fam Sci
1
FONT 125
Nutrition
3
CLTX 165
Basic Clothing
2
CFSC 147
Family Resource Mgt.
3
FDNT 126
Foods
2
CFSC 146
Consumer Education
2
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
CFSC 201
Parenting I
2
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
HLED 203
Safety Education
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
Area G-3, Recreat Skill
1
Area E, Natural Science
3
Cons & Fam Sci Elective
2
Cons & Fam Sci Elective
3
Elective
3 11-8
Elective
5
16 16
16 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
the make-up of admissions deficiencies.
Consumer and Family Sciences
The two-year associate of technology program is designed to provide
the student with advanced skills in institutional food service production
operations including management of special functions. All specified
courses will apply toward a bachelor's degree in Food Service Adminis-
tration.
97
Major (A.T.)— Food Service: Thirty-one hours including FONT 111,
112, 113, 114, 125, 126, 127, 129, 139, 219, 220, 317. Cognate requirements:
CFSC 146 or BUAD 128; SPCH 136; PSYC 124 or 128. General education
requirements include: ENGL 101, MATH 103, and six hours B-l or B-2,
and electives for a total of 64 semester hours. 250 hours work experience
in the food service and bakery are required.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.T. FOOD SERVICE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
FDNT 111-112
Prn/Quan Food Ser I, H
2 2
FDNT 219, 220
Adv Food Serv Prod
3 3
FDNT 113-114
Quan Food Serv Lab 1, 11
3 3
FDNT 126
Foods
2
FDNT 129
Baking Techniques
4
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
FDNT 139
Adv Inst Baking
4
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
ENGL 101
College Comp
3
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Commun
2
CFSC 146
Consumer Educ
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
OR
2-3
PSYC 124
Introduction to Psyc
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
OR
3
Area B, Religion
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psyc
Elective
4 1-2
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
17 V
Area B, Religion
Elective
3
1 8-5
16 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements
for the make-up of admissions deficiencies.
The purpose of the one-year certificate program is to provide the
student with the basic production skills necessary for institutional food
service. All specified courses will apply toward an associate of technol-
ogy degree in food service.
Certificate Program in Food Service Production: FDNT 111, 112, 113,
114, 127, 129, CFSC 146 or BUAD 128; SPCH 136; MATH 099; B-l or
B-2 (three hours), and electives to complete a total of 32 semester hours.
Work experience in the food service is required.
Consumer and Family Sciences
98
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
CERTIFICATE — FOOD SERVICE
YEARl
1st 2nd
FDNT 111-112
Prn/Quan Food Ser I, II
2
2
FDNT 113-114
Quan Food Serv Lab I, II
3
3
FDNT 129
Institutional Baking Tech
4
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
MATH 099
Basic Math (if needed)
CFSC 146
Consumer Education
OR
2-3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Gommunic
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreat Skills
1
Elective
2
7-6
16
16
CLOTHING AND TEXTILES
CLTX 164. Textiles (G-2) 3 hours
A study of basic fibers and fabrics including properties, construction, selec-
tion, uses, and care. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week.
(Fall, even years)
CLTX 165. Basic Clothing (G-2) 2 hours
Basic principles of clothing construction as applied to individual garments.
Three hours combination lecture/laboratory each week. One lecture and
three hours laboratory each week. Two hours of additional sewing experi-
ence required each week. (Fall)
CLTX 166. Intermediate Clothing (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: CLTX 165 or approval of instructor.
Principles of wardrobe planning, selection, and care for the individual.
Emphasis is given to the relationship of the art principles to clothing. One
lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. Two hours of additional
sewing experience required each week. (Spring)
CLTX 313. Clothing and Human Behavior (F-2), (W) 2 hours
Clothing as it relates to self-expression and to the individual's adjustment
to the physical and social environment. The Seventh-day Adventist phi-
losophy of dress is studied. (Spring, odd years)
CLTX 315. Pattern Design 3 hours
Prerequisite; CLTX 165 or approval of instructor.
Clothing design and practice in creating designs through flat pattern and
draping techniques. Two three-hour combined lecture/laboratory periods
each week. (Spring, even years)
.
Consumer and Family Sciences
CLTX 316. Tailoring for Men and Women (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: CLTX 165 or approval of instructor. 99
Evaluation and use of various tailoring methods as applied in selection,
fitting and construction of tailored garments. Two three-hour combined
lecture/laboratory periods each week. (Fall, odd years)
CLTX 345. Upholstery (£-2) 3 hours
Laboratory experience in simple upholstering. Two three-hour combined
lecture/laboratory periods each week. There will be a fee for supplies.
(Spring, even years)
CLTX 366. Advanced Clothing 2 hours
Prerequisite: CLTX 165, 166 or approval of instructor.
Developing expert sewing techniques, time-saving shortcuts, and use of
distinctive details to create designer touches on individual garments. One
three-hour combined lecture/laboratory period each week. Three hours of
additional sewing required each week. (Fall)
FOODS AND NUTRITION
FDNT 111-112. Principles of Quantity Food Service I, II 2,2 hours
Classroom instruction in physical and chemical principles of institutional
food preparation including the principles of sanitation and safety, (Fall,
Spring)
FDNT 113-114. Quantity Food Service Production Laboratory 3,3 hours
Prerequisite or corequisite: FDNT 111-112.
Experience in food service production operations to illustrate and apply
the principles presented in lectures of FDNT 111-112. Two five-hour labora-
tory periods each week. (Fall, Spring)
FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours
An introduction to the basic principles of human nutrition. Includes study
of the nutrients and the requirements for different age groups and normal
physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and sociolog-
ical influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. (Fall)
FDNT 126. Foods (G-2) 2 hours
Basic principles of food science including food composition, food selection,
and physical and chemical principles of food preparation. Two hours of
lecture each week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with
FDNT 127. (Fall)
FDNT 127. Food Preparation (G-2) 1 hour
Principles of quality food preparation. Efforts will be made to meet the
specific needs and interests of the group. One three-hour discussion and
laboratory per week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with
FDNT 126. (Fall)
Consumer and Family Sciences
100
FONT 129. Institutional Baking Techniques 4 hours
Lecture and experience in principles of commercial institutional bakery
production and operation, including purchasing, equipment layout, main-
tenance, and sanitation. One hour of lecture and two five-hour laboratory
periods each week. (Fall)
FDNT 139. Advanced Institutional Baking Techniques 4 hours
Prerequisite: FDNT 129
Lecture and laboratory experience in advanced principles and techniques
of commercial and institutional bakery production and operation. One hour
lecture and two five-hour laboratory periods each week. (Spring)
FDNT 151. Creative Cuisines (G-l) 1 hour
Laboratory course in gourmet food preparation. Emphasis will be on prac-
tical cookery for today's lifestyle. The course will include: international
cuisines; microwave cooking; baking; preparation of convenience foods;
and vegetarian entrees. This course may, with department approval, be
substituted for FDNT 127. (Spring)
FDNT 219-220. Advanced Food Service Production 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 111-112, 113-114, 139.
Lecture and experience in recipe development, menu planning, and man-
agement of banquets and special functions. Two lectures and three hours
of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring)
FDNT 317. Meal Management (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor.
Experience in planning, costing, and serving meals to family-sized groups;
problems in consumer economics and art of home food service. Two lectures
and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring)
FDNT 325. Demonstration Techniques 2 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor.
Purposes, standards, and techniques of giving demonstrations with appli-
cation to education and business settings. There will be a fee for supplies.
(Spring, even years)
FDNT 385. Foods and Nutrition Seminar (W) 1 hour
Studies in a variety of current topics relating to foods and nutrition. Topics,
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest.
(Fall, odd years)
FDNT 415. Practicum in Special Functions 3 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 139, 219-220, 317, 385.
Hands-on experience in all phases of catering for banquets and a variety
of special functions. 140 clock hours of laboratory experience required.
(Fall)
FDNT 497. Internship in Food Service Administration 4 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 139, 219-220, 317, 325, 385, 415.
A tailored program in a selected food service facility will include 400 clock
hours of on-the-job experience in production, supervision, and administra-
tion. One-third regular tuition rate. (Summer)
Consumer and Family Sciences
LIFE MANAGEMENT
CFSC 146. Consumer Education (F-2) 2 hours
A basic course in consumer education from the standpoint of purchasing
and money management as related to the home and its personal needs.
(Spring, odd years)
CFSC 147. Family Resource Management (F-2) 3 hours
A study of the achievement of family goals through management of personal
and family resources including time, money, energy, and health. (Fall, even
years)
CFSC 148. Orientation to Consumer and Family Sciences 1 hour
Orientation in the areas qf Consumer and Family Sciences and a study of
the field in terms of history, philosophy, and professional opportunities.
(Fall, odd years)
CFSC 201. Parenting I (F-2) 2 hours
A basic course in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of parent-
infant interaction. Particular emphasis will be given to family planning,
the childbirth experience, and care of the infant. (Fall)
CFSC 202. Parenting II (F-2) 2 hours
An examination of a variety of specific techniques for developing communi-
cation and working relationships between parents and children. Discussion
of common problems of young children and of methods of modifying be-
havior. Special emphasis will pe given to discipline, communication skills,
and understanding and relating to children's individual characteristics.
(Spring)
CFSC 225. Life Skills 2 hours
A basic course presenting a variety of skills necessary for successful living
in today's world. NOT available for credit towards a Home Economics
major or minor.
CFSC 244. Household Equipment (G-2) 2 hours
Evaluation, use, and care of household appliances and equipment. (Spring,
odd years)
CFSC 349. Interior Design (F-2) 3 hours
A basic design course dealing with the principles of applied art in the
home. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring, odd
years)
CFSC 385. Home Management Seminar 1 hour
Studies in a variety of current trends relating to home management. Topics,
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest.
(Fall, even years)
Consumer and Family Sciences
102
CFSC 415. Practicum in Consumer and Family Sciences 2 hours
Prerequisites: Twenty hours in Consumer and Family Sciences including
CFSC 147 and 349, and FDNT 317, or approval of the instructor.
Experience in solving problems of family living. Laboratory will include
personal management as well as working in the community. Registration
required at the department office one semester in advance. (Spring)
CFSC 465. Topics in Consumer and Family Sciences 1-3 hours
Selected topics in Consumer and Family Sciences presented in a lecture
and/or laboratory setting. This course may be repeated for credit.
CFSC 485. Consumer and Family Sciences Seminar (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: Twenty hours completed in Consumer and Family Sciences.
Recent trends in Consumer and Family Sciences and related professional
fields. Required of and limited to majors. (Spring, even years)
CFSC 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
To permit the advanced student majoring in Consumer and Family Sciences
to do individual work in the field under the direction of a staff member.
By departmental approval which must be obtained before the semester
begins.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Home Economics 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Fall)
(F-2), (F-3), (G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
Education / Psychology
EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY
Chairman: Gerald Colvin
Faculty: Ben Bandiola, Jon Green, Carole Haynes, Cyril Roe, Helen
Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske
Adjunct Faculty: Frank Di Memmo, Ernest Stevens, Faculty of Col-
legedale Academy Faculty of Spalding Elementary School, South-
ern Union Elementary Supervisors and Superintendents
Advisory Council: Lyle Anderson, Ben Bandiola, Gerald Colvin, Jim
Epperson, Merle Greenway, Carole Haynes, Charles Lindsey, Nor-
wida Marshall, Larry Miller, Jeanette Stepanske, Don Weatherall
DEGREES OFFERED
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology has been a stand-alone majorat Southern College for more
than a decade, with graduates later pursuing study in such fields as
marriage and family counseling, community and school counseling,
school psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, and industrial
and experimental psychology — as well as business, law, dentistry, and
medicine. Statistical and simulation computer software have enhanced
student research practice and training — with Apples, Model 4's, IBM's
and compatibles, and campus terminals.
At Southern College — and elsewhere — the Psychology major is
considered pre-professional. It is an undergraduate major in psychology
which will serve as preparation for later study at the master's and
doctoral degree levels. In order to improve one's chances for admission
to graduate programs, a student will want to (a) achieve well in psychol-
ogy and general education courses, (b) take as many psychology electives
as possible, along with statistics and computer science, (c) obtain a
competitive score on graduate admission tests (usually the GRE) taken
during the fall of the senior year, and (d) apply to 10 or more specific
schools for graduate study.
Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 128, 315, 384 and 415. Cog-
nate requirements are MATH 215 (with C - grade or above) and three
hours each in biology and computer science.
Minor: Eighteen hours including PSYC 124, 128. Six hours of upper
division are required for the minor in psychology.
Education / Psychology
104
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. PSYCHOLOGY*
(Biology Minor)
124 semester hours, 40 of which are upper division, are required.
PLEASE NOTE: It may not be necessary to take these courses in the
order given. Please consult your advisor about the selection of courses.
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
PSYC 224
Social Psychology
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psychology
3
PSYC 233
Human Sexuality
3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
MATH 114
Precalculus
3
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Processing
1
BIOL 151-152
General Biology
3 3
CPTR 106
Intro Spreadsheets
1
AreaG-3
1
CPTR 107
Intro Data Base
1
Area B-l
3
AreaB-2
3
AreaC-1
3 3
AreaD-2
3
15 16
AreaD-4
Foreign Language
Genetics
3
3 3
4
16 ff
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4"
Semester
1st 2nd
PSYC 384
Experimental Psychology
3
PSYC 315
Abnormal Psychology
3
PSYC 326
Physiological Psychology
3
PSYC 415
History and Systems Psych
3
PSYC 377
Fundamentals of Counseling
3
BIOL 317
Ecology
3
BIOL 415
Comparative Anatomy
3
BIOL 418
Animal Physiology
3
Area B-l
3
Religion (U.D.)
3
Area C-2
3
Area E-3, Natural Science
3
Electives
4 1
16 17
Electives
6 _6_
15 15
A minor in Biology could be helpful. A three-hour course in Mathematics is required if the ACT standard mathematics
score is below 22. An additional one-hour course in MATH 100 Basic Mathematics is required if the ACT score is
below 16. Three writing classes are required, including at least one in the major and one not in the major.
The student working toward a Psychology major should take the GRE Aptitude and Advanced (Psychology) tests
in the fall of his or her senior year.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major: Forty-one hours including EDUC 125, 134, 217, 230 or 231,
240, 250, 332, 333, 356, 427, 443, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, and 467.
Cognate requirements include HLED 203, GEOG 204, LIBR 325, ENGL
218. (ENGL 218 not required for students with English ACT of 25 or
above.)
Education / Psychology
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
HIST 154-155
American History
3 3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
EDUC 250
Computers in Classroom
2
BIOL 104
Princ of Biology + lab
4
GEOG 204
World Geography
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
ERSC 105
Earth Science {+ lab)
4
HLED 203
Safety Education
2
PEAC
Elective
1
EDUC 125
Foundations of Education
3
EDUC 240
Exceptional Child
2
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
EDUC 231
Music Methods
PEAC
Elective
1
OR
2
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
EDUC 230
Art Methods
EDUC 134
Princ of Christian Educ
2
HMNT205
Arts and Ideas
3
MATH 103
Survey of Math (math elec)
3
MATH
(104, 114, 215)
3
16
16
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
EDUC 217
Psychological Found
3
NOTE: At the end of this year apply for admission to
Teacher Education Program. Forms in SH 103. The PPST
and the 16 PF must be passed at the appropriate levels
before admission to Teacher Education Program. Admis-
sion is necessary to take Education courses 200 or above.
16 16
NOTE: An alternative to HMNT 205 is to take both
MUHL 115 and ART 318.
105
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 218
Principles of Grammar
2
PEAC
Elective
1
ENGL
Literature Elective
3
EDUC 455
Bible Methods
2
EDUC 332
Teaching of Reading
2
EDUC 457
Social Studies Methods
2
PEAC
Elective
1
ENGL
Literature Elective
3
CHEMPHYS
Elective with lab
4
EDUC 427
Current Issues in Educ
2
EDUC 453
Math Methods
2
EDUC 356
Tests & Measurements
2
EDUC 454
Sci/Hlth Methods
2
EDUC 443
Classroom Competencies
3
EDUC 456
Language Arts Methods
2
EDUC 467
Student Teaching Pract
8
EDUC 333
Developmental Reading
2
RELB
Area B-l, Bib Stud (UD,)
3
LIBR 325
Library Material for Chn
3
Elective
4
PETH 463
PE in the Elem. School
2
15 15
RELB
Area B-l, Biblical Stud
3
Elective
2
NOTE: NTE Examination must be taken during Senior
15 15
NOTE: Apply for Student Teaching. Forms in SH 103.
year before the student can be recommended for certifi-
cation.
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS
Southern College has approved teacher certification programs in three,
levels:
K-8
Elementary
K-12
. Art Education
Health/Physical Education
Music Education
Education / Psychology
106
7-12
Bible Education
Business Education with cluster endorsements in
Accounting
Basic Business
Data Processing
Office Technology
Biology Education
Chemistry Education
English Education
Foreign Language Education
History Education
Mathematics Education
Physics Education
Philosophy and Objectives
The Department of Education and Psychology is the unit duly au-
thorized to prepare teachers who meet certification requirements for
public, church-related, and other private elementary and secondary
schools. The teacher education programs in the unit are founded upon
a liberal arts demand for breadth and depth of knowledge and experience
and on the belief that a teacher should be a good example in health,
intellect, and character. This program of teacher education is guided
by the following statement of mission:
Statement of Mission
The Education Department operates within the context of the
educational philosophy and objectives of Southern College of
Seventh-day Adventists. The Education Department is commit-
ted to preparing educational personnel — primarily for the
Seventh-day Adventist Church school system and, secondarily,
for the public schools — who can function effectively in a cultur-
ally pluralistic society and successfully serve school clientele
with diverse backgrounds and abilities. The Education Depart-
ment is further committed to utilizing the latest developments
in technology, educational research, academic resources of the
institution and allied agencies, and personnel to provide a uni-
fied approach to general education, professional studies and
specialty studies.
Objectives of the Teacher Education Program
The teacher education program at Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists is designed to help the teacher candidate develop personal
values and acquire the knowledge, skills, and competencies needed to
function effectively in the teacher's role as a person^ a facilitator of
learning, a practitioner, and a professional.
Education / Psychology
The Teacher As a Person
To promote the personal development of the prospective teacher
which includes physical, aesthetic, intellectual, and moral, by guidance
and advisement through general education which results in:
1. an understanding, appreciation, and enjoyment of man's creative
activity in the humanities, social, and natural sciences;
2. a development of personal values that recognize our pluralistic
cultural heritage as well as individual worth and integrity and
brotherhood of mankind under God;
3. the ability to communicate ideas clearly and effectively in reading,
writing, speaking, and listening;
4. an appreciation of the value of health and the importance of health
practices in home and family life.
The Teacher As a Facilitator of Learning
To provide a set of educational experiences that will enable the
teacher candidate to master the skills in:
5. planning curriculum encounters with learners with appropriate
materials and instructional strategies;
6. identifying learning objectives at appropriate levels;
7. using diagnostic and evaluation strategies;
8. handling classroom management and reinforcement strategies;
9. applying principles of human growth and development and
theories of learning to classroom situations;
10. integrating faith and learning, along with emphasizing character
development;
1 1 . recognizing and encouraging creativity and the maximum possible
development of student abilities.
The Teacher As a Practitioner
To maintain a learning environment that is conducive to acquiring
the knowledge, skills and competencies that characterize successful
practitioners through:
12. enhancement of positive attitute toward self, intellectual curiosity,
and independent critical thinking;
13. continuing experimentation and innovation with new pedagogical
practices and basic tools of learning;
14. utilization of translatable research;
15. on-campus instruction and off-campus field experiences in public
and private schools.
The Teacher As a Professional
To provide a social-emotional climate and opportunities for the de-
velopment of leadership skills while encouraging attitude and experi-
ences that foster professional growth by:
107
Education / Psychology
16. participating actively in the campus student education associa-
tion;
17. becoming familiar with the professional organizations and their
journals and the nature of the articles reported in them;
18. keeping abreast with developments in education, school reform
and legislation;
19. participating in activities that enhance church, home, and commu-
nity relationships.
Advisement
The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher
candidate with the total teacher education program, with major em-
phasis on its three components, namely, general education, professional
education, and specialty studies. This is accomplished by the academic
advisor as he/she interacts with his/her advisees during advisement
sessions.
Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that teach-
ing is his/her professional objective is assigned an educational program
advisor by the Chairman of the Department of Education and Psychology
in cooperation with the advisement coordinator in the Records Office.
Elementary education majors are assigned one major advisor from the
Department while teacher candidates pursuing K-12 and 7-12 teaching
certification programs are assigned two advisors, one in their special
content area and another in education. Both advisors sign the students'
registration form during advisement period and at registration time.
The advisors assist in planning a student's academic program each year
and guide their advisees through the various stages of the teacher edu-
cation program. Students are responsible for making the necessary ap-
plications, meeting the requirements, and the relevant deadlines.
Requirements
Admission to Southern College does not automatically enroll the
student in teacher education. There are three stages that students must
go through to become a certified elementary or secondary teacher.
I. ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM
A. The first semester of the sophomore year but no later than the
second semester of the sophomore year, the student should
file a formal application for admission to the teacher education
program. This applies to both elementary and secondary
teacher education candidates. Transfer students wishing to
enter the Teacher Education program later than the sophomore
year should file an application the first semester in residence.
Upon application to Teacher Education Program a file is set
up for each applicant containing relevant information to the
Education / Psychology
up for each applicant containing relevant information to the
student's candidacy. Students who desire to teach are urged jyQ
to seek admission as soon as possible in the sophomore year.
B. Teacher education institutions are charged with the responsi-
bility of assuring that students approved for entrance into
teacher preparation programs demonstrate competency in the
verbal and quantitative skills at an approved performance
level. As a requirement for admission to the Teacher Education
Program, all students must demonstrate this competency by
obtaining a specific score on the Pre-Professional Skills Test
(PPST), a standardized test approved by the Tennessee State
Board of Education. Inquiries concerning this test may be made
with the Testing and Counseling office.
C. The Education faculty, along with other personnel, evaluate
the candidates and recommend them to the Teacher Education
Council. The Council will then admit competent individuals
who also meet the following criteria:
1. Be in residence at the College.
2. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50.
3. Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum of C-.
4. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness.
5. Indicate professional commitment to education at time of
interview with the Education faculty.
6. Have successfully completed the following classes: EDUC
125 and 134 with a minimum of C-.
7. Have passed the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) which
is the entrance competency test required by the State of
Tennessee.
8. Have taken the 16-Personality Factor Questionnaire.
D. The student will be informed in writing as to the status of the
application for admission following the action of the Teacher
Education Council.
E. Upon admission into the Teacher Education program students
will be permitted to take education courses numbered 200 or
above.
F. After admission into the Teacher Education program, the
teacher candidate assumes greater responsibility for meeting
certification requirements. This will involve periodic review
of his/her program with the certification officer.
II. ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER
A. A formal application must be filed with the Division Chairman
prior to the end of the junior year. A later application may
delay the student teaching experience.
Education / Psychology
B. Applicant's qualifications:
11Q 1. Before applicants may be admitted to the professional
semester, they must have completed all lower division pro-
fessional education courses, plus at least 8 hours in methods
courses for the elementary school majors. Student teaching
is regarded as the culminating experience of the Teacher
Education program.
2. Elementary education applicants must have a grade point
average of at least 2.50 in the professional core and 2.50 in
required non-major subjects.
Secondary teacher education applicants must have a
minimum grade point average of 2.50 in the professional
core subjects and 2.50 for subject area endorsements both
overall and at Southern College.
3. All applicants must show evidence of good physical and
mental health.
4. All applicants must adhere to the standards and objectives
of Southern College and the teacher education program.
5. All applicants must be approved by action of the Education
faculty and the Teacher Education Council.
C. Students will be informed in writing as to their status in the
teacher education program.
III. RETENTION IN THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM
A. After the applicant has been admitted to the teacher education
program his/her progress will be reviewed after each nine- week
period by the Department Chairman or a delegated member
of the Education faculty.
1. Criteria include:
a. Adequate academic progress including maintenance of
the academic standard required for admission to the
teacher education program.
b. Consistent personal representation of the standards and
objectives of Southern College and the teacher education
program.
B. The teacher education faculty reserves the option to disqualify
a person at any point in his teacher education program if it
becomes evident that standards for admission are not being
upheld. The student has the right to appeal any such decision
through the Teacher Education Council with the Academic
Dean in consultation.
C. The required courses for graduation may be altered during the
student's program at any time to meet revised certification
standards of either the denomination or the state. It is the
Education / Psychology
responsibility of each student to check periodically with the
certification officer to ensure requirements are being met. Ill
Appeal Procedures
If a student wishes to contest a decision of the Teacher Education
Council, a request for an appeal meeting with the Council may be
brought to the chairman of the council. The chairman calls for a meeting
where the contested decision is reviewed. If the decision remains unac-
ceptable, a hearing before the student grievance committee, which is
set up by the College Administration, may be requested. The decision
of the committee is binding and will be implemented.
Teacher Certification
Certification is the process of granting legal authorization to teach in
the public or private elementary or secondary schools of a state or of
the Seventh-day Adventist Church based on meeting predetermined
qualifications. Certification has been established to give professional
status to qualified teachers and to assure school boards and parents
that the teacher is well prepared.
Who can obtain certification?
Every student who successfully completes the requirements for teach-
ing in the elementary or secondary school and graduates from Southern
College will receive recommendation for certification based upon the
following criteria:
A. Successful completion of student teaching assignment
B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements
C. Recommendation of major departments
D. Satisfactory score on the core battery and appropriate specialty
area of the National Teacher Examination
E. Approval of the Teacher Education Council.
Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the
necessary application to the appropriate union conference for denomi-
national certification and to the specific state department of education
where the candidate expects to teach. Information regarding certifica-
tion is available through the certification officer. Since teacher certifica-
tion regulations are always in the process of change, graduating teacher
education candidates are urged to make their applications for certifica-
tion immediately.
What certificates may be obtained?
A. Teacher's Certificate (Tennessee)
A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's
Degree with a major in at least one subject teaching field and the
completion of an approved teacher education program.
Education / Psychology
112
B. Other States
Similar to A
Graduates of NCATE-approved teacher education programs are
eligible for reciprocity when applying to teach in the elementary
or secondary schools of many states. Since the teacher education
program of Southern College is NCATE-accredited, graduates qual-
ify for this privilege.
C. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational)
Required by Seventh-day Adventist Department of Education, this
seven-year denominational certificate is issued on the basis of
completing the following courses in addition to the above require-
ments.
RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours
RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours
HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours
Requirements for Certification
Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate
teacher preparation curriculum. This consists of three components —
general education, professional education, and specialty studies.
A. General Education — 45-50 hours
This component represents that portion of the total teacher educa-
tion program designed to foster the development of those com-
petencies that are basic to all life's responsibilities and provide
intellectual foundation in the liberal arts. Students pursuing a
teacher education curriculum must work closely with their ad-
visors for guidance in the selection of general education courses
that are appropriate to their individual needs. Relevant courses
are listed under seven areas of the general education requirements
in the Southern College Catalog.
Subject Matter Requirements: Even though the Elementary Edu-
cation student may elect to take a major and a minor in teaching
fields represented in the elementary school curriculum, he or she
must also satisfy the following Tennessee requirements for certifi-
cation:
1. Basic Academic Skills
ENGL 101-102 College Composition >s 6 hours
MATH Mathematics 6 hours
2. Religion 12 hours
RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours
RELB 6 hours
3. History/Political Science/Economics
HIST 154,155 American History 6 hours
GEOG 204 World Geography 3 hours
Education / Psychology
4. Language/Literature/Fine Arts
MUHL 115 Listening to Music
ART 218 Art Appreciation
OR i 3-5 hours
HMNT 205 Humanities
Literature 6 hours
Speech 3 hours
5. Science
Biology 4 hours
Chemistry or Physics 4 hours
Earth Science 4 hours
6. Behavioral and Family Science
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology
OR , 3 hours
SOCI 365 Family Relations
HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours
HLED 203 Safety Education 2 hours
7. Skills
LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 hours
Physical Education
activity courses 4 hours
PETH 463 Physical Education in the
Elementary School 2 hours
The professional education requirements for elementary educa-
tion are listed together with the requirements for specialty studies.
B. Professional Education — 28 hours
The following courses are required for secondary teaching certifi-
cation:
1. Must be taken prior to admission to Teacher Education Program.
EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours
EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
2. lb be taken only after admission into Teacher Education Pro-
gram.
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education . 3 hours
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional
Children and Youth 2 hours
EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours
EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours
3. To be taken during the professional semester.
EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours
EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 8 hours
113
Education / Psychology
114
Professional Semester:
One semester of the senior year is a professional semester.
Some secondary methods classes are taught only first or second
semester. Consult class schedule for current offerings.
Courses marked in section B3 above should be taken in the
following sequences:
First part of the semester:
EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours
EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 (Seminar) . 1 hour
Second part of the semester:
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 (full day) . 8 hours
Because of time commitments during the student teaching ex-
perience, employment will not be permitted and additional course
work will be by permission only.
The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity
for student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching cen-
ters.
Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-
fourth of the credit required for the certificate provided that no
more than four semester hours in education are applied on the
professional education requirement. If personal circumstances de-
mand a correspondence course, a petition must be filed with the
Teacher Education Council and its approval obtained before regis-
tering for the course. The course must be completed and the grade
filed in the Records Office before student teaching is begun.
It is expected that any student entering the professional semes-
ter will have completed all course materials up to that point.
Specifically, no student will be allowed to enter Special Methods
of Teaching (EDUC 438) or Curriculum and General Methods
(EDUC 437) with any incompletes on their transcript.
A major is not always required for additional endorsements. A
minor is always acceptable as a second field for SDA certification.
Specialty Studies — 30-50 semester hours
*Art Education K-12
Required 17
ART 104 Beginning Drawing I 2
ART 105 Beginning Drawing II 2
ART 109 Design I 3
ART 110 Design II 3
ART 344 History of Art 3
ART 345 Contemporary Art 3
ART 499 Senior Project 1
* No new majors accepted after 1988-89 school year.
Education / Psychology
Electives (at least 14 hours Upper Division) 19
ART 215 Sculpture . . 3
ART 217 Printmaking 3
ART 221 Painting I . . , . . 3
ART 222 Painting II 3
ART 235 Ceramics 3
ART 311 Painting III 3
ART 312 Painting IV 3
ART 313 Drawing HI 3
ART 314 Drawing IV , 3
ART 295/495 Directed Study 1-3
ART 218 or 318 Art Appreciation 3
TOTAL 36
Bible Education 7-12
Major (33 hours)
RELB 125
RELT 138
RELB 236
RELB 345
RELB 346
RELB 435
RELB 436
RELB 425
RELB 426
RELT 484
RELT 485
Life and Teachings of Jesus 3
Adventist Heritage 3
Biblical Interpretation 3
Pentateuch and Writings , 3
Prophets 3
New Testament Studies I 3
New Testament Studies II 3
Studies in Daniel 3
Studies in Revelation 3
Christian Theology I ♦ . 3
Christian Theology II 3
TOTAL 33
Biology Education 7-12
There are two tracks leading to certification for teaching biology in
the secondary schools — B. A. or B.S. in biology for secondary teaching.
The B.A. track requires a 20-hour minor in chemistry or physics. The
B.S. track is a 40-hour major with 22 hours cognates.
B.A. in Biology
Major (31 hours)
BIOL 151, 152 General Biology 8
BIOL 316 Genetics 4
BIOL 330 General Microbiology 4
BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science 3
BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 1
BIOL 226 Environment and Man
OR 3
BIOL 317 Ecology
BIOL 408 Flowering Plants 3
BIOL 418 Animal Physiology
OR 3
BIOL 419 Plant Physiology
Biology elective 3
(Vertebrate field course highly recommended)
Education / Psychology
116
Minor (20 hours)
CHEMISTRY
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8
CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry 8
CHEM 323 Biochemistry 4
OR
PHYSICS
PHYS 211-214 General Physics 8
Physics electives 12
Cognate (10 hours)
CPTR Computer Course 3
MATH 215 Statistics 3
ERSC 105-106 Earth Science 4
B.S. in Biology
Major (40 hours)
BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8
BIOL 316 Genetics 4
BIOL 330 General Microbiology 4
BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science 3
BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 1
BIOL 226 Environment and Man
OR , 3
BIOL 317 Ecology
BIOL 412 Cell Biology 3
BIOL 408 Flowering Plants 3
BIOL 418 Animal Physiology
OR 3
BIOL 419 Plant Physiology
BIOL 415 Comparative Anatomy (3)
OR
BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology I, II (6)
Biology elective 3-6
(Vertebrate field course highly recommended)
Cognates (22 hours)
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8
MATH 114 Elementary Functions and
Relations 4
MATH 215 Statistics 3
ERSC 105-106 Earth Science 4
CPTR Computer Course 3
Business Education 7-12
Core Requirements
ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6
ECON 224-225 Principles of Economics 6
BUAD 339 Business Law 3
SECR 315 Business Communications 3
SECR 218 Business Math and
Calculating Machines 2
Education / Psychology
SECR 105 Beginning Typewriting 3
CPTR 120 Computer-Based Systems 3 441
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 ■ ■ *
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3
BUAD 315 Business Finance 3
TOTAL 35
Additional Requirements for Cluster Endorsements
Basic — Business
BUAD 358 Business/Ethical/Social
Environment of Business 3
ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6
Accounting
ACCT 211-212 Intermediate Accounting 6
Data Processing
CPTR 131 Basic Programming Language I . 3
Two of the following: CPTR 105, 106, or 107 . 2
MATH 104 Intermediate Algebra 3
Office Technology
SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3
SECR 223 Concepts of Information Processing 2
SECR 323 Wfcrd Processing Text-Editing 3
SECR 213 Records Management 2
SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3
SECR 104 Shorthand I 4
SECR 114 Shorthand II 4
Chemistry Education 7-12
Major 30
CHEM 151 General Chemistry 4
CHEM 152 General Chemistry 4
CHEM 311 Organic Chemistry 3
CHEM 312 Organic Chemistry 3
CHEM 313 Organic Chemistry Lab * 3
CHEM 314 Organic Chemistry Lab 3
CHEM 315 Analytical Chemistry 4
CHEM 325 Organic Qualitative Analysis 2 or 3
CHEM 321 Instrumental Analysis 4
CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar 1
Cognates
MATH 181 Calculus I 4
CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Programming 3
Elementary Education K-8
EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3
EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations 3
Education / Psychology
118
EDUC 230 Elementary Methods in Curriculum
and Instruction: Art {2}
OR
EDUC 231 Elementary Methods in Curriculum
and Instruction: Music {2)
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional
Children and Youth 2
ECUC 332 Teaching of Reading 2
EDUC 333 Developmental Reading \ 2
EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2
EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies 3
EDUC 453 Math Methods in the Elementary School 2
EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in the
Elementary School 2
EDUC 455 Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2
EDUC 456 Language Arts Methods in the
Elementary School 2
EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods in the
Elementary School 2
EDUC 467 Student Teaching, 1-8 _8
TOTAL 41
Cognates
HLED 203 Safety Education 2
GEOG 204 World Geography , 3
LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3
ENGL 218 Principles of Grammar 2
{or English ACT of 25 or above)
TOTAL 10
English Education 7-12
ENGL 215 Survey of English Literature 3
ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 3
ENGL 218 Principles of Grammar 2
ENGL 314 Creative Writing , 3
ENGL 315 Introduction to Linguistics 2
ENGL 335 Biblical Literature 3
ENGL 445 Vtorld Literature 3
Two of the following three: 6
ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature (3)
ENGL 333 American Literature From Colonial
Through Romantic Periods (3)
ENGL 334 American Literature From
Realism to the Present (3)
Two of the following four: , 6
ENGL 336 Medieval and Renaissance Literature (3)
ENGL 337 Nineteenth-Century British Literature (3)
ENGL 338 Twentieth-Century Writers (3)
ENGL 444 Restoration and Eighteenth-
Century Literature (3) —
TOTAL 31
Education / Psychology
Cognates
HIST 374 History of England 3
HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3
Intermediate foreign language 6
LIBR 425 Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2
EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 2
OR
EDUG 333 Developmental Reading 2
TOTAL ~16
Health, Physical Education and Recreation Education K-12
Major (40 hours)
HLED 173 Health and Life 2
HLED 314 Kinesiology 3
HLED 315 Physiology of Exercise 3
HLED 373 Care and Prevention of
Athletic Injuries 2
HLED 473 Health Education 2
PETH 121 Professional Skills, Team Activities 2
PETH 122 Professional Skills, Team Activities 2
PETH 221 Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2
PETH 222 Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2
PETH 265 Officiating Sports Analysis 2
PETH 266 Officiating Sports Analysis 2
PETH 363 Introduction to Measurement and
Research of Physical Education 3
PETH 364 Principles and Administration of
Physical Education and Recreation 3
PETH 374 Motor Learning and Development 2
PETH 463 Physical Education in the
Elementary School 2
PETH 295/495 Directed Study 1-2
PEAC 254 Lifesaving 1
PEAC 255 Water Safety Instructor 1
Cognates
FDNT 125 Nutrition 3
BIOL 101, 102 Anatomy and Physiology 3
History Education 7-12
Required
HIST 154 American History and Institutions 3
HIST 155 American History and Institutions 3
HIST 174 Survey of Civilization ... 3
HIST 175 Survey of Civilization 3
HIST 499 Research Methods in History 3
PLSC 254 American National and State Government ... 3
Electives (2 courses from each area)
Area 1 : American History , 6
HIST 354 Latin America (3)
HIST 355 History of the South (3)
119
Education / Psychology
120
HIST 356 Natives and Strangers (3)
HIST 357 Modern America (3)
HIST 359 Transformation of American Culture (3)
Area 2: European History , 6
HIST 374 History of England (3)
HIST 375 Ancient World (3)
HIST 386 Rise of the West (3)
HIST 389 Vienna to Vietnam (3)
HIST 364 Christian Church I: From the Early
Church Through the Middle Ages (3)
HIST 365 Christian Church II: From the Reformation
Through the 20th Century (3)
TOTAL 30
Mathematics Education 7-12
MATH 114 Elementary Functions and Relations 3
MATH 181 Calculus I 4
MATH 182 Calculus II 4
MATH 218 Calculus III 3
MATH 216 Set Theory and Logic 2
MATH 318 Algebraic Structures 3
MATH 411 Intermediate Analysis . . . . . 3
MATH 485 Mathematics Seminar 1
Three courses from the following: «
MATH 215 Statistics 3
MATH 314 Applied Finite Mathematics 3
MATH 315 Differential Equations 3
MATH 316 Mathematics of Physics 3
MATH 317 Complex Variables ; 3
MATH 319 Linear Algebra 3
MATH 405 Numerical Analysis 3
MATH 412 Intermediate Analysis 3
MATH 415 Geometry 3
Cognates
CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Programming
OR 3
CPTR 218 FORTRAN Programming Language
Modern Languages
French
A. Single Endorsement
2 Years High School French
OR
FREN 101-102 Elementary French 6
FREN 211 Intermediate French 3
FREN 212 Intermediate French 3
Electives — 12 semester hours from the following overseas studies:
(The following electives are in quarter hours.)
FREN 210 Phonetics (2)
FREN 220 Elementary Composition (2-3)
Education / Psychology
FREN 230 Elementary Cartography (2-3)
FREN 251-53 Elementary Conversation (3-9)
FREN 254-56 Religious Conversation (3-6)
FREN 300 Advanced French (6)
FREN 320 Intermediate Composition (2-3)
FREN 321 Advanced Composition (3)
FREN 330 Intermediate Orthography (2-3)
FREN 351-53 Intermediate Conversation (6)
FREN 354-56 Religious Conversation (3-6)
FREN 361-63 Literary Discussion (6-9)
FREN 381-83 Introduction to French Literature (6)
FREN 421-22 Literary Composition (6)
FREN 431-32 Advanced Orthography (6)
FREN 441-43 Advanced Grammar (6-12)
FREN 451-53 Advanced Conversation (6)
FREN 461-63 Literary Discussion (9)
FREN 471-73 French Civilization (9)
FREN 481-83 Studies in French Literature (9)
FREN 491-93 Studies in French Literature (9) —
TOTAL 18
B. Group Endorsement Plan
2 Years High School French
OR
FREN 101-102 Elementary French 6
From section A above 12
Second Language ~ 12
Electives from A above and/or
Second Language 6
German
A. Single Endorsement
2 Years High School German
OR
GRMN 101-102 Elementary German 6
GRMN 211 Intermediate German . . 3
GRMN 212 Intermediate German 3
Electives — 12 semester hours from the following overseas studies:
GRMN 211 Composition - Dictation I . 2
GRMN 221 Conversation I 1
GRMN 231 Reading and Pronunciation I 1
GRMN 301 Grammar II 2
GRMN 302 Grammar III 4
GRMN 305 Spelling II 1
GRMN 306 Spelling HI 1
GRMN 311 Composition and Dictation II 2
GRMN 312 Composition and Dictation III 2
GRMN 321 Conversation II 1
GRMN 322 Conversation II I
GRMN 331 Reading and Pronunciation II 1
GRMN 332 Reading and Pronunciation HI 1
GRMN 334-35 Survey of German Literature 6
TOTAL 18
121
Education / Psychology
B. Group Endorsement Plan
2 Years High School German
OR
GRMN 101-102 Elementary German 6
From section A above * 12
Second Language 12
Electives from A above and/or
Second Language 6
Spanish
A. Single Endorsement
2 Years High School Spanish
OR
SPAN 101-102 Elementary Spanish 6
SPAN 211 Intermediate Spanish 3
SPAN 212 Intermediate Spanish . . . 3
Electives — 12 semester hours from the following overseas studies:
SPAN 251 Intermediate Spanish Grammar 3
SPAN 261 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3
SPAN 271 Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3
SPAN 301 Spanish Folklore 3
SPAN 311 Spain and Its Culture ... 3
SPAN 331 History of Spain Literature 3
SPAN 341 History of Spanish American
Literature * 3
SPAN 351 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3
SPAN 361 Advanced Spanish Composition 3
SPAN 371 Advanced Spanish Conversation 3
TOTAL 18
B. Group Endorsement Plan
2 Years High School Spanish
OR
SPAN 101-102 Elementary Spanish 6
From section A above 12
Second Language 12
Electives from A above and/or
Second Language 6
Music Education K-12
Music Theory I, II <>
Aural Theory 1, II 2
Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6
Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2
Music history courses 8
Instrumental Conducting Techniques 3
Choral Conducting Techniques 3
Orchestration and Arranging 3
TOTAL 33
Music Core
MUCT 111-112
MUCT 121-122
MUCT 211-212
MUCT 221-222
MUHL 320-323
MUPF 477
MUPF 478
MUCT 313
Education / Psychology
Vocal/General Endorsement
A. Applied Music Concentration Voice
Applied Concentration 14
Appropriate Ensembles 8
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School 2
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2
MUED Elective 2
MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1
Music Elective 4
TOTAL 33
B. Applied Concentration Keyboard
Applied Concentration
{Piano or Organ) 14
Applied Concentration (Voice) 4
Appropriate Ensembles 8
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School 2
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2
MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration)
OR
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy
(Organ Concentration) 2
MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1
TOTAL 33
C. Applied Concentration Instrumental
Applied Music Concentration (one
instrument: wind, string, or
percussion 14
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8
Secondary Instrument Instruction
(must include at least two areas,
excluding keyboard) 6
Instrumental Music Methods and
Materials 6
MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1
TOTAL 35
Physics Education 7-12
Major
PHYS 155 Descriptive Astronomy:
Creation vs. Evolution 3
PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6
PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2
PHYS 310 Modern Physics f 3
PHYS 311-312 General Physics Calculus Applications 2
PHYS 313 Physical Optics 3
PHYS 411 Quantum Mechanics 3
PHYS 412 Thermodynamics 3
PHYS 413 Analytic Mechanics 3
PHYS 480 Scientific Writing 1
PHYS 495 Directed Study 1
Education / Psychology
124
Cognates
BIOL 151-152 General Biology i 8
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8
CPTR 218 FORTRAN 3
ERSC 105 Earth Science 3
ERSC 106 Earth Science Lab 1
MATH 181 Calculus I . . . * 4
MATH 215 Statistics 3
MATH 182 Calculus II 3
MATH 315 Differential Equations 3
MATH 316 Math of Physics 3
MATH 415 Geometry 3
It is expected that any student entering the professional semester will
have completed all course materials up to that point. Specifically, no
student will be allowed to enter Special Methods of Teaching (EDUC
438) or Curriculum and General Methods (EDUC 437) with any incom-
pletes on his/her transcript.
ADDITIONAL TEACHING CERTIFICATES
In order for a person to obtain an additional teaching credential, the
classwork for that credential may not be completed before the original
credential is issued.
1. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVI-
DUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICA-
TION. Eighteen semester hours listed below are required. A minimum
of 12 semester hours from these courses must be completed after the
date the applicant became eligible for a professional certificate en-
dorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a subject area in grades
K-12.
A. Required Courses:
EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 2
EDUC 333 Developmental Reading 2
EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods in the Elementary School ... 2
EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in the
Elementary School 2
EDUC 455 Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2
EDUC 456 Language Arts Methods in the Elementary School . 2
EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods in the Elementary School . 2
B. Four semester hours to include two of the following three areas;
EDUC 230 Elementary Methods in
Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2
EDUC 231 Elementary Methods in
Curriculum and Instruction: Music 2
PETH 463 Physical Education in the Elementary School 2
Education / Psychology
C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional Children
if not previously successfully completed. If Education of Excep- j PR
tional Children or any of the above required courses in Section ■ ™**
A or Section B have been previously completed, the remaining
semester hours must be taken from the following courses:
a. Children's Literature a Health
b. Tennessee History d. Geography
D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching.
2. PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVI-
DUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCA-
TION CERTIFICATION. Ten semester hours of credit after the date
the original certificate was earned. Six semester hours of the ten
must be in specialized 1 professional education appropriate to grades
7-12 and must include a minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate
methods. The credit for at least one area of endorsement in grades
7-12 may have been earned at any time prior to the application for
adding the endorsement.
1 Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in at
least one teaching field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours).
2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education includ-
ing:
A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438.
B. Any other courses designated by the Department of Education
and Psychology.
3. Four semester hours of electives in addition to the Elementary
Education degree requirements.
3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION BY STATE BOARD OF
EDUCATION
Procedures for securing Southern College's recommendation for state
certification of students from institutions located out of the state:
1. Application is made to the teacher certification officer through
the Records Office accompanied by an official transcript and a
recommendation from the applicant's school.
2. Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher Certifica-
tion Officer and approved by the Department of Education and
Psychology and the Teacher Education Council.
3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the applicant of any
deficiencies.
4. A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this service,
to be refunded upon completion of courses at Southern College.
Education / Psychology
126
EDUCATION
EDUC 100. Student Orientation 1 hour
A course designed to introduce and facilitate adjustment to college life.
Topics covered include college-level study skills, time management, on-
campus student services, and an introduction to various departments of
study regarding career planning.
EDUC 125. Foundations of Education 3 hours
An orientation to early childhood, elementary and secondary education.
Included in this course are 20 hours of observation in child care, elementary
and secondary classrooms and a study of the history and organization of
education, as well as an introduction to professional literature. The student
is required to take all screening tests for admission to the teacher education
program, as well as completing application forms.
EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations
of school systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular em-
phasis on the Seventh-day Adventist educational system.
Students taking Education courses numbered 200 and above must
have credit for EDUC 125 and 134 and be admitted to the Teacher
Education program. Exceptions may be granted by permission of the
Department of Education chairman.
EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the Depart-
ment of Education chairman.
A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning,
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. Observa-
tion and analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors.
EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in Curriculum
and Instruction: Art 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education
A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various
levels of the elementary school. Observation and participation in art ac-
tivities with elementary students will be scheduled.
EDUC 231. Elementary Methods in Curriculum
and Instruction: Music 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, MUCT 100 (or permission
of instructor) or MUHL 115.
A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the
elementary classroom. The content includes appreciation, singing, playing,
and rhythmic activities with attention to current methods including Orfi,
Kodaly, and movement education. Observation and participation in the
music program of the elementary school is required.
Education / Psychology
EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. J 2 /
A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom.
It includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exception-
ality, the identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom
teacher and the consequent classroom implications. Observation and
analysis of appropriate cnild and adolescent behaviors.
EDUC 250. Computers in the Classroom (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
The course is an introduction to the use and evaluation of computers in
the elementary and secondary classroom. Experience and evaluation will
be given to a wide range of educational software such as records,
gradebooks, word processing, accounts, and computer-assisted instruction.
Observation and analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors.
EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elemen-
tary grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including
phonics instruction. The course involves approximately three hours of
supervised practicum along with one hour of lecture each week.
EDUC 333. Developmental Reading (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 332 and Admission to Teacher Education.
A detailed study of the development of vocabulary, comprehension, and
study/reference skills in the elementary grades. Causes of reading problems,
assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are
stressed. (Spring and Summers on demand)
EDUC 355. Administrative and Personnel Work of Deans 2 hours
A basic professional course in the administration of the school home.
(Offered on demand.)
EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the depart-
ment chairman.
An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests.
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu-
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. Observa-
tion and analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors.
EDUC 415. Secondary School Homes Practicum 2 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 355.
This course is designed to provide resident experience in secondary school
home administration under the supervision of a successful dean. Usually
taken concurrently with student teaching.
Education / Psychology
EOUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours
128 Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education.
Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is
given to application of the principles of child development and learning
to promote harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth.
Observation and participation required.
EDUC 427. Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencing American edu-
cation today, with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions.
(Not open to students who already have credit for EDUC 425.)
EDUC 432. Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for
the needs of secondary school pupils. It will include the teaching of reading
in the content areas of one's major field, the program elements with proce-
dures and processes involved along with their classroom applications. (Fall)
EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that
influence change, the most important current practices, and critical cur-
riculum issues facing educators today. It will provide eeneral knowledge
of current teaching methods, strategies of learning, and evaluation proce-
dures.
EDUC 438. Special Methods of Teaching, Grades 7-12 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. Courses EDUC 437 and
EDUC 438 comprise a block and should be taken the same semester.
Student must have completed fifteen semester hours in the teaching area
to qualify for admission.
The areas which offer methods courses are: Art, Bible, Business (Office
Administration), English, Foreign Language, Health and Physical Educa-
tion, History, Home Economics, Mathematics, Music, Science (Biology,
Chemistry, and Physics).
The course will be offered the first part of that semester designated by the
student's major department. The class will meet four class periods per
week. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local
professional meetings are considered part of this course.
Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization
of a file of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans, and evalua-
tion of textbooks. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance
at selected local professional meetings are considered a part of the course.
EDUC 443. Classroom Competencies 3 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and completion of at least
two upper division methods courses.
This course provides opportunity for the student to develop skills and
knowledge related to concepts of classroom organization and management,
Education / Psychology
audio-visual aids and techniques, discipline, public relations and ethics.
Although all school settings will be considered, emphasis will be given to M OQ
small schools. Classroom experience may be required. 1 1 w
EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education.
Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional
aids with emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the
sequential skill development and to changes in the mathematical contents,
technology and pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required.
EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education.
Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are
examined using basic principles of the scientific method. Observation and
micro-teaching required. Two-day field trip is required. A lab fee is charged.
EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education.
A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical
education with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration
of faith and learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade class-
rooms. Observation ana micro-teaching required.
EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education.
Curriculum organization, methods, materials and instructional aids with
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing,
spelling, grammar, literature and composition are developed. Observation
and micro-teaching required.
EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education.
A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials
and methods when integrating social studies, geography and the world-
wide mission of the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade
classrooms. Observation and micro-teaching required.
EDUC 465. Pre-Session Student Teaching 2 hours
Prerequisites: Admission to Professional Semester.
This course is offered for qualified students needing experience in the
"start-up" dynamics of elementary and secondary programs. It involves 80
clock hours of on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for one
week prior to the fall semester through the first week of school. In consul-
tation with the director of practice teaching, students are required to arrange
for their own placement and submit a course application to the Education
department office by May 1.
Education / Psychology
EDUC 466. Student Teaching, Kindergarten 4 hours
H Qy Prerequisites: EDUC 426 and Admission to Professional Semester.
1 1# V jfo s course i s offered the first half of each semester and is available during
the summer term to teachers with previous experience if suitable classes
can be found.
EDUC 467. Student Teaching, 1-8 8 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Professional Semester.
This course is offered each semester and is available during the summer
term to teachers with previous experience. The student will he assigned a
half-day each week of classroom observation and participation, as well as
a weekly seminar, during the first part of the semester. Each student will
complete ten weeks of full-time practice teaching. A weekly seminar is
held in the first nine weeks of the semester.
Ten full weeks of the semester will be used for full-time student teaching
in on-campus or selected off-campus elementary schools. Group confer-
ences of two periods each week will be scheduled. A minimum of two
hours credit must be earned in residence.
Student teachers are expected to provide their own transportation to their
teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where they are assigned.
EDUC 468. Student Teaching, Grades 7-12 8 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 217, 437, 438, and admission to professional semester.
Music majors must have completed MUED 439.
This course is offered each semester and the summer session in selected
areas. The student teachers will be assigned to the cooperating teacher near
the beginning of the semester and will be expected to spend a minimum
of three hours per week in observation and participation, as well as a
weekly seminar during the first part of the semester. These hours will count
toward the required student teaching allotment. Ten weeks of full-time
directed observation, participation and full-day classroom teaching are re-
quired in on-campus or selected off-campus secondary schools. Confer-
ences of two class periods each week will be scheduled.
A minimum of two hours credit must be earned in residence by degree
candidates. Student teachers are expected to provide their own transporta-
tion to their teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where
they are assigned.
EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours
Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an
elective.
EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours
Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather
new facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for
preservice students as an elective.
EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to
pursue independent study in special fields.
(F-1),(W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Education / Psychology
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology.
Special attention given to the structure and function of trie brain and nerv-
ous system. Recommended as a preliminary to other courses in the field.
PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed
on the emotional, social, physical, motor, and psychological development
of the individual.
PSYC 217, Educational Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning,
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. (Credit
not permitted if EDUC 217 has been taken.)
PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups,
social roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of considera-
tion. Credit applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but
not for both.
PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours
A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected
in the Christian cultural setting.
PSYC 240. Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours
A survey of exceptional children and youth. It includes a study of the wide
range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the identification of
exceptional children and youth, and the educational and caretaking conse-
quences.
PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128.
A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good
adjustment and mental health.
PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours
Prerequisite: Three hours in Biology.
This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific
attention is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation,
sensation, emotion, neural encoding, and sleep. Further analysis of the
structural and functional organization of the brain and nervous system.
(Taught in alternate years)
PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours
(See SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l)
PSYC 355. Organizational Behavior 3 hours
Prerequisite: BUAD 334.
(See BUAD 355 under Business Administration Department listing.)
Education / Psychology
PSYC 356. Tests and Measurements 3 hours
I 32 ^ n eva ^ uat i° n °f classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an
"« overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests.
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu-
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. {Credit
not permitted if EDUC 356 has been taken.)
PSYC 367. Adolescent Psychology (F-l) 2 hours
The determinants and implications of behavioral characteristics and de-
velopmental patterns during adolescence. Content will include the psycho-
logical and social dynamics underlying the attempted resolution of crises
and tasks specific to adolescents in modern society (Taught in alternate
years)
PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours
Recommended: One course in Psychology.
This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual
counseling. The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed.
PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215.
The application of relational and experimental research designs to psychol-
ogy. A semester research proposal and completed project is expected of
each student. One class period per week is normally devoted to computer-
aided analyses of simulations and practice exercises.
PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l) ( W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124.
Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a consid-
eration of contemporary schools and systems of psychology.
PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: group
dynamics, psychological assessment, individual differences, psychology
of women, sensation and perception, etc. This course may be repeated for
credit with an appropriate change in topics.
PSYC 495. Directed Study (F-l) (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PSYC 384.
Completion of an experimental project under the direction of a psychology
instructor. Students are responsible for developing appropriate research
options.
Engineering Studies
■ENGINEERING STUDIES
Chairman: Lawrence Hanson
Faculty: John Durichek, Henry Kuhlman
Advisory Council: Shane Blood, R. W Fanselau, Leo Parks
Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree
in engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies pro-
gram, students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of Engineering,
with which Southern College is affiliated, for the final two years. South-
ern College awards an Associate of Science degree in Engineering
Studies. Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, awards a
Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree with concentrations in civil,
electrical, and mechanical engineering and a pre-professional Bachelor
of Science degree in bioengineering.
The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that
is fully accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and
Technology — the only nationally recognized organization which ac-
credits engineering programs. It has an enrollment of approximately
250 students, many of whom are transfer students from affiliated
Seventh-day Adventist colleges.
The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering program
essentially the same as if the first two years were taken at Walla Walla
College. Even though transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler than to
a non-affiliated school, the Southern College engineering studies pro-
gram is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of most
colleges and universities.
PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES
Major (A.S.): Thirty-one hours consisting of ENGR 149, 150, 211, 212;
MATH 181, 182, 218; PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 311, 312. Required cognates:
CHEM 151, 152; CPTR 131 or 218; ENGL 102.
Engineering Studies
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. ENGINEERING STUDIES
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
ENGR 211-212
Engineering Mechanics
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
MATH 218
Calculus III
3
ENGR 149
Engineering Graphics
2
MATH 315
Differential Equations
3
ENGR 150
Computer Graphics
3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
MATH 181,182
Calculus I, II
4 3
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
RELB 125
Life & Teachings/Jesus**
3
PHYS 311-312
Gen Phys dale Applic
2
HIST 174
Survey of Civilization*
3
ENGR 214
Circuit Analysis
3
Area G, RE. Activity
1 1
CPTR LANG
FORTRAN or Pascal
3
17 17
SOCI 223
Marriage and Family*
2
ENGL 214
Survey of American Ut*
3
RELT 373
Christian Ethics*
3
18 18
* With the approval of the engineering adviser, certain other general education courses may be substituted for these
courses.
NOTE: The above sequence of courses is demanding and difficult to complete in four semesters. Most students are
advised to carry sixteen or fewer credits per semester. This can be done and the sequence completed in two years if
some courses are taken during summer sessions.
(See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements.)
The total number of hours for the A,S. degree in engineering studies
is sixty-four. The suggested sequence of courses given above meets all
major and general education requirements. In addition, it includes two
courses, ENGR 214 and MATH 317, which are not required for the A.S.
degree, but are required for baccalaureate engineering degrees. With
their inclusion the suggested sequence parallels the first two years of
engineering studies at Walla Walla College.
Students who plan to continue their education at an engineering
school other than Walla Walla College should take that school's catalog
to the engineering advisor for guidance in selecting general education
courses.
ENGINEERING COURSES
ENGR 149. Mechanical Drawing 2 hours
A basic course in drafting including proper use of instruments, orthographic
projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial representation,
dimensional drawings. Six periods of laboratory per week. Instruments
cost approximately $40. (Fall)
ENGR 150. Computer-Aided Drafting 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGR 149.
An introduction to computer-aided drafting. The computer programs Auto
Cad and Cad Key are used in drawing and design in the areas of mechanics,
architecture, and electricity. One period of lecture and six periods of lab-
oratory per week. (Spring)
Engineering Studies
ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: MATH 182, PHYS 211, 213. J 35
Two- and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction;
centroids and center of mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia. (Fall}
ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312.
One- and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector
calculus; dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative mo-
tion; work and energy; impulse and momentum. (Spring)
ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312.
Circuit variables and parameters; Kirchoff's laws and circuit solution;
sinusoidal steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics;
Thevenin's theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete
response. Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and
AC meters, potentiometers, recorders, and bridges. (Spring)
English and Speech
ENGLISH AND SPEECH-
Chairman: David C. Smith
Faculty: Ann Clark, Don Dick, Jan Haluska, John Keyes, Wilma Mc-
Clarty, Lynn Sauls
Adjunct Faculty: Pam Harris, Dee Langford, Helen Pyke
Advisory Council: Delmer Davis, Pam Harris, Carolyn Kujawa, Evlyn
Lindberg, Eilleen Meagher, Jodi Ruf
The English and Speech Department offers two categories of classes
that view man's search for truth and its most convincing expression
through a Christian perspective. Language and speech courses aid stu-
dents in developing ease, confidence, and competence in the art of
effective communication and in acquiring knowledge of the science of
language; literature courses develop the ability to discern and appreciate
the best literary works.
Students majoring in English must meet the specific requirements of
the English Department (below) and the General Education program
(pages 15-18). For English, intermediate foreign language is required.
PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Major (B.A.): Thirty-one hours excluding Basic Writing and College
Composition, but including ENGL 215, 216, 218, 314, 315, and 335; plus
six hours from ENGL 214, 333, or 334; plus nine hours from ENGL 336,
337, 338, 444, or 445 (445 is required for teaching majors). Required
cognates: HIST 374, HMNT 205, intermediate foreign language.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. ENGLISH
(Non-Teaching)
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102 College Composition
3 3
HMNT 205
Arts & Ideas
3
Area C-l, History
3
ENGL 216
Approaches to Lit
3
Area D-l, Interm For Lang
3 3
ENGL 218
Prin of Grammar
2
Area B, Religion
3
ENGL 215
Survey of English Lit
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc
3 2
Area G-2, Practical Skills
Area B, Religion
3
(Typing suggested)
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Minor or Elective
3 3
Minor or Elective
74 2
15 16
15 16
English and Speech
YEARS
1st 2nd
ENGL 335
Biblical Literature
3
ENGL 315
Intro to Ling
2
ENGL 314
Creative Writing
3
HIST 374
History of England
3
ENGL 214
American Lit
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, UD Literature
3 3
Minor or Elective
3 5
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
Area D, UD Literature
6
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Area G-l r Creative Skills
OR
2
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
3
Minor or Elective
1 16
15 16
15 16
NOTE: Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the required professional education
courses and additional general education requirements in their program.
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. ENGLISH
(Teaching Major)
ENGL 101-102
RELT 138
EDUC 125
EDUC 134
SOCI 223
HLED 173
YEAR1
College Composition
Area C-l, History
Area D-l, Interm For Lang
Adventist Heritage
Area E, Natural Sci
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Foundations of Education
Prin of Christian Education
Marriage and the Family
Health and Life
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
3
3 3
16 15
HMNT205
ENGL 216
ENGL 218
ENGL 315
ENGL 215
RELT 225
ENGL 214
EDUC 217
EDUC 240
YEAR 2
Arts and Ideas
Approaches to Literature
Principles of Grammar
Introduction to Linguistics
Survey of English Literature
Christian Beliefs
Area A-2, Mathematics
Survey of American Literature
Area E, Natural Science
Psychol Found of Education
Ed for Except Chil and Youth
Area G-3, Recreational Skills
Minor
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 335
Biblical Literature
3
ENGL 445
EDUC 332
OR
Reading
2
EDUC 432
EDUC 333
ENGL 314
HIST 374
ENGL 333
Creative Writing
History of England
3
3
EDUC 356
OR
American Literature
3
EDUC 427
ENGL 334
EDUC 437
RELB
LIBR 425
Upper Division Religion
(2) Upper Division Literature
Library Mat for Young Adults
Minor
3
6
6
3
3
EDUC 438
EDUC 468
YEAR 4
World Literature
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
Reading in the Sec School
Area G-3, Recreational Skills
Area B, Religion (RELB/RELT)
Minor
Tests and Measurements
Current Issues in Education
Curriculum and Gen Methods
Special Methods, Grades 7-12
Student Teaching, Grades 7-12
17* 17
Semester
1st 2nd
3
3
2
1
3
6
2
2
2
2
8
18 16
18* 17*
Any amount over 16 hours is considered an overload. Students electing a teaching major should consider at least
one summer session.
English and Speech
138
Minor: Nineteen hours, excluding Basic Writing and College Compo-
sition, including ENGL 218, 315; ENGL 214 or 333 or 334; ENGL 215,
314; six hours of English electives to include one additional literature
class. Six hours must be upper division.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION
ENGL 099. Basic Waiting 3 hours
Prerequisite: Students whose first language is not English must have a score
of 90 or above on the Michigan English Language Institute Test.
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful
entry into ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 12 or below are
required to register for this class. Students successfully completing this
course will earn three institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL
101. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall)
ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours
ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102.
A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially
revision. ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which
readily apply to most writing tasks. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies
developed in ENGL 101 while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills
which apply to various persuasive and research writing activities. This
course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
ENGL 218. Principles of Grammar 2 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 101.
A detailed survey of descriptive grammar as it pertains to parts of speech,
sentence structure, punctuation, and usage. Designed to aid any student
who wishes to strengthen his skills in grammar analysis, it is also especially
helpful for prospective teachers and writers. (Fall)
ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l), (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor.
A study of the principles, techniques, and kinds of personalized writing,
providing the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to
find possible markets for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication.
(Spring)
ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 2 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 218.
Provides a background in the history of the English language, etymology
and the processes of word formation, dialectology and syntax analyses,
and relates these learnings to the teaching of contemporary English. (Spring)
English and Speech
LITERATURE
ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial
through modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having
individual, national, and universal interest. Major writers will include,
among others, Cooper, Hawthorne, Twain, Frost, and Hemingway. (Spring)
ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
A study of representative selections by British writers, with special em-
phasis on the author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-
based thinking, and a review of literary trends and influences from the late
Roman period to the present. Among writers receiving strong attention are
Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring)
ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and
novelists have to say about the human condition, emphasizing the various
approaches to literature and including an introduction to literary terms
and critical evaluation.
ENGL 333. American Literature From Colonial Through
Romantic Periods (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A reasonably comprehensive, chronological study of the works of major
American writers with special emphasis on Bradford, Taylor, Franklin,
Edwards, Irving, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville,
Longfellow, and Whitman. (Fall, odd years)
ENGL 334. American Literature From
Realism to the Present (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A continuation of ENGL 333, from the mid-nineteenth century through
some of the more recent writers, including Dickinson, Twain, James, Crane,
Robinson, Frost, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Williams, Warren, and
Bellow. (Fall, even years)
ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A study of some of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in English trans-
lation. The course applies techniques of oral interpretation and literary
analysis (including emphasis upon uses of poetic and rhetorical devices
and of figures of speech) to forms of literature such as address, proverb,
parable, poem, short story, epistle, and apocalypse. (Fall)
ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
From Chaucer through Shakespeare, the men and their times. Readings in
Canterbury Tales, Middle English romance, allegory, play, and meditation
in translation; in sixteenth-century prose, Elizabethan poetry and dramatic
literature, with study of genre, conventions, and trends. Specific attention
to moral and religious issues. (Spring, odd years)
English and Speech
140
ENGL 337. Nineteenth-Century British Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785-
1901), with special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron,
Shelley, Keats, Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and
Wilde. (Spring, even years)
ENGL 338. Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A study of twentieth-century writers with an emphasis on American and/or
British works, although world literature in translation may be included.
(Spring)
ENGL 444. Restoration and Eighteenth-
Century Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
English life and letters in ferment through the Enlightenment and the de-
cline of Neo-classicism: Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Johnson. Special at-
tention to moral and religious issues and trends. (Spring, even years)
ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the
V\festern World — the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the class
will consider a range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to
the Italian Renaissance. Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the stu-
dents ability to differentiate the pagan from the Christian in the thematic
mix of individual works. (Fall)
ENGL 465. Topics in English (W) 3 hours
Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered
will determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be
repeated for credit.
ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of
the student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Depart-
ment on directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with
the approval of the department chairman in consultation with the prospec-
tive instructor. This course may be repeated for credit.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching English 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing,
and evaluating student performances; the survey and evaluation of
textbooks is also included. Four lectures each week of the first half of the
semester. (Spring)
(A-l), (D-2), (G-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
English and Speech
SPEECH
SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours
Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches
with emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning,
methods of securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of
delivery. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours
Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this
course emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communica-
tion setting, namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and
self-disclosure. The course utilizes readings and learning activities to help
students understand the theory of interpersonal communication and apply
it in realistic transactions.
SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 3 hours
Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of
selections in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally.
SPCH 465. Topics 3 hours
Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting.
Subjects covered will determine general education credit status. This course
may be repeated for credit.
SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of
the student. Open only to students approved by the department chairman
in consultation with the prospective instructor. This course may be repeated
for credit.
141
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
142
— — HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, — —
AND RECREATION
Chairman: Phil Garver
Faculty: Ted Evans, Steve Jaecks, Joi Richards
The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose
to acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to help each
student develop physical efficiency through participation in supervised
activity, to develop wholesome recreational habits by helping the stu-
dent acquire interest, knowledge, and skills in several recreational ac-
tivities, and to contribute to preparation for a career in health, physical
education, and recreation.
PROGRAMS IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
AND RECREATION
Major (B.S.): Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 473;
PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 363, 364, 374, 463, 474, (295, 495);
PEAC 254, 255. Required cognates: BIOL 101-102; FDNT 125.
Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Thmbling.
Skill deficiencies in each PETH 121, 122, 221, or 222 activity unit
will be indicated by grade of C - or less. Deficiencies for these units
must be met by taking for no credit the corresponding general education
activity course.
Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors.
Majors training for teaching positions must meet the State of Tennes-
see certification requirements set forth by the Department of Education.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION & RECREATION
(With Secondary Certification)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
PETH 265-266
Officiating
2 2
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy ft Physiology
3 3
PETH 221-222
Prof Skills, Indiv
2 2
PETH 121-122
Prof Skills, Team
2 2
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage*
3
EDUC 125
Found of Education*
3
HLED 173
Health and Life*
2
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs*
3
HLED 373
Care/Piev Injuries
2
SOCI 223
Marriage ft the Family
2
EDUC 217
Psych Found*
3
EDUC 134
Prin Christian Educ*
2
MATH 104
Inter Algebra
Area C-l, History
_3_ _3_
OR
3
16 16
MATH 103
Survey of Math
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts
Area D-4, Speech
Area G-l, Creative Skills
OR
Area G-2, Practical Skills
3 3
3
2
16 16
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
YEARS
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
HLED 314
Kinesiology
3
EDUC 356
Tests 4 Measurements*
2
HLED 315
Physiology of Exercise
4
EDUC 437
General Methods*
2
PETH 364
Princ & Admin of PE
3
EDUC 438
Special Methods in PE*
2
PETH 363
Intro to Meas A Research
3
EDUC 468
Student Teaching*
6
EDUC432
Reading in Sec Sch*
2
EDUC 427
Current Issues in Edoc*
2
FDNT125
Nutrition
3
EDUC 240
Educ of Excep Child*
2
PEAC 254
Life&aving
1
HLED 473
Health Education
2
PEAC 255
Water Safety Instructor
1
PETH 374
Motor Learning
2
PETH 474
Psyc & Soc of Sports
2
PETH 463
PE in Elem School
2
Area B-l,Bibl Studies*
3
Directed Study in PE
1
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Area B-l,Bibt Studies* (U.D.)
3
Area E-2, E-3 or E-4, Sci
3
Area G-l, Creative Skills
16
15
OR
Area G-2, Practical Skills
Elective
1
3
14 16
* Secondary Certificate requirements.
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and genera! education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266,
and six hours of upper division, including PETH 364.
The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively.
PROGRAM IN HEALTH SCIENCE
Major (B.S.): Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 470, 473;
PETH 374, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151-152; MATH 215; BIOL 101, 102,
125; FDNT 125.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. HEALTH SCIENCE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology
3 3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
SOCI 223
Marriage & the Family
2
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
Area B-2, Religion
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
Area A-2, Mathematics
3-0
Are* D-2, Literature
Elective
4-7 2
16 16
OR
Area D-3, Fine Arts Appr
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
(D-4 Speech suggested)
Area G, Skills
Elective
3 3
3
2
2 2
16 16
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
144
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
HLED 314
Kinesiology
3
HLED 470
Current Issues in Hlth
2
HLED 315
Phys of Exercise
3
HLED 373
Care k Prev of Ath Inj
2
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
HLED 473
Health Education
2
PETH 374
Motor Learning
2
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
3
BIOL 125
Microbiology
3
Area G, Skills
1
Area B-l, Bibl Studies
3
Directed Study in PE
1
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Elective
-1 10
Area G, Skills
2
15 15
Approved elec in major
3
3
Elective
1
1
15 15
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES
PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available.
PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour
Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary
in participation in power volleyball. (Fall)
PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour
Individual skills and team concepts are developed that may be used in
competition and leisure play. (Spring)
PEAC 125. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour
A study of basic fitness training and aerobic principles in conjunction with
a personalized long-range conditioning program for disease prevention and
health maintenance. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour
Fundamental skills in hitting, bunting, sliding, throwing, running, and
fielding, incorporated with softball facts, terminology, and team strategy.
(Fall)
PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour
Strokes, rules, and playing situations included with physical conditioning
for badminton. (Spring)
PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour
Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student
can carry on successful play. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour
Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and
serve. (Fall)
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour
A basic course for the beginning golfer. Students must have their own golf j flK
clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall) WWW
PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour
A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling
techniques, safe cycling, and maintenance. Students provide their own
bicycles. (Fall)
PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour
Play on a variety of courses for the bogey golfer. Students must have their
own golf clubs. Lab fee required. (Spring)
PEAC 139. Intermediate Tennis (G-3) 1 hour
For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley,
lobs, advanced ground strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class
must be approved by instructor, (Fall)
PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour
Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction
with acrosport exposure. (Spring)
PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour
Skill development on various gymnastic equipment such as the pommel
horse, high bar, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance beam. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour
Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S. or N.A.U.I. Lab fee of $98 charged
in addition to tuition. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour
Development of beginning and intermediate swimming skills coupled with
aquatic safety principles. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour
A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, gym-
nastics, physical fitness and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory
performance of try-out requirements. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour
Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 254. Lifesaving (G-3) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent.
Leads to Red Cross Advanced Life Saving certification. (Spring)
PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent.
Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Spring)
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
146
PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour
Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic
heading. Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow
skiing, rock climbing, spelunking, aerobics, and sailplaning. This course
may be repeated with the varying subject matter. Lab fees in addition to
tuition are usually charged, by approximately $50-$160.
PEAC 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour
A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience
for those interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor
living and activities. (Spring, Summer)
HEALTH EDUCATION
HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours
A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful
living and Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing
students. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
HLED 203. Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours
The nature and causes of accidents with emphasis in teacher/pupil safety
problem situations. CPR certificates issued to those successfully completing
requirements. (Fall)
HLED 314. Kinesiology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 101, 102 or equivalent.
A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement,
including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. Historical impact
of the leaders in physical education is covered. (Fall)
HLED 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent.
Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics,
massed gymnastics, and physical conditioning. Significance of these effects
for health and for skilled performance and prevention of disease. (Spring)
HLED 373. Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours
Prerequisite: HLED 314.
Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries
related to athletics. (Spring)
HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours
This is a seminar course designed to assist students in becoming knowledge-
able regarding health issues of our time. Library research and class presen-
tations are required. Disfcussion and problem solving are emphasized. A
major part of the class focuses on the need of a spiritual component in
establishing a healthful and balanced lifestyle. (Spring)
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours
Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. A (jnj
A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with
emphasis on the development and organization of the school health instruc-
tion program. (Spring, odd years)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY
PETH 121, 122. Professional Skills, Team Activities 2,2 hours
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching
techniques for softball, football, volleyball, basketball, floor hockey l and
soccer. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years)
PETH 221, 222. Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2,2 hours
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching
techniques for golf, tennis, badminton, racquetball, gymnastics, condition-
ing, track and field. Taught in alternate years for HPER majors and minors
only. (Fall, even years; Spring, odd years)
PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours
An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization
of officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring)
PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements and
Research of Physical Education 3 hours
A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statis-
tical procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research.
History of physical education is also dealt with briefly. (Fall)
PETH 364. Principles and Administration of
Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours
An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Phys-
ical Education and Recreation with emphasis in management needs and
skills that will enable a person to play ana interact professionally. (Spring)
PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours
A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor
behavior as it relates to an individual's maturation process, with emphasis
placed on implications for the physical educator. (Spring)
PETH 463. Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 hours
This course is designed primarily for elementary teachers, physical educa-
tion majors and minors. Objectives for this course include: a comprehensive
review of motor learning and development stages, methods ana materials,
graded activities in games and rhythmic activities, self-testing and safety
measures. Observation and teaching of elementary school children will be
scheduled. (Spring, alternate Summers)
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
148
PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sport 2 hours
An exploration of sport and its involving impact on American culture.
Special attention is given to current issues in sport as they relate to the
individual in society.
PETH 490. Senior Seminar (W) 2 hours
An exploration of philosophical and historical contributions to the profes-
sion. Discussion of current topics, issues, and research pertinent to the
field and the interests of the students. Research and/or writing required as
a portion of the class.
PETH 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours
For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the oppor-
tunity to pursue knowledge in an area of interest related to health, PE, or
recreation. Approval by Department Chairman required.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Health and
Physical Education 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing,
and evaluating student performances. The first half of the first semester
during the senior year. (Fall)
(F-3), (G-3), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
History
HISTORY
Chairman: Benjamin McArthur
Faculty: Douglas Morgan, Dennis Pettibone, Mark Peach (study
leave)
History is the study of the human experience. It investigates man-
kind's ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investigation,
history courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view of
humanity. This perspective recognizes both the potential and the limi-
tation of human endeavor and thereby permits a broader comprehension
of the past and a greater hope for the future.
Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental ap-
proval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history must
plan his entire study program with a member of the history faculty.
Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on
the following conditions:
% Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere
in the Catalog.
2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the stu-
dent.
3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY
Major: Thirty hours including HIST 154, 155; 174, 175; 499. Six hours
of political science may apply to the major. The intermediate level of
a foreign language is required. At least two courses are to be taken in
each of the following areas:
Area I: American History, HIST 354, 355, 356, 357, 359; PLSC 254.
Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389; PLSC 389; either
HIST 364 or 365.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. HISTORY
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
HIST 154,155
Americas History
3 3
HIST 174,175
World Civilizations
3 3
ENGL 10M02
College Composition
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3 3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area G, Activity Skills
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc
3 2
Area D, Ut/Fine Arts/Spch
3
Elective
Minor or Elective
4
OR
3 8-5
Area D, Inter For Lang
3 3
Area D-l, Beg For Lang
15 16
15 16
History
YEAR 3
Area B, Religion
Area C, UD History
Area G, Skills
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
Minor or Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3
3-6 3-6
2
1
3
6-3_10-7
15 16
HIST 499
YEAR 4
Research Meth in Hist
Area B, Religion {UD.)
Area C, UD History
Minor or Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3
3
3-6 3-6
6-3_ 13-10
15 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in history
who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as medicine
or law must present a balanced program of general education classes
and electives that will support the professional objectives,
History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in history
who plans to teach will automatically have the 24 semester hours re-
quired for certification in the area of the first teaching field. It is strongly
recommended that the student also earn teaching credentials in a field
outside of history. No specific supporting field is required but art, be-
havioral science, business, English, modern languages, and religion are
recognized as intimately related to the study of history. A student may
receive certification to teach history as a second area by completing a
minor in history. See under Minor below. Since the entire second semes-
ter of the senior year is devoted to certification requirements, students
earning teacher certification must finish all history classwork before
reaching the final semester. Students applying for teacher certification
must consult with the Education Department to draft a schedule of
classes meeting certification requirements.
Before the end of the sophomore year the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The additional twelve
hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, six hours of which
must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be chosen
from each of the American and European areas. Three hours of political
science may be taken in lieu of three hours of history A student planning
to minor in history in order to obtain a second teaching area for certifi-
cation must take all eighteen hours in history and must include HIST
154, 155.
History Department tours: The Department of History regularly spon^
sors study tours to foreign countries and in the United States. The
purpose of these tours is to provide students and other participants
with an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a com-
History
bination of traditional lecture and reading with direct observation of
historical sites. Academic activities connected with the tours require jn J
students to spend an amount of time equal to that expected in a regular ,
classroom setting. Preparatory meetings and assigned reading are in-
cluded in this computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 295/495
Directed Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for academic
credit.
History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students
earning general education credit in history should take courses from
the 100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general edu-
cation requirements in history should select courses from the 300 and
400 level.
HISTORY
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours
An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present.
The development of its politics, government and social institutions is cov-
ered in each semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as
general education for freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours
A study of the development of Western and non-Western culture and govern-
ment, emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction
with non-European civilizations. This course is recommended as general
education for freshmen and sophomores.
HIST 354. Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial,
independence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-cen-
tury trends in selected republics.
HIST 355. History of the South (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the Old South from the discovery through the war between the
states, the reconstruction and the subsequent developments, and recent
changes, including the current scene.
HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society.
Special emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in
the national character.
HIST 357. Modern America (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of
the United States in world affairs. (Fall)
History
HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours
1 RP A topical approach to nineteenth- and twentieth-century American history,
I w m focusing on the modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered
are entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation,
and art and architecture.
HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church
Through the Middle Ages (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic
period to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and
theological development. (Fall)
HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation
Through the Twentieth Century (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the
Protestant Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious
trends. (Spring)
HIST 374. History of England (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments
which have influenced western civilization as a whole.
HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East,
Greece, and Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development
of western culture.
HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the
modern age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the
institutions and values of modern western civilization. The chronological
emphasis is on the eleventh through the sixteenth centuries.
HIST 387. Modern Society and Politics (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading
from original sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas
that have effected the evolution of contemporary social and political
thought. Included in the readings are selections from Locke, Mill, Marx,
Nietzsche, Lenin, and Hitler.
HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of major historical developments affecting international relations
since tne Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace
and war, power and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as
others, in their historical setting. Students may earn either history or politi-
cal science credit, depending on individual assignments.
HIST 465. Topics in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours
Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered
will determine whether credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course
may be repeated for credit. (On demand}
History
HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l), (W) 1-3 hours
A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom
a student is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower
division. This course also includes credit offered by the History Department
on directed study tours. Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Ap-
proval of the department is required prior to registration.
HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours
Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in
conjunction with the preparation of a research project. (Fall)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours
An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial
branches of government of the national, state, and local levels.
PLSC 357. Modern America (W) 3 hours
An examination of the United States in the twentieth century with special
attention to the workings of the political system, diplomatic developments,
and the key decisions of the United States Supreme Court.
PLSC 387. Modern Society and Politics (C-2), (W) 3 hours
See HIST 387 for course description.
PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2), (W) 3 hours
See HIST 389 for course description,
PLSC 465. Topics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours
See HIST 465 for course description.
GEOGRAPHY
GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours
(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only).
Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are consid-
erea. Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall)
GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours
A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the
United States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities
include assigned reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations,
formal paper after return to campus. Prior to departure, the student will
make all arrangements with a teacher assigned by the Department of History.
One-third tuition rate.
History
154
HUMANITIES
HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours
A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and
the arts will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and liter-
ature. Students may participate in activities involving specific art forms.
Resource persons may assist as available. This course is also taught as part
of the European study tour program during selected summer sessions.
HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour
A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science
that have snaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern
Scholars program during their junior or senior year. Open to other students
with permission of department chairman.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching History 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials in instruction, planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring)
(C-l), (C-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Journalism
■JOURNALISM
(Chairman: Lynn Sauls
I faculty: Pam Harris, Volker Pfenning
Adjunct Faculty: Davis Lundy, Mark Rumsey, Douglas Walter, Billy
Weeks
Advisory Council: Frances Alexander, Ed Buice, Cecil R. Coffey, Fred
H. Gault, Jr., Margaret Haberman, D. L. Hoover, Beecher Hunter,
Michael Loftin, Davis Lundy, Howard McNeesh, Lee Meridith,
C. A. Oliphant, Joe Pardue, George Powell, Mark Rumsey, Douglas
Walter, Stanley Warren, Ron Wiggins
The Department of Journalism provides an educational environment
in which future leaders in journalism, public relations and related areas
can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, the intellectual discipline
and the professional abilities necessary to the mastery and management
of a wide range of writing, editing and other journalistic and public
relations skills and techniques.
The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in
Journalism and Public Relations. Minors are also available in each of
! these areas.
Two options are provided by the Journalism major, one with a News
Editorial emphasis, the other with a Broadcast Journalism emphasis.
The Journalism major with News Editorial emphasis prepares stu-
dents for careers as reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly
newspapers, magazines, wire services, publishing houses and for the
vast array of publications that serve the church, business, industry,
governmental agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities and
other non-profit organizations.
Students enrolling in the Journalism major with Broadcast emphasis
receive preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio
and television as reporters, writers and editors in news and public
affairs operations.
Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major seg-
ment of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, univer-
sities, hospitals and other medical institutions and in a wide range of
organizations.
Both the Journalism major and the Public Relations major prepare
students for entry into graduate schools nationwide.
Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree
requirements of the Department of Journalism, including the inter-
mediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills General Education re-
quirements.
Journalism
INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
Because of the strong relationships which the Department of Jour*|
nalism has developed with the Chattanooga area mass media, jour*
nalism, broadcast and public relations students have many oppor-
tunities to meet and work with professionals in television and radio
news, in public relations, advertising and on daily and weekly news- I
papers.
Internships: Arranging for students to fill internships on newspapers, I
in publishing houses, in public relations and fund development depart- I
ments and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital part of the J
education program provided by the Department of Journalism.
A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the depart- I
ment to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The depart-
ment also participates in the General Conference internship program
in which students work in various denominational institutions. The
college radio station, WSMC FM90.5, also provides learning oppor-
tunities in the department.
Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as writ-
ers and editors by working on Student Association Publications such
as Southern Accent, the campus newspaper; Southern Memories, the
yearbook.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM OR PUBLIC
RELATIONS
Major— Journalism: News Editorial: JOUR 105, 205, 225, 265, 316,
326, 355, 425, 427, 488. Required cognates for News Editorial emphasis:
ART 109, ECON 213, PLSC 254, and the intermediate level of a foreign
language. Recommended elective for News Editorial emphasis: JOUR
497.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. JOURNALISM
(News Editorial Emphasis)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
JOUR
205
News Reporting
3
JOUR 105
Writing & Ed-Mass Media
3
JOUR
265
Hist/Theory of Mass Comm
3
JOUR 225
Intro to Photography
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
ART 109
Design I
3
PLSC 254
American Government
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Set
3
Area D-l, Begin For Lang
J 3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area D-4, Speech
3
'
Minor or Elective
3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
15 15
Minor or Elective
3-0
3
15 16
Journalism
YEARS
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
JOUR 326
News Com & Crit Wrlg
3
JOUR
488
Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc
3
JOUR 355'
Reporting Pub Affairs
3
JOUR
427
Mass Media Laws
3
JOUR 316
Mag & Feature Writing
3
JOUR
425
Science & Tech Writing
3
Area B, Religion
3
JOUR
497
Jour Internship (Rec)
3
Area E. Natural Sci
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l, Inter For Lang
3
3
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
3
Area F-2, Family Sci
Area G-2, Practical Skills
OR
2
OR
2
Area F-3, Health Sci
Area G-3, Recreation
Minor or Elective
5
16
4
16
Minor or Elective
5 6
16 15
157
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major — Journalism: Broadcasting: JOUR 105, 205, 217, 265, 314, 355,
427, 488, 493-494. Required cognates for Broadcast emphasis: BUAD
326, 334; PLSC 254, and the intermediate level of a foreign language.
Recommended elective for Broadcast emphasis: JOUR 497.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. JOURNALISM
(Broadcast Journalism Emphasis)
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
JOUR 105
Writing & Ed-Mass Media
3
PUR
217
Radio Sta Operations
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
JOUR
265
Hist/Theory of Mass Comm
3
Area B, Religion
3
PLSC
254
American Government
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area C-t, History
3 3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area D-l, Inter For Lang
3 3
Area D-l, Begin For Lang
3 3
Minor or Elective
4
Minor or Elective
15 16
16 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
JOUR 314
Broadcast News Writing
3
JOUR
427
Mass Media Law & Ethics
3
JOUR 355
Reporting Pub Affairs
3
JOUR
488
Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
JOUR
494
Broadcast Jour Workshop
6
BUAD 334
Princ of Management
3
JOUR
497
Internship (Rec)
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area G, Skills
2
Area G, Skills
3
Area F-l, Behav Sci
3
Area F-2, Family Sci
Minor or Elective
5 3
OR
Area F-3, Health Sci
2
16 15
Minor or Elective
JL-L
15 16
See pages 12. 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Journalism
Major— Public Relations: JOUR 105, 205, 225, 316, 427, 488; PREL
334, 344, 365, 406, 480. Required cognates for Public Relations: ART
109, BUAD 326, 355, TECH 145, SPCH 135, and the intermediate level
of a foreign language. Recommended electives for Public Relations;
JOUR 314, PREL 368, 497.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. PUBLIC RELATIONS
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
JOUR 225
Intro to Photography
3
JOUR 105
Writing & Ed-Mass Media
3
TECH 145
Graphic Arts
3
ART 109
Design I
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B\ Religion
3
Area D-l, Begin For Lang
3 3
Area LH Intermed For Lang
3 3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
3
Minor or Elective
3-0 _3_
15 16
Minor or Elective
4
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
JOUR 316
Mag & Feature Writing
3
PREL 4«0
Case Studies
2
PREL 334
Pub Ret Principles
2
PREL 406
Public Opinion
3
PREL 344
Fund of Advertising
2
PREL 368
Fund Development (Rec)
3
PREL 365
Pub Rel Techniques
3
PREL 497
Internship fRec)
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
JOUR 427
Mass Media Law & Ethics
3
BUAD 355
Organizational Behavior
2
JOUR 488
Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc
3
Area B, Religion
3
JOUR 315
Adv Photography (Rec)
2
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area 1, Religion (UD.J
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Minor or Elective
6 3
Area F-2, Family Sci
15 16
OR
2
Area F-3, Health Sci
Minor or Elective
2
15 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor — News Editorial Journalism: 18 hours
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media . 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours
JOUR 326 News Commentary and Critical Writing . 3 hours
JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and
Society 3 hours
Journalism
Minor — Broadcast Journalism: 18 hours
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media . 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 217 Radio Station Operations 3 hours
j JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours
[ JOUR 493-494 Broadcast Journalism Workshop 3,3 hours
Minor — Public Relations: 19 hours
ART 109 Design I 3 hours
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media . 3 hours
JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and
Society 3 hours
PREL 334 Public Relations Principles and Theory . 2 hours
PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours
PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques . . 3 hours
PREL 480 Case Studies: Public Relations and
Organizational Communications .... 3 hours
JOURNALISM
JOUR 105. Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours
Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm.
Introduction to computerized writing and editing of news, features and
publicity for print and broadcast media; using the Associated Press
Stylebook in copy editing; copy improvement, writing headlines, checking
accuracy; picture editing, writing photo captions.
JOUR 205. News Reporting 3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor.
News gathering and research techniques; development of newswriting skills
and style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness
and on meeting deadlines in covering news events and interviewing news
sources.
JOUR 217. Broadcast Management 3 hours
The 100,000-watt college radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 provides the setting
in which students learn the principles of broadcast management as they
apply to radio and television. Class members become familiar with day-to-
day station operations, including control room procedures, announcing,
production, broadcast news and programming. Professionals from both
radio and television serve as lecturers.
JOUR 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours
Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that
constitute good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film
development, negative enlargement and print finishing. Students supply
their own 35mm cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. Two
hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of
$85 charged in addition to tuition.
Journalism
JOUR 265. History and Theory of Mass Communications 3 hour*
1 fifl Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the
I Oil present, its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the
mass media system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, pubif*
relations, radio, television and the impact of the media system on socie*
The course also includes study of theoretical models designed to provi
understanding of the communications process.
JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor.
Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcadj
media. Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the collep
radio station; instruction in writing spot announcements.
JOUR 315. Photojournalism (G-l) 2 hours I
Prerequisite: JOUR 225 or equivalent.
Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on phot*|
journalism, creative use of the camera in producing photo essays, pictuil
stories for publication and photo collections for exhibit. Students suppli
their own cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. One noul
of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of $85
charged in addition to tuition.
JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours I
Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the
newspaper feature article. Developing writing style through creative use 1
of the English language.
JOUR 326. News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours I
Journalistic interpretation and analysis of the news, study of the editorial
and critical functions of the press; writing well-reasoned editorials and \
opinion-page articles based on thorough research and careful analysis of I
information. Writing book reviews, evaluations of radio, television, film j
productions, music, art and other cultural works.
JOUR 355. Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 1
Reporting the actions of local, state and federal governments, politics, edu- I
cation, religion, economics, social and environmental issues, with em- |
phasis on background research and investigative reporting.
JOUR 425. Science and Technical Writing 3 hours ]
Specialized course in researching, interpreting and writing articles on
health, medicine, science and technology for publications serving the gen- I
eral public as well as professional audiences.
JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media
and the news gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, pri- ]
vacy, free-press, fair-trial: Contempt of court, access to information, protec- 1
tion of sources, copyright law and government regulation of the media.
Journalism
JOUR 488. Seminar: Mass Communications and Society 3 hours
This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examina- ICl
tion of the roie and function of the mass media system in the United States; ■ w ■
the concept of social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical,
social, economic and political issues involved in the function of news-
papers, magazines, radio, television, advertising and public relations. Em-
phasis on reading, writing media critiques and on analysis of concepts and
ideas.
JOUR 489. Advising Student Publications 2 hours
Journalistic writing and editing principles as they apply to student news-
papers, yearbooks and other publications; libel law, responsibilities of the
publications adviser and of the student editor; accuracy, balance and fair-
ness in handling information for publication; role of student publications
in institutional life.
JOUR 490. Workshop for Free-lance Writers 3-6 hours
Designed for individuals who are or who want to become free-lance writers
and who have developed an outline for a major manuscript or who are
engaged in writing a substantial magazine article or book. The workshop
provides critical evaluation and guidance in writing and rewriting as well
as an overview of the challenges and opportunities in free-lance writing.
Enrollment by permission of instructor.
JOUR 493-494. Broadcast Journalism Workshop I, II 3,3 hours
The purpose of this course is to give students realistic training in broadcast
journalism through personal involvement. A television or radio station
serves as the classroom in which the workshop is conducted. Students
begin as observers of news and public affairs operations, then become
active participants in these operations. Course requirements include as-
signed readings, periodic research reports based on readings, observations,
activities and interviews with station news and other personnel. A major
research paper and participation in twice-monthly group seminars are also
required. Students are responsible for their own transportation. (Fail,
Spring)
JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours
For students who want to do independent research and writing in a special-
ized area of the mass media. The end product of the directed study will
be a carefully documented research paper. Directed study topics will be
selected with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant
to the student in carrying out the research project.
JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours
Students work at a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station; in a
publishing house, public relations department or firm or an advertising
agency to obtain on-the-job experience. Conferences with the instructor
provide evaluation and guidance. Internship arrangements are made in
advance in consultation with the instructor.
Journalism
162
PUBLIC RELATIONS
PREL 334. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours
Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to
the historical development and contemporary practice of public relations! I
analysis of the public relations role in ousiness, industry and non-pro™]
organizations and of the functions and responsibilities or the public relaS 1
tions practitioner.
PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours
Advertising theories and principles; fundamentals of advertising copy writ-
ing, layout and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for
public relations and marketing.
PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours
Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach
specified audiences through mass media channels and through controlled 1
media. Preparation of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, audio*
visuals, speeches and media campaigns; planning and conducting special
events.
PREL 368. Fund Development 3 hours
Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning! I
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospeaj I
lists, writing proposals, identifying and training development leadersnipj \
working with foundations.
PREL 406. Public Opinion and Propaganda 3 hours
Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of
public opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public re-
sponse; characteristics of publics and how they are influenced.
PREL 480. Case Studies: Public Relations and
Organizational Communications 2 hours
The public relations function in the context of the organizational communi-1
cations and decision-making process. Application of communications I
theory and techniques in developing both internal and external communi* 1
cations systems in terms of organizational nature and purpose; selected
case studies.
PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours
For students who want to do independent research and writing in a special-
ized area of public relations, advertising or marketing. The end product ol
the directed study will be a carefully documented research paper. Directed
study topics will be selected with guidance from the instructor who will
serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the research project
PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours
Supervised work in a public relations office, department or agency. Confer-
ences with the instructor to provide evaluation and guidance. Internship
arrangements are made in advance with the instructor.
Library Science
■LIBRARY SCIENCE-
Chairman: Peg Bennett
Faculty: Frank Di Memmo, Loranne Grace, Patricia Morrison
Adjunct Faculty: Lorabel Midkiff
LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 1 hour
Designed primarily for student library assistants. The course presents the
basic concepts of library services and the skills needed for efficient use of
library materials. The student will be required to complete eight separate
modules of study pertaining to the organization of the library and the use
of general and special reference works commonly found in a college library
This course is required of all library workers. (Fall, Spring)
LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 3 hours
Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and
reading that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through
criticalevaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use
of books and materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers.
(Spring)
LIBR 333. Instructional Media 2 hours
A laboratory course in the selection, operation, and use of audio-visual
equipment and materials. Preparation of transparencies, flat pictures,
graphics, and audio materials will be required. One hour lecture and three
ours laboratory per week. (Spring)
LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours
Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades
9-12. Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and
specific needs of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and
skills. Develops an appreciation for books and readings that can enthusias-
tically involve both young adults and adults. (Spring)
163
Mathematics
164
MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Lawrence Hanson
Faculty: Robert Moore (Study Leave), Art Richert, John D. Worth
Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical thinking
have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well-edu-
cated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention
of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the calculus, and
more recently the development of statistical inference, to name just a
few, are mathematical contributions to civilization which have signifi-
cantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science, and technology
of mankind.
The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing students
to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, logical
thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of problem-
solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal education of
professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of mathematics,
and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of mathematics.
PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS
Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including MATH 181, 182, 216, 218, 318,
319, 411, 412 and 485. CPTR 131 or 218 is a cognate requirement. For
those with two majors or secondary certification, a mathematics elective
may be substituted for MATH 412. Secondary certification requires
MATH 215, 415.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. MATHEMATICS
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102 College Composition
3
3
MATH 218
Calculus HI
3
MATH 181, 182 Calculus I, II
4
3
MATH 216
Set Theory & Logic
2
CPTR 131 or 218 Program Lang
3
MATH
Elective
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area F-l, Behav Science
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area F-2, Family Sci
Area E, Science
3 3
OR
2
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area F-3, Health Sci
OR
2
Area G-3, Recreational
1
Area G-3, Recreation
Area D-l, Beg Foreign Lang
3
3
Elective or Minor
3 3
15
16
15 16
Mathematics
YEAR 3
MATH318 Algebraic Structures*
MATH 319 Linear Algebra*
MATH Elective
Area B, Religion
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
Elective or Minor
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
MATH411-412 Intermediate Analysis*
MATH485 Mathematics Seminar*
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
Elective or Minor
1st 2nd
3 3
t
3
9 12
16 15
165
* These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year.
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major (B.S.): Forty hours including MATH 181, 182, 216, 218, 317,
318, 319, 411, 412, and 485. Cognate requirements are CPTR 131 or 218;
PHYS 211-212, 213-214.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. MATHEMATICS
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
MATH 181, 182
Calculus t, 11
4
3
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
CPTR 131 or 218 Program Lang
3
MATH 218
Calculus HI
3
Area B, Religion
3
MATH 216
Set Theory & Logic
2
Area F-l, Behav Science
3
MATH
Elective
3
Area F-2, Family Sci
Area B, Religion
3
OR
2
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area F-3, Health Sci
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area G-3, Recreational
1
OR
2
Elective
3
3
Area G-3, Recreational
15
16
Elective
4
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
96nl6SI8r
1st 2nd
MATH 318
Algebraic Structures*
3
MATH 411-412
Intermediate Analysis*
3 3
MATH 319
Linear Algebra*
3
MATH 485
Mathematics Seminar*
1
MATH 317
Complex Variables*
3
MATH
Elective
3 3
MATH
Elective
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion (UD.)
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Elective
3 _6_
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
16 15
Area E, Science
3
Elective
4
16
3
15
* These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year.
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Mathematics
166
Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 181 and six hours of upper
division courses.
Teaching Endorsement: Requirements listed under Education and
Psychology Department.
MATH 099. Basic Mathematics (A-2) Non-Credit
This course, calculated as one hour for determining class loads, concen-
trates on the skills of arithmetic and beginning algebra. Required of all
students with ACT mathematics standard score below 12. There is a $60
tuition charge. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours j
Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption.
Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numer-
ation systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, met- ]
ric system, consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major I
or minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring)
MATH 104. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption.
Number systems and their properties, exponents and radicals, equation!
and inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equa*
tions, logarithms. This course does not apply on a major or minor in
mathematics and is not accepted as transfer credit by most colleges. (Fall 4 ]
Spring, Summer)
MATH 114. Precalculus (A-2) 3 hours I
Prerequisite: MATH 104 or two years of high school algebra.
The real and complex number systems; the elementary functions and their I
graphs, including polynomial and rational functions, exponential and ]
logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their inverses; analytid I
geometry. Does not apply toward a major in mathematics. (Fall, Springj ]
Summer)
MATH 181. Calculus I 4 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 114 or four years of high school mathematics which I
include at least one semester of trigonometry and some analytic geometry.
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions including 1
limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications |
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem or calculus*
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. (Fall, ]
Spring)
MATH 182. Calculus II 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 181.
Precise definitions of limits, further topics in differential calculus, estimat-
ing definite integrals, polar coordinates, parametric equations, sequences* i
infinite series, Taylor series, functions of two variables, partial derivatives, j
directional derivatives. {Spring)
Mathematics
MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two *l K #
years of high school algebra with a B average, or MATH 104, or MATH 103. 1 1# #
An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organiza-
tion and analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions
I (binomial, normal, Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis test-
[ big, correlation and regression, nonparametric statistics, (Fall, Spring)
MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours
, Prerequisite: MATH 181.
An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of
logic and sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized.
(Spring)
MATH 218. Calculus III 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 181.
Algebraic operations or vectors, multiple integrals, vector calculus includ-
ing Green's theorem, Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. (Fall)
MATH 314. Applied Finite Mathematics 3 hours
| Prerequisite: MATH 215 or BUAD 313.
Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans-
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics.
Game theory, inventory models ana control, queuing theory. Program Evalu-
ation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring)
MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours
1 Prerequisite: MATH 182.
. Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equa-
tions, power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the
Laplace transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences.
(Spring)
MATH 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 315.
Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bes-
sel functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years)
MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218.
An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable,
including mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the
Cauchy-Goursat theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent
series, the theory of residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years)
MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218.
The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years)
Mathematics
MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hourd I
168 Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216.
Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of
linear equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigeii
values and eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years)
MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hour*
Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of FORTRAN.
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integration
numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations, error
analysis. {Spring, even years)
MATH 411, 412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218.
The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity
uniform continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the
derivative and integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequencflj
and series of functions, the Lebesque integral, Fourier series. (Fall, od|
years, and Spring, even years)
MATH 415. Geometry 3 houri
Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216.
Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geomet
finite geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geome
geometric transformations* the geometry of inversion, projective geome
(Fall, odd years)
MATH 465. Nursing Statistics 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 103 or 104 or equivalent and permission from the
Division of Nursing and the Department of Mathematics.
Descriptive and inferential statistics with an emphasis on techniques and
tests which are most often used in nursing research. Topics are selectel
from the following: organization and analysis of data, probability, varioui
parametric and nonparametric probability distributions, estimation
hypothesis testing, correlation and regression. This course is designed for
community registered nurses who are working on advanced degrees and
is offered periodically at the request of the Division of Nursing.
MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff.
Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematict
including topics in current mathematical literature. Mathematics major*
obtaining secondary certification must choose topics in the history and
philosophy of mathematics. (Fall, odd years)
MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty.
Individual reading and nroblem solving in a field chosen in consultant
with an instructor. (On demand)
i
Mathematics
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Mathematics 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing,
and evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring)
(A-2), (W) See pages 15*18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
169
Modern Languages
170
MODERN LANGUAGES ^— ^—
Chairman: Helmut Ott
This department offers the opportunity for students to discovert
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical
tool in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker.
The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in I
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign cultural
should be part of the background of educated persons, particular!^
those with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern LaiS j
guages aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility to |
demonstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or as
respondents to the Master's gospel commission.
FOREIGN STUDY
Adventist Colleges Abroad, Southern College is a member of the con-
sortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students
of French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign
language amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting.
The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: In Austria, Seminar
Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste, Col-
longes-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, \
Sagunto.
Most ACA students return with a minor in the language. Some, espe-
cially if they have completed the intermediate year before leaving for
Europe, return with enough credits for a major. A major or minor in
the foreign language is not automatic, however; ACA students intending
to fulfill major or minor requirements must counsel with the Modern
Languages staff before drafting their overseas program.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, GERMAN, OR SPANISH
Major — French, German or Spanish: Thirty hours for the Bachelor
of Arts degree, excluding course 101-102 but including course 211-212.
Because the number of hours available on the Southern College campus
is limited, students are expected to earn all upper division credits for
a language major through ACA.
Minor — French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding
course 101-102 but including course 211-212 and six hours of upper-
division courses. Students desiring a language minor must earn all
Modern Languages
upper division credits either at ACA or in two summer terms in an
intensive language program previously approved by this department. *"I^j
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST)
Major — International Studies: This major is intended to offer basic
language and literature within a framework of international cultural
dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a "humanities
major." To complete this program in either French, German, or Spanish,
students must spend at least one semester on an ACA campus overseas.
For the International Studies major, thirty hours are required, as listed
below. A cognate requirement of RELT 368, Comparative Religions (3
hours), may be taken as one of the required general education courses
(area B).
SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 211-212 —
Intermediate Level 6 hours
Composition and Conversation 3 hours
Culture and Civilization 3 hours
Additional hours in language and literature, or the
intermediate level of a second language 6 hours*
ENGL 445 — World Literature 3 hours
ART 344 — History of Art 3 hours
MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 3 hours
HIST 386, or 389, or 354 — Rise of the West,
or Vienna to Vietnam, or History of Latin America 3 hours
*Students desiring certification in Spanish, French, or German must
take these six hours in that language.
TOTAL 30 hours
Teaching Endorsement: Requirements listed under Education and
Psychology Department.
SPECIAL COURSE
MDLG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of
the individual student. It is particularly useful to ACA students who are
unable to complete all the requirements for their major at the overseas
campus. This course also includes credit offered by the Modern Languages
Department on directed study tours. Approval of the instructor must be
obtained prior to registration for the course.
Modern Languages
172
FRENCH
FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours
FREN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to FREN 102.
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination.
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother
tongue is French.)
FREN 211-212. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school,
or a satisfactory score on a standardized examination.
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is French.
FREN 211 is offered Fall, odd years; 212, Spring, even years.)
GERMAN
GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours
GRMN 101, or equivalent, or one year of German in secondary school, is
prerequisite to GRMN 102.
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination.
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother
tongue is German.)
GRMN 211-212. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school,
or a satisfactory score on a standardized examination.
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is German.
GRMN 211 is offered Fall, odd years; 212, Spring, even years.)
SPANISH
SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours
SPAN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to SPAN 102.
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination.
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother
tongue is Spanish).
Modern Languages
SPAN 211-212. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours Mm0%
Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, J f 3
or a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. I # w
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No
credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is
Spanish).
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical
application, with special attention to goals, planning, classroom tech-
niques, selection and utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of
student performance. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first
semester during the senior year.
(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Music
174
MUSIC
Chairman: Marvin L. Robertson
Faculty: J. Bruce Ashton, Sandra Fryling, Orlo Gilbert, Judith Glass,
Patricia Silver
Adjunct Faculty: Greg Bean Devin Fryling, Elaine Janzen, Nora Kile,
Michael Moore, Billye Brown-Youmans, E. D. Rushworth, Leslie
Torchio
The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one of
the arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God
and to enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this
philosophy, course work is offered which meets the needs of the general
college student as well as music majors and minors.
The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the
Bachelor of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts
degree in music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and
history, as well as a high level of achievement in a major performance
area. In addition, the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of
teachers for the Seventh-day Adventist school system.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of
the college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take
written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a perform-
ance examination in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman
standing as a music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and
MUPF 189.
Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be ob-
tained by writing the chairman of the Department of Music.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary. (The latter may not
be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examina-
tion includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several
moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmoni-
zation of simple folk melodies. The functional piano examination
should be passed during the first week of the first semester in residence
or the student must register for applied piano instruction.
Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for
fourteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice
per lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following
a jury examination at the end of each semester.
Music
Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except j /Jj
for the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and "
senior recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to
meet this requirement will nullify music major status.
Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to par-
ticipate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12
or more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are ex-
empted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must,
however, complete eight (8) hours of appropriate ensembles.
Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or the
Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student must
be registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior re-
cital. Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may
be partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music perform-
ance.
A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at
least three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance at
this audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date.
JUNIOR STANDING
Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sopho-
more year. The requirements for junior standing are as follows:
a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Arts
degree and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree.
b. A grade point average of 2.50 in all music courses.
c. Completion of the functional piano requirement.
d. Completion of MUCT 111-112, 121-122.
e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music
concentration area.
Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result
in the student's receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass,
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail.
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters before
graduation.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM
The Bachelor of Music degree in music education is an NCATE ap-
j proved degree which meets state and denominational certification re-
quirements. Students must apply for admission to the Teacher Education
Program, through the Department of Education, prior to taking educa-
tion courses. Each student will be responsible to determine the addi-
I tional courses that may be required for certification in the state of his
choice. This information can be obtained at the Department of Educa-
tion.
Music
State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education
majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at
the 480 level.
The following general education requirements apply only to students
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree:
A. Basic Academic Skills
1. English
2. Mathematics
B. Religion
1. Biblical Studies (RELB)
2. Religion: RELT 138, 255
C. History, Political and Economic Systems
1. History
2. Political Science and Economics
D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts
1. Foreign Languages
(Intermediate level)
2. Literature
E. Natural Sciences
1. Biology
2. Chemistry
3. Physics
F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences
1. Health Science: HLED 173
G. Activity Skills
1. Recreational Skills
TOTAL
9 hours
6 hours
3 hours
12 hours
6 hours
6 hours
9 hours
6 hours
3 hours
3 hours
0-3 hours
0-3 hours
6 hours
0-3 hours
0-3 hours
0-3 hours
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
4 hours
45 hours
Music Core:
MUCT 111-112
MUCT 121-122
MUCT 211-212
MUCT 221-222
MUHL 320-323
MUPF 477
MUPF 478
MUCT 313
Music Theory I, II 6 hours
Aural Theory I, II 2 hours
Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours
Advanced Aural Theory III, IV ..... . 2 hours
Music history courses 8 hours
Instrumental Conducting Techniques . 3 hours
Choral Conducting Techniques 3 hours
Orchestration and Arranging _3 hours
TOTAL 33 hours
Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano pro-
ficiency examination. Four {4} hours of keyboard secondary may be
used in lieu of the proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard
may not be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/
General Endorsement.
Music
Vocal/General Endorsement
A. Applied Music Concentration Voice
Applied Concentration 14 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Vocal and General Methods including:
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
MUED Elective 2 hours
MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
Music Elective 4 hours
Singer's Diction _2 hours
TOTAL 35 hours
B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard
Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) . . . 14 hours
Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Vocal and General Methods including:
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration)
or
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy (Organ Concentration) . 2 hours
MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
Service Playing (Organ Majors Only) _2 hours
TOTAL 33-35 hours
Instrumental Endorsement
Applied Music Concentration
(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) , 8 hours
Secondary Instrument Instruction
(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) . 6 hours
Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours
MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar _1 hour
TOTAL 35 hours
Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement
An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided
both are represented.
Education Core: (Before taking education courses, the student must
apply to the Education Department for admission to the Teacher Edu-
cation Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must
Music
apply to the Education Department for admission to the professional
semester.)
EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours
EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of
Education 3 hours
EDUC 240 Education of the Exceptional Student . 2 hours
EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours
EDUC 432 Reading in Secondary School i 2 hours
EDUC 468 Student Teaching, 7-12 6 hours
22 hours
MUSIC EDUCATION
MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School
Pedagogy, or Materials and Methods . . 6 hours
7 hours
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.Mus. MUSIC EDUCATION
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
MUCT 111-112
Music Theory I, li
3
3
MUCT 211-212
Adv Mus Theory III, IV
3 3
MUCT 121-122
Aural Theory I, II
1
1
MUCT 221-222
AdvAurTheorylll.IV
1 1
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
MUHL320.321
History of Music
2 2
EDUC 134
Princ of Christian Ed
2
MUPF 477, 478
CondTech
3 3
EDUC 125
Foundations of Ed
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration
2 2
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration
2
2
Music Ensemble
1 1
Music Ensemble
1
1
Secondary Inst
1 1
Area C-l, History
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
OR
3
Music Ed Elective
2 2
Area C-2, Poli Sci/Econ
18 16
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16
16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
MUHL322, 323
History of Music
2
2
MUED439
Pre Student Tchg
1
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
EDUC 46fl
Student Teaching 7-12
6
kRJCT313
Orchestration & Arr
EDUC 432
Reading in Sec School
2
OR
3
EDUC 427
Curr Issues in Educ
2
MUCT413
Anal of Mus Form
EDUC 356
Tests & Measurements
2
MUED231
Music Meth Elem School
2
EDUC 240
Educ of Excep Child
2
MUPF 389
Applied Concentration
2
2
EDUC 217
Psyc Found of Educ
3
Music Ensemble
1
1
MUPF 389
Applied Concentration
2
Area A-2, Mathematics
3
Music Ensemble
1
Area B-l, Biblical Studies
3
Senior Recital
Area E, Natural Sci
3
3
Area B, Biblical Studies (U.D.)
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area 0-1, Intermed Forgn l£
Music Ed Elective
2
2
OR
3
17
17
Area D-2, Literature
16 11
ONE SUMMER TERM PRIOR TO GRADUATION:
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3-0
Area C-t, History
3-6
7
Music
179
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for genera! degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed
to give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of man.
Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the
following: Music Theory including MUCT 111-112, 121-122, 211-212,
221-222; MUHL 320, 321, 322, 323; MUPF 189, 389 — Concentration;
Music Ensembles.
A student must complete all general education requirements of the
College.
The foreign language recommended is either French or German.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. MUSIC
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
Mucrni-m
Music Theory I, II
3 3
MUCT 211-212
Adv Theory III, IV
3 3
MUCT 121-122
Aural Theory I, II
1 1
MUCT 221-222
AdvAurThHUV
1 1
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration—
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration—
Instrument/Voice
1 1
Instrument/Voice
1 1
Music Ensemble
1 1
Music Ensemble
1 1
Fund Piano Requirement
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreation
Area G-2 or G-3, Skills
2
Area S, Religion
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3 3
Minor or Elective
2 6-3
Area C-V History
3 3
« «
Minor or Elective
2
15 16
Music
180
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
MUHL 320, 321 History of Music
MUPF 389 Applied Concentration
Music Ensemble
Area B, Religion
Area E, Natural Sci
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
Area C-2, Poli Sci/Econ
Minor or Elective
2 2
1 1
1
3
3 3
3 3
3
3 _4^
16 16
MUHL322, 323
MUCT 313
MUCT413
MUPF 389
History of Music
Orch & An
OR
Anal of Mus Form
Applied Concentration
Senior Recital
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
Minor or Elective
2 2
3
1 1
3
_10_ 9
16 15
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits,
Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following:
MUCT 111-112 — Music Theory I and II 6 hours
MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 3 hours
MUPF 189 — Concentration 2 hours
MUPF 477 or 478 — Instrumental or Choral Conducting
Techniques 3 hours
Music Course Electives (including three hours upper
division) _4 hours
18 hours
MUSIC THEORY
MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours
A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not
apply toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course.
(Spring, Summer)
MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination.
A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and
visually comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures
from one to four voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than
once. (Fall, Spring)
MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours
A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills re-
lated to the materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take
this concurrently with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course.
(Fall, Spring)
MUCT 211-212. Advanced Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112.
An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in
MUCT 111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall,
Spring)
Music
MUCT 221-222. Advanced Aural Theory HI and IV 1,1 hours
Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT jf* j
211-212. Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. ■ " ■
This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring)
MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112.
The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra
and band instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instru-
mental chamber groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exer-
cises and analysis of scores is emphasized. (Spring, even numbered years)
MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor.
An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form
to the more complex music of all historical periods. (Fall, odd numbered
years)
MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Con-
tent to be arranged. Approval must oe secured from the division chairman
prior to registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall,
Spring, Summer)
MUSIC HISTORY
MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours
A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musi-
cal styles, ana forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are
\ required. Does not apply toward a music major. (Fall, Spring)
MUHL 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours
An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church
with particular emphasis on hymnology, (Spring)
MUHL 320. Chant to Chanson, 600 to 1450 (D-3), (W) 2 hours
\ Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
The development of musical style, beginning with plainsong and its nota-
tion, and continuing with the growth of polyphony and the appearance of
secular forms. Special emphasis will be given to the evaluation of modern
, editions of music, particularly of the Ars Nova, and to investigation of
problems in performance practice. (Fall, 1989)
MUHL 321. Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 (D-3), (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
I National styles of composition throughout the Renaissance and the
emergence of new ideas, particularly the monodic revolution and its result
ing new form, opera. The development of the theory of common practice
and the major changes in notational methods, as well as a survey of evolu-
tion of musical instruments during this period* (Spring, 1990)
Music
MUHL 322. Suite to Symphonic Poem, 1700-1900 (D-3), (W) 2 hot
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
The centrality of sonata form as the basis of chamber and orchestral litera*
ture; the appearance of significant small forms (as the lied and the piano
piece); the analysis of representative works from all major schools. (Fall,
1990)
MUHL 323. Diverse Musical Systems, 1900-present (D-3), (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
A study of systems replacing tonality, including aleatoric and dodecaphonic
to minimalistic; broadening of musical bases, such as the influence of folk
music and non-Western theories. Projects suitable for this semester mig*
include studies of women in music, American music, or minorities. (Sprir
1991)
MUHL 425. Topics in Music 1-3 hour
Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered
will determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be
repeated for credit.
MUSIC EDUCATION
MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruct
tion is required. (Spring, even numbered years)
MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, finger*
ings, practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of liter*!
ture for the instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation
of classroom and private instruction is required, (Fall, even numbered years} J
MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic
technique, and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instrument^ ]
and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private
instruction is required. (Spring, odd numbered years)
MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instrud 1
tion is required. {Fall, odd numbered years)
MUED 231. Music Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 100 (or permission of instructor) or MUHL 115.
A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the ]
elementary school. The content includes fundamentals, appreciation, sing- I
ing, playing, and rhythmic activities. Observation and participation in the
music program of the elementary school is required. Two hours lecture an|
one hour laboratory work per week, (Fall, Summer)
Music
MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours
Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. T Q j
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction;
planning a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including
technic, repertoire, and musicianship. Observation and teaching are re-
quired. (Fall, odd numbered years)
MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
f Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of
instructor.
I Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction;
testing and classification of voices; physiological and psychological prob-
lems of voice production and diction. Observation and teaching are re-
; quired. (Spring, odd numbered years)
MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours
F Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent.
1 Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompani-
ment of church services; registration of organ literature on various types
I of organs. Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, even numbered
> years)
MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including
p curriculum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters
related to student teaching. (Spring)
APPLIED MUSIC
MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours
I Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of
practice and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring)
MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours
i Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours
[ Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing.
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors
include attandance at a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
MUPF 227. Singers Diction 1 hour
A study of the pronunciation of English and Italian. (Fall, even numbered
years)
Music
MUPF 228. Singers Diction 1 hour
A study of the pronunciation of German and French. (Fall, odd numbewi
years)
MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor, j
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-lihji
gical services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanyi^i
conducting from the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection
of appropriate preludes, offertories, and postludes. Performance experiencl
required. (Fall, Spring)
MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hour*
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-hai
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hour*
Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189.
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-hai
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minorl
include attendance at a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring
Summer)
MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor.
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressivl J
gestures, and instrumental problems. Experience in conducting instrumefll
tal ensembles is included. (Fall, odd numbered years)
MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor.
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressivj j
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensemblei 1
is included. (Spring, even numbered years)
Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the
College as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music
major or minor may not apply these toward his applied music concen*
tration. Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional Piano
Examination.
Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music majoii I
and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the examina^
tion for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required with these
course numbers.
The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, clas- «
sical guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute*
oboe, clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone!
baritone tuba, and percussion instruments.
Music
CHORAL ENSEMBLES
Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition.
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit
each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, in*
eluding dress rehearsals, is required.
Voice majors are required to sing in the Southern Singers for two years.
Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and
sponsored by the members of the music faculty.
MUPF 118/318. Schola Cantorum (G-l) 1 hour
A small mixed-voice choir which specializes in performing sacred music
of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Romantic eras.
MUPF 148/348. Something Special (G-l) 1 hour
A small mixed-voice choir which performs both sacred and secular music
in many styles. The music is frequently choreographed.
MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour
A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods.
MUPF 168/368. Southern Singers (G-l) 1 hour
A large mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods.
MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour
A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works,
musical productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This
course does not fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors.
(Fall, Spring)
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through audi-
tion. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour
credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required.
Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble
participation requirement for music majors except those taking a
keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking a
keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience
credit must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony
Orchestra.
Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and
sponsored by members of the music faculty.
MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour
(Fall, Spring)
185
Music
186
MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour
(Fall, Spring)
MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour
A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case
of keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring)
(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-*
ments.
Nursing
NURSING
Chairman: Katie Lamb
Associate Chairman: Marsha Rauch (Orlando)
Collegedale Faculty: Leona Gulley, Dorothy Hooper, Shirley Howard,
Bonnie Hunt, Beth Jed am ski, Terry Martin, Caroline McArthur,
Laura Nyirady, Georgia O'Brien, Lola Scoggins, Elvie Swinson
Orlando Faculty: Flora Flood, Cheri Thompson, Erma Webb, Ruth West
The nursing program at Southern College is a 2 4- 2 program that leads
to a baccalaureate degree in nursing with the option to exit at the
associate degree level. The holders of an associate degree from a state
approved program in nursing may progress into upper division nursing.
Licensed diploma graduates and associate degree graduates from a non-
NLN accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis.
The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state board
examinations to become a registered nurse.
A well-equipped learning center and a skills laboratory are provided
to assist students in learning experiences.
COLLEGEDALE-BASED ASSOCIATE AND
BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS
The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an in-depth
$tudy in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. Associate
degree graduates from non-NLN accredited programs and diploma
graduates will be required to participate in validation procedures de-
signed to evaluate their previous program of study.
A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each
year with a limited size of 60 students due to available clinical facilities
and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size.
CONSORTIUM BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM
The program enables registered nurses employed on a full-time basis
at a member hospital to obtain a baccalaureate degree on a part-time
basis. All upper division nursing classes are offered in the evening.
One course is offered each fall and winter semester and one course
during a summer session for a given group. This program is offered in
Collegedale and Orlando.
Admission and progression criteria are the same as the campus-based
baccalaureate program with the following exceptions:
1 Math requirement: Math requirement is waived for RN/BS stu-
dents.
2. Residence requirements: The requirement that the last thirty (30)
semester hours must be taken in residence has been adjusted to
187
Nursing
allow the consortium students to take general education courses,
I OO w **k *^ e exception of Christian Ethics, at another college concur-
" rently with clinical nursing courses.
3. Transfer work: Seventy-four (74) semester hours from a junior col* j
lege are allowed which will include 68 hours for the equivalent i
of an Associate Degree plus six semester hours of Biochemistry.
4. Religion: Three hours are permitted to be taken at a local college
or university. Three hours Christian Ethics (RELT 373) must be
taken at Southern College.
5. Writing courses: Only two writing emphasis courses rather than
three will be required.
POLICIES
Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility
for their learning and professional behavior.
The Division of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies of
the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations as
outlined. The faculty reserves the right to withdraw or revise policies
as deemed necessary. The Collegedale- and Orlando-based programs
are governed by the same policies.
Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the stu-
dents enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be
expected to provide their own transportation or make arrangements to
share this expense with fellow students in the same course.
Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost
of nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing Educa-
tion Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see Special Fees and
Charges under Financial Policies section of bulletin).
The Tennessee State Board of Nursing, Florida State Board of Nursing,
and other State Boards reserve the right to deny licensure in their states
if the applicant has an unresolved felony on record in any state.
The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or withdraw
courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program.
ACCREDITATION
The program in nursing is fully accredited by the Board of Review
for Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and Associate of Science
Degree Programs of the National League for Nursing. It is recognized
by the Board of Regents of the Department of Education of the General
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, and it is approved by the Tennes-
see Board of Nursing and Florida State Board of Nursing.
PROGRAMS IN NURSING
Major (B.S.): Thirty-six hours for the Bachelor of Science degree after
Nursing
completion of the Associate of Science degree at Southern College or
the equivalent* including NRSG 325, 326, 327, 335, 387, 389, 394, 484,
485. Required cognates: RELT 373, CHEM 111, 112, 114, and three hours
upper-division Behavioral Science. MATH 215 Statistics is a required
course but is not considered a cognate. General education requirements
include an additional three hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, and
three hours Area D to make a total of 130 semester hours of which 40
hours are upper division.
*Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program will be con-
sidered to have met the general education requirements for the first two years
of the program. If an Area C-l course was not included in the associate degree
program, However, it must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science
degree general education requirements of "3 hours Area C or D." A maximum
of 74 semester hours will be accepted from a junior college.
Major (A.S.): Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree
including NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 220, 223. Required
cognates: BIOL 101-102, 125, PSYC 128, SOCI 125, FDNT 125. General
education courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the
other disciplines of the College. Students are exempt from general edu-
cation courses for Areas D and G. A total of 69 semester hours is required
for the Associate of Science degree.
189
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. AND B.S. NURSING
The first two years of the program lead to the Associate of Science
degree and the last two years to the Bachelor of Science degree. Must
Include at least 69 semester hours for the associate and 130 (40 of which
are upper division) for the baccalaureate degree, and make-up of any
admissions deficiencies.
SUMMER
BIOL 101
Anatomy and Physiology I
3
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENa 101
FDNT 125
BIOL 102
NRSG 104
NRSG 105
NRSG 114
NRSG 115
College Composition
Nutrition
Anatomy and Physiology II
History and Trends of Nursing
Foundations of Nursing
Med-Surg I
Med-Surg II
Area B, Religion
Math
3
3
3
1
5
5
5
3
3
15 16
ENGL 102
NRSG 213
NRSG 215
NRSG 217
SOCl 125
NRSG 220
NRSG 223
College Composition
Nrsg of the Childbearing Fam
Parent-Child Nursing
Mental Health
Sociology
Med-Surg III
Nursing Seminar
Area B, Religion
Area C-l, History
3
4
4
4
3
6
1
3
3
15 16
BIOL 125
PSYC 128
SUMMER
Microbiology
Developmental Psych
4
3
CHEM 111
PREREQUISITE TO YEAR 3
Survey of Chemistry
3
Nursing
190
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
NRSG 326
Concepts of Prof Nursing
4
NRSG 387
Home Health/Gerontology
3
NRSG 327
Nursing Assessment
4
NRSG 389
Pharmacology
2
CHEM112, 114
Survey of Chemistry and Lab
4
NRSG 394
Nurs Research Methods
3
RELT 373
Christian Ethics
3
Area &, Religion (U.D.)
3
NRSG 325
Advanced Physiology
4
Area F-l, UD Behavioral Sci
3
NRSG 335
Community Health
6
NRSG 484
Advanced Nursing Practice
6
MATH 215
Statistics
Area C-l, History or
Area D [Area C-l unless
one was included in A.S.
3
NRSG 485
Management
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts/
Speech
4
3
14 13
15 16
LOWER DIVISION ADMISSION AND
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission and progression requirements are the same for both Col-
legedale- and Orlando-based programs. Minimum requirements for ad-
mission to the clinical area of the Department of Nursing are listed
below. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing
is made by the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major
is not the equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing.
1. Acceptance to Southern College and hold a diploma from a four-
year accredited high school or the equivalent.
2. High school grade point average of 2.50* minimum on solids
(math, science, English, history, foreign language).
3. A grade of "C— " or better in each semester of high school chemis-
try. A student who does not meet the high school chemistry require-
ment may remove this deficiency by taking CHEM 111 and earning
a "C-" or better.
4. Minimum ACT standard score of 12 in Math and 17 in English
and composite.
5. A student who does not meet the high school grade point average
or ACT requirements may take a minimum of 12 semester college
hours per semester in required courses leading to nursing (includ-
ing three hours each of English and Math) and achieve a current
and cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50* on nursing
cognate courses and on solid courses (math, science, English, his-
tory, foreign language) before being considered for clinical nursing
courses.
6. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a
nursing course.
7. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for
progression and/or graduation. A grade of at least "C - " is required
in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative grade point
* On a 4.00 scale
Nursing
average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admission and progres-
sion in nursing. (Cognate courses are Anatomy and Physiology, jQ j
Nutrition, Developmental Psychology, Microbiology, and Sociol- **
ogy.
8. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 is required both
in nursing and in the cognates for graduation.
9. Students with previous college work must have a minimum cur-
rent and cumulative grade point average of 2.50* on nursing cog-
nate courses and on solid courses (math, science, English, history,
foreign language) before being considered for clinical nursing
courses.
1 0. Students whose native language is other than English must achieve
at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its equiva-
lent.
11. Achieve a score of 20th percentile on the Nelson-Denny reading
test prior to admission. If the score falls between the 20-34th
percentile level, the student will be admitted on probation.
12. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on
standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in
the program will be required if performance level is not achieved.
Failure to achieve the required score on the comprehensive exami-
nations (see NRSG 223, Nsg-Seminar) will result in delay in gradu-
ation and requires the successful completion of NRSG 050.
13. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee,
transfer students from another major or another college will be
evaluated individually and accepted on a space available basis.
14. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student
is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be
approved by the Nursing Progressions Committee.
15. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral
fitness. Further references or information may be required regard-
ing character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a question in
these areas.
16. A student who has successfully completed a practical nurse pro-
gram may receive four (4) credit hours of advanced placement in
nursing and will articulate directly into the second semester of
nursing upon successful completion of the course Associate Nurse
Perspectives, NRSG 103. Prerequisites for NRSG 103 include pass-
ing the Nursing Mobility Profile I examination at a predetermined
level and a clinical skills examination over basic skills common
to all areas of nursing. After the student articulates into the second
semester of nursing, the student becomes a part of the generic
associate degree program.
* On a 4.00 scale
Nursing
192
The following should be sent to the Director of Admissions by
March 1 : (1) application to the college, (2) application to the Department
of Nursing, (3) transcripts, (4) ACT scores. An advance payment must
be received by June 1 to hold placement in the class once a student
has been accepted. Students who for various reasons are not able to
complete a semester or do not progress with their class, cannot be
assured placement in their choice of subsequent class.
CURRICULUM (First and Second Year)
Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Scienctj
degree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations.
Number of Hours Required:
Nursing 35 Natural Science 13
Behavioral Science 6 General Education 15
NRSG 050. Nursing N-CLEX Review (non-credit) 3 hours
This course is designed to review and consolidate theoretical components I
of the first two years of the nursing program. The content focuses upon j
medical-surgical, obstetrical, mental health, and the nursing of children. 1
The student is expected to perform satisfactorily on a comprehensive exami^ I
nation. Failure to meet this requirement results in termination from the
nursing program. I
NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour j
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPMJ
program; Nursing Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic!
skills common to all areas of nursing.
This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical
Nurse for advanced placement and career mobility. It will provide an under! j
standing of the associate nurse role, familiarize the student with philosophy j
of spiritual care, and give an orientation to the program and its philosophy
and conceptual framework.
NRSG 104. History and Trends of Nursing 1 hour
An introduction to the profession of nursing, including an overview of
nursing history, nursing organizations, educational, legal and ethical issuer
and opportunities of the profession. (Fall)
NRSG 105. Foundations of Nursing 5 hours
Prerequisites: Chemistry (high school or equivalent), BIOL 101.
Co-requisites: FDNT 125, BIOL 102, NRSG 104.
This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritu
aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding and utiliz
tion of the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills common to,
all areas of nursing with an emphasis on the adult life cycle. Three hourd
theory, two hours clinical. (Fall)
Nursing
NRSG 114. Medical-Surgical Nursing I 5 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 101, FDNT 125, NRSG 104, 105. ^ QJJ
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing ■ W
which include selected basic needs of adults at various points on the
wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected
medical-surgical problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote phys-
ical, psychosocial, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist in
rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth
hours clinical. (Spring)
NRSG 115. Medical-Surgical Nursing II 5 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 104, 105, 114, BIOL 102, PSYC 128.
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing
continuing with adult needs at various points on the wellness-illness con-
tinuum. This includes focusing on the nursing process as applied to indi-
viduals experiencing select medical/surgical interferences of increased com-
plexity; promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health; intervening
in illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours
theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring)
NRSG 213. Nursing of the Childbearing Family 4 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 102, FDNT 125, NRSG 115, PSYC 128.
This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care
of childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial,
and spiritual health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during
and immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process. Two and
one-half hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. (Fall)
NRSG 215. Parent-Child Nursing 4 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 128, NRSG 114, 115, BIOL 102.
This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of
family-centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness
continuum. Two and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours
clinical. (Fall)
NRSG 217. Mental-Health 4 hours
Prerequisites: NRSG 114, 115, BIOL 102, PSYC 128.
This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing
process in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis
on specific psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness
continuum. Two and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical.
(Fall)
NRSG 220. Medical-Surgical III 6 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 125, NRSG 114, 115, 215, 217,
This course provides students with the theory and practice of utilizing the
nursing process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial,
physical, and spiritual aspects of individuals who have medical-surgical
interferences. The student is introduced to leadership concepts. Three hours
theory, three hours clinical. (Spring)
Nursing
194
NRSG 223. Nursing Seminar 1 hour
This course is designed to aid the student in validating and consolidating
previous learning experiences. The seminar will include intensive review
of all areas of nursing. Comprehensive examinations will be given at the
culmination of the seminar. The student must perform at a pre-specified 1
level on the comprehensive examinations. If a student fails to achieve this
level, a grade of "I" or incomplete will be given for the course. Removal
of this "I" will necessitate the student's successful completion of the non-
credit course NRSG 050 and graduation will be delayed. (Spring)
UPPER DIVISION ADMISSION AND
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS
Admissions:
All students wishing to enter the upper division nursing courses must
send an application to the division's Coordinator of Admissions. The j
final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing is made by !
the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is not the j
equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing. Upon accep- j
tance to upper division nursing, courses currently listed in the catalog I
will be required of all students.
Associate Degree graduates from a non-NLN accredited program and
Diploma graduates are required to successfully complete validation
examinations at a specified level prior to registering for any clinical j
nursing course. Students are responsible for the cost of these examina- ]
tions.
Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are
listed below.
1. Acceptance to Southern College.
2. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses
in nursing with no grade below a "C".
3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade
below "C — " for lower division cognate courses.
4. Students whose native language is other than English must achieve
at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its equiva-
lent. If the student fails to achieve the above score, he must take
remedial work in written and spoken English and repeat the pro-
ficiency test, achieving the above score before entering the nursing
program.
5. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on
standardized tests. Remedial work will be required if performance
level is not achieved.
6. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student :
is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer] must be
approved by the Nursing Progression Committee.
Nursing
7. The applicant must show evidence of moral, physical, social, and
intellectual maturity. Further references or information may be jQR
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case of
a question in these areas.
8. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout their
upper division program.
9. Eligibility for Licensure:
Applicants to be considered for admission to junior standing in
nursing must either have a current license to practice as a registered
nurse in the U.S. or, if a new graduate or foreign student, must be
eligible to sit for state boards. A student must pass NCLEX-RN
examinations before registering for NRSG 484 and 485.
10. Experience:
A. Student who has graduated within five years prior to applica-
tion.
1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references
are required from basic nursing program.
2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are
required from employer(s). Students who have graduated
within the previous twelve months will be exempt from the
work requirement.
B. Student who has graduated more than five years prior to appli-
cation.
1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in nurs-
ing for each five years since graduation and one year must
be in the last five years.
2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are
required from employer(s).
11. Nursing Credit:
Graduates of state approved schools will be evaluated on an
individual basis. A maximum of thirty-five semester hours of nurs-
ing credit may be given provided that criterion #2 has been met
(which is equal to the requirements of the first two years of nursing
at Southern College).
12. General Education and Cognates:
A. Associate Degree.
Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will
be considered to have met general education requirements for
the first two years of the program provided that criterion #3
has been met. If an Area C-l course was not included in the
associate degree program, it must be taken in fulfillment of the
Bachelor of Science degree general education requirements of
"3 hours Area C or D."
B. Diploma Graduate.
1. Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required
Nursing
I
at Southern College if received from an accredited senior or I
jQq junior college or by examination according to the policy
1 %iW stated in the bulletin.
2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed before j
entering junior nursing courses. General education require*
ments may be taken concurrently.
C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level nurs-
ing courses.
13. Progression:
A. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be
a nursing course.
B. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course
for progression and graduation. A grade of at least C- is re-
quired in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admis-
sion, progression, and graduation in nursing. (Cognate courses
are CHEM 111 and 112/114; RELT 373.)
C. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance
on standardized and validating tests. Remedial work will be
required if performance level is not achieved.
CURRICULUM (Third and Fourth Years)
Students must take a total of 130 hours required for graduation includ-
ing 40 hours upper division.
Number of hours required after completion of the associate degree in
nursing:
Nursing 36 Natural Sciences 7
Behavioral Science 3 **General Education 12
Mathematics 3
NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic
Principles of Human Physiology 4 hours
Prerequisite or co-requisite: CHEM 112/114.
This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with
clinical practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic inter-
ferences, and to move toward more independent predictive care of patient/
client. Four hours theory. (Spring, arranged as needed for consortium stu-
dents.)
NRSG 326. Concepts in Professional Nursing 4 hours
A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition
of learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate
approach to nursing. Focus will be on the development and presentation
or concepts and current issues related to professional nursing. (Fall, ar-
ranged as needed for consortium students.)
*On 4.00 scale.
**One of the general education courses must be a writing course.
Nursing
NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours Mmm
Prerequisite or co-requisite: NRSG 326. 4 QTf
This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the
expanding role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to de-
velop advanced skills in utilizing the nursing process through history tak-
ing, physical examination, health planning, and counseling of the patient/
client. Three hours theory, one hour clinical. (Fall, arranged as needed for
consortium students.)
NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with
emphasis on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their
optimal level of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course
combines community ana mental health concepts. Three hours theory,
three hours clinical. (Spring)
NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis
on community assessment and working with groups. Two hours theory,
one hour clinical. (Arranged as needed Tor consortium students.)
NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 327, 346; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with
emphasis on moving individuals, families and communities toward their
optimal levels of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This
course combines community and mental health concepts. One hour theory,
two hours clinical. (Arranged as needed for consortium students.)
NRSG 387. Home Health/Gerontology 3 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 327; NRSG 335 or NRSG 346/347.
A course providing the registered nurse student with theories and practice
of caring tor the client (ages cover the life span) requiring skilled nursing
care in tne home. Content will also include study of the active and non-ac-
tive older adult. Two hours theory, one hour clinical. (Fall, arranged as
needed for consortium students.)
NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 111 and CHEM 112/114.
Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications,
pharmacokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. Two hours
theory. (Fall, arranged as needed for consortium students.)
NRSG 394. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215 and ENGL 102.
Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including
framework for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The
student plans a research proposal. The course is designed to give the student
the concepts, methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and appli-
cation of research and evaluation. Three hours theory. (Fall, arranged as
needed for consortium students.)
Nursing
NRSG484. Advanced Nursing Practice
4 Q£l (Primary Care with Research Component) (W) 6 hours
Prerequisite: All 300 level nursing courses.
This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of sped
ized interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical compete™
The choices of clinical areas may be limited due to the number of student
in the semester. Content will focus on updating major theoretical areas and 1
clinical skills. The scientific method of inquiry will be utilized in conduct
ing a research project. Two hours theory, four hours clinical. (Spring, ar-
ranged as needed for consortium students).
NRSG 485. Management 4 hours
Prerequisite: All 300 level nursing courses.
This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independeJ |
judgment in developing beginning management skills. This goal will bl
accomplished primarily through the leadership modes, management ana
administrative experiences inselected clinical areas. Two hours theoHH
tsf]
two hours clinical. (Spring, arranged as needed for consortium student;
NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman.
Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the depart J
ment prior to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be
earned. The area of directed study will appear on the transcript. No more |
than six hours directed study may be applied toward a degree.
(W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
THE ORLANDO CENTER
General Information
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists offers at its Orlando]
Center an alternative to its main campus nursing program. It is adminis^
tered by an associate chairman for the Department of Nursing. Tha
program at the Orlando Center is an academic offering only and follows
the same Seventh-day Adventist educational philosophy that guides |
the main campus. Only nursing and general education courses are of-
fered which are part of the two degree programs at the Center: a Bachelor j
of Science and Associate of Science, majoring in nursing. The National
League for Nursing accreditation status of the main campus applies
fully to the Orlando Center. The Center has approval from the Tennessee
State Board of Nursing, the Florida State Board of Nursing, and the j
Florida State Board of Independent Colleges.
Facilities
AH facilities normally associated with the education of nurses are
available at the Orlando Center. The college's main building houses
administrative and teachers' offices, the library, a skills lab, and two
r
Nursing
large classrooms. Other classrooms and lab facilities are located in the
immediate vicinity. Clinical experience is available mainly at the jQQ
Florida Hospital Medical Center located in close proximity to the Or- *****
lando Center offices.
Financial Information
T\iition charges are lower than those on the main campus due to the
fact that the college offers an academic program only at the Orlando
Center and not a student life program. Financial aid is available on the
same basis as on the main campus. These charges are:
l\iition — A.S.: $90.00 per credit hour
B.S.: $55.00 per credit hour for employees of Florida
Hospital
$70.00 per credit hour for non-employees of Florida
Hospital
Entrance Fee: $400.00
Advance Payment to hold placement in class:
$100.00 (non-refundable to those who do not enroll)
Employment is available at the Orlando Center to help students defray
the cost of education. A scholarship program for eligible students is
[available through Florida Hospital.
Residence Hall
Florida Hospital Medical Center operates a residence hall. This is
ivailable on a first come, first serve basis. An application for the resi-
dence hall is included in the admissions packet for the Orlando Center.
No obligation is assumed by Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists
for student housing, nor Florida Hospital Medical Center for married
, itudent housing.
Admissions and Progression for Associate Degree Program
Students are admitted to and based at the Orlando Center for the
entire program. One class, limited to 40 students, is admitted each fall
semester of the academic year. Admission and progression requirements
are the same as for the nursing program based on the main campus,
I (see Catalog, pp. 194-196), with the following exceptions:
f 1. All application forms and materials are sent to the Orlando Center.
2. Students may transfer between the Orlando Center program and
the Collegedale program with special permission only. Transfers
may lengthen the student's time in the nursing program.
3. Completed medical and dental forms must be received prior to
enrolling in the first clinical nursing course. Forms are sent to the
student with the letter of acceptance. Health clearance is required
before beginning care of patients. Students taking only general
education courses must show evidence of current immunization.
4. Students who withdraw in good standing are eligible to return on
a space available basis only.
Nursing
200
5. Applications, transcripts from high school and other colleges, if
applicable, and all other supporting documents must be received
by March 1 for the fall class. Send to:
Admissions Secretary
Southern College of SDA
711 Lake Estelle Drive
Orlando, FL 32803
A non-refundable advance payment must be received by June 1
to hold placement in the class once a student has been accepted.
The philosophy and objectives for the nursing program are the same
as the main campus nursing program. Identical courses are required in
both programs with the exception that an additional course, Introduc-
tion to Psychology, PSYC 124, is required at the Orlando Center by the
Florida State Board of Nursing. Thus 72 hours are required for gradua-
tion rather than 69 required of nursing students on the main campus.
Other graduation requirements are identical. All diplomas and official
transcripts are issued from the main campus.
Applicants wishing to attend general education courses only will be
admitted to these classes on a space available basis.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE, With Major in Nursing
Orlando-Based Program:
Major: Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree including
NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 220, 223. Required cognates:
BIOL 101, 102, 125; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125; FDNT 125. General edu-
cation requirements: Area A, B, C, E, and F as required for other discip-
lines of the college. Students are exempt from general education require-
ments for areas D and G. A total of 72 semester hours is required for
the Associate of Science degree.
The Department of Nursing reserves the right to revise, add, or with-
draw courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. All
hour values are in semester hours. Completion of these requirements
leads to an Associate of Science degree and eligibility to set for the
RN-NCLEX examination.
Curriculum
Number of Hours required:
Nursing 35 Natural Science 13
Behavioral Science 9 General Education 15
Pre-entrance Requirements: BIOL 101 and PSYC 124 are required
prior to admission to the fall semester nursing classes either by transfer
credit or course credit at Southern College, Orlando Center. Any chemis-
try deficiency must be completed in the same manner.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, With a Major in Nursing, Program
For information about the part-time program, contact:
Associate Chairman
Nursing Department
Southern College of SDA
711 Lake Estelle Drive
Orlando, FL 32803
Nursing
201
Physics
PHYSICS
Chairman: Ray Hefferlin
Faculty: Henry Kuhlman
Advisory Council: Orville Bignall, Bill Johnston, Charles Lindsey, Bob
McCurdy, Randy Peterson, Cyril Roe, Harold Schweinler
Employment opportunities for SC physic-major graduates have been,!
and continue to be, excellent. Many physics professors in Americaij
universities will retire in the next decade, and replacements will be
sought. The Seventh-day Adventist Church will soon be needing more
science professors for its expanding system of colleges outside of North
America. Secondary school teachers who can teach physics will be in
even greater demand. Industry and health care systems depend, for new
advances, on graduates who understand physics as well as engineering
and medical procedures.
Careers of SC physics graduates are depicted by the advanced degreed I
which they earn. During the 30 years from May of 1956 to May of 1986*
57 B.A. and B.S. degrees in physics were awarded by Southern College*
The 57 physics majors earned five M.A. and M.S. degrees in physic^
and (with no overlap in persons) eight Ph.D. degrees in physics. They
earned five M.A. and M.S. degrees in other areas of science and
mathematics (or in the education of the same topics), five Ph.D. degrees
in these areas, and one post-doctoral degree in chemistry. They earned I
six M.D. degrees, two D.D.S. degrees and one J.D. degree.
Careers of SC physicists can also be seen by finding how these same
physics graduates devoted their years of work. They gave 57 percent of
their person-years to physics and closely related fields. If computer-r$i
lated work is included, they devoted 70 percent. They served much of
the remaining 30 percent of their person-years in the medical arts. The
fraction of time devoted to the service of the Seventh-day Adventist
Church, as measured by employment in the Church, was 25 percent.
PROGRAMS IN PHYSICS
Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 311-312, and
412. Computer courses are strongly recommended. TECH 114, 174, 149,
and 249/349 are also recommended.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. PHYSICS
Physics
203
(Starting Odd Fall)
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
PHYS 155
Descriptive Astronomy
3
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
MATH 181
Calculus I
4
CPTR 218
FORTRAN (or Pascal)
3
MATH 182
Calculus II
3
MATH 218
Calculus III
3
MATH 216
Set Theory and Logic
2
MATH 315
Differential Equations
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l, Foreign Language
3 3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Minor or Elective
_L_2_
Area B, Religion
3
16 16
MATH 319
Linear Algebra
3
16 16
YEAR 3
PHYS 310 Modern Physics
PHYS 495 Directed Study
TECH 174 General Metals
TECH 115 Arc Welding
PHYS 413 Analytical Mechanics
PHYS 313 Physical Optics
Area F-l, Behav Sci
Area B, Religion
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Area F-2, Family Science
or
F-3, Health Science
Minor, or Area E, or Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
16 16
PHYS 480
PHYS 411
PHYS 412
PHYS 311-312
MATH 316
MATH 317
YEAR 4
Scientific Writing
Thermodynamics
Quantum Mechanics
Gen Physics Calculus Appl
Math of Physics
Complex Variables
Area B, Religion fUD.)
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
Minor or Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
1
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
_7__
14 14
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Major (B.S.): Forty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 311-312, 412,
and 418 or 419. Computer courses are strongly recommended. TECH
114, 149, and 249/349 are also recommended.
Physics
204
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. PHYSICS
(Starting Odd Years)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
PHYS 311-312
Gen Phys Calc Appl
2
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
PHYS 310
Modern Physics
3
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
MATH 218
Calculus HI
3
MATH 181
Calculus 1
4
MATH 315
Differential Equations
3
MATH 182
Calculus II
3
CPTR 218
FORTRAN (or Pascal)
3
MATH 216
Set Theory and Logic
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area D, Lang/Fine Art
3
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
1
Area F-l, Behavioral Science
3
16 15
Area D-2, Literature
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
3
1
MATH 319
Linear Algebra
_3
16 14
YEAR3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
PHYS 414-415
Electricity and Magnetism
3 3
PHYS 418-419
Advanced Modern
3 3
PHYS 413
Analytic Mechanics
3
PHYS 411
Thermodynamics
3
PHYS 313
Physical Optics
I
PHYS 412
Quantum Mechanics
3
Area B, Religion
3 3
PHYS 495
Directed Study
1
TECH 115
Arc Welding
1
PHYS 480
Scientific Writing
1
Area F-2, Family Science
MATH 316
Math of Physics
3
OR
2
MATH 317
Complex Variables
3
Area F-3, Health Science
TECH 174
General Metals
3
Area D-4, Speech
3
Area E-l, E-2 or E-4, Sci
3
PHYS
Elective
3
Area B, Religion (U.D.)
a
Elective
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
15 15
16 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies,, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor: Eighteen hours including six hours upper division.
Teaching Endorsement: Requirements listed under Education.
The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. Please see the
note on page 126 between EDUC 134 and 217.
PHYS 111-112. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours
A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the application ;
of physics and laboratory work which can be done with simple materials.
Laboratories include the use of calculators and the computer to do arithme-
tic, the estimation of numerical quantities and errors, and the construction I
of apparatus with which to make observations. Satisfies the requirements
for some Allied Health fields; does not apply on major or minor in physics.
Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory each week for PHYS 111; three
hours lecture for PHYS 112.
Physics
PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: #%#*!■
Creation and Cosmology (£-3) 3 hours PQ5
Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date
line and calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances,
energy processes in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity
(?) and expansion (?) of the universe. Cosmology, the formation and sub-
sequent histories of the solar system and the earth, radioactive and radio-
carbon age dating. Life on other worlds. Astronomy and the Bible. This
course, dealing as it does with the physical aspects of the history of the
earth and universe, complements BIOL 424 (Issues in Natural Science and
Religion), which deals with the biological aspects. Three hours lecture each
week, with the occasional substitution of an observation period. (Spring)
PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 114.
The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light,
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic
science requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a
laboratory science if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212.
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to
familiarize the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage
a systematic development of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall,
Spring)
PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours
Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181.
Continuation and conclusion of PHYS 211-212. Relativity, atomic structure,
nuclear properties and radiations, and wave mechanical calculations in
one dimension, and other areas of twentieth-century physics. Three hours
lecture each week. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall)
PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 181 and previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS
211-212.
Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral
calculus will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS
311-312 will have taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus.
Two class periods per week. (Spring)
PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181.
Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed
from the standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light.
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495.
PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 315.
Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bes-
sel functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years)
Physics
PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours
206 Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester
hW of college physics or chemistry.
The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because
they conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms,
or both. Non-logical factors in the acceptance of scientific statements as
authoritative. Application of the scientific method to technology-related I
problems. Does not apply to a major or minor in Physics.
PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (£-3) 3 hours
Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester
of college physics or chemistry.
The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of
design to comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday
world and on the subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with
the unknown (by determinists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving
problems mathematically), or with God's continual upholding of natural
process. Does not apply to a major or minor in Physics.
PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 181.
A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three
hours of lecture each week. Taught alternate years. (Fall, even years)
PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181; CPTR 131 or 218.
Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the energy equation. Boun-
dary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers. Separation-of-vari-
ables method for the hydrogen atom. Electron spin and the Pauli require-
ment for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to states of light
atoms. Variation techniques for small atoms and molecules r Hueckel and
LCAO methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory.
(Spring, odd years)
PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310; MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desirable).
The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked
using the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of
particles, solids, and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector
theorems, transforms, and tensors are introduced as needed. Laboratory
experience is available in PHYS 495. (Spring)
PHYS 414-415. Electricity and Magnetism 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310^ MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desirable).
Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and
the motion of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent
prediction of electromagnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and
nuclear theory are stressed. Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms,
and special functions may be used after being introduced or reviewed.
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall, Spring)
Physics
PHYS 418, 419. Advanced Modern Physics 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310, 413, and 414-415; MATH 218, 316, and 317 (previ-
ously or concurrently; MATH 319 desirable). In the event that the student
fails to meet these prerequisites, permission of instructor must be obtained.
An advanced treatment of quantum mechanics, and of one or more of the
following: atomic physics, nuclear physics, fundamental-particle physics,
relativity, plasma physics. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour
Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and
research journals. The student must nave done some original research of
an experimental, computational, or theorem-proving nature before enroll-
ing in this course. PHYS 295/495 and 297/497 exist to fulfill this require-
ment.
PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular
needs in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to
registration. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned
in accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student. May be re-
peated for up to four hours. (Fall, Spring)
EARTH SCIENCE
ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours
A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors,
to the areas of astronomy, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration
is given to the following current issues: (1) the environment — conservation
and pollution of natural resources; (2) space science — exploration and uses;
(3) cosmology — special creation and evolution. (Fall)
ERSC 106. Earth Science Laboratory (E-4) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in ERSC 105.
Laboratory to accompany ERSC 105. (Fall)
EDUCATION
£DUC 438. Methods of Teaching Physics 2 hours
( Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring)
(E-4), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Religion
■RELIGION-
Chairman: Jack J. Blanco
Faculty: Douglas Bennett, Norman R. Gulley, Leon I. Mashchakj
Derek J. Morris, Ronald M. Springett
Advisory Council — Ministerial Recommendations: SC Religion Faculty
Presidents of Southern Union Conferences, Southern Union]
Ministerial Directors, William Wohlers, Ron Qualley, Sharon EngeiJ
Ken Norton, Gordon Bietz, Ken Rogers
The Department of Religion serves Southern College of Seventh-da^ I
Adventists by making four distinct contributions: (1) It directs the edu-<
cation and training of those who feel called to church ministry to serve
as pastors, evangelists, chaplains, or in various other areas of the
church's need. (2) It offers a curriculum for those pursuing a career in
secondary Bible teaching. (3) It makes available a non-ministerial majcnf
in Religion for students who are preparing for professional fields otheg
than church ministries. (4) It provides religion courses for all students
to meet the general education requirements in religion.
RELIGION MAJOR (Church Ministry)
The church ministry program is integrated with that of the Seventl
day Adventist Theological Seminary at Andrews University, Berried
Springs, Michigan. The requirements as outlined below meet Seminarjl
entrance requirements for the Master of Divinity degree which is the
standard program of ministerial training prescribed by the North Ame^
ican Division of Seventh-day Adventists. The church ministry progranf
is also structured to meet the specific needs of the conferences compril
ing the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists.
Admission to Church Ministries Program
Students seeking admission to the Church Ministries Program mus
make formal application the first semester of the sophomore year. (Uppe
class transfer students must apply during the first semester in resk
dence.) A program of assessment precedes individual advancement to j
ministerial candidacy. The various assessment profiles will assist the!
student and the faculty adviser in evaluating and counselling togethel
during the period of specialized training. If at any time, after beiiJ
admitted to the church ministries program, candidates give evidendl
of failing to maintain commitment to the criteria or preparation for |
ministry, they forfeit their candidacy and the department's recommend
dation to the ministry. (Detailed information regarding the policies and
procedures related to admission to candidacy and eventual certificatioi
for ministry may be obtained from the secretary of the department in j
the Religion Center.)
Religion
Directed Field Education
The department requires field education of church ministry majors. 203
These experiences are designed to enhance professional development
by acquainting the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of
church ministry, to provide a laboratory for working with experienced
pastors and lay leaders in visitation of both active and inactive members,
and to allow experience in preaching to area congregations. These ex-
periences are necessary before the student can be recommended by the
Department for church employment. The Department will keep majors
informed of the specific requirements to be met.
Summer Field School of Evangelism
Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for two months
each summer under the direction of the Southern Union Conference of
Seventh-day Adventists and the Department of Religion. All church
ministry majors are required to participate in one such crusade. The
Department will offer six hours of academic credit in public and per-
sonal evangelism and the Southern Union will provide a scholarship
for those who are approved by the faculty to participate. Scholarship
information may be obtained from the departmental secretary. Addi-
tional evangelistic opportunities for individual students and student
teams may be made available by approval of the Department to accom-
modate requests from the conferences within the Southern Union.
RELIGION MAJOR (Teaching Ministry)
The teaching ministry program is coordinated with the Department
of Education/Psychology of the college. Planning for certification by
the state and/or endorsement by the Seventh-day Adventist church for
Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education/
Psychology Department, both for admission to the Teacher Education
program in the sophomore year and to the professional semester before
the senior year.
Admission to Teacher Education Program
The criteria for admission to Teacher Education, requirements for
secondary Bible teaching, and policies and procedures related to student
teaching may be found in the college catalog under the Department of
Education/Psychology and obtained from the secretary of the Depart-
ment in Summerour Hall.
Teacher Certification and Endorsement
Those seeking Tennessee State Certification only must select 12 hours
from RELB courses. Those seeking to add Denominational Teaching
Endorsement to their certification must take RELT 138, 255 or 484, 485,
and HLED 173. All students seeking certification in religion must take
EDUC 438, Special Methods of Teaching Bible, regardless of whether
they had other special methods courses. Application for certification
Religion
must be made with the Department of Education/Psychology before the
2 I U eru * °* *k e s °phomore year
RELIGION MAJOR {Non-Ministerial)
Like other majors, it is open to all students. It is a 124-hour liberal
arts major and provides a balanced selection of both biblical studies
and theology courses. The four-year degree candidate may apply the
required 12 hours of General Education courses in religion toward the
major, thus reducing the number of extra courses needed to qualify.
The religion major is chosen by students preparing for such professional
fields as medicine, dentistry, and law, as well as for other graduate
studies.
Students who wish to take the non-ministerial major and be recom-
mended by the Religion Department for denominational employment
as pastors, chaplains, Bible instructors, literature evangelists, etc., must
appear before the Religion faculty. They will be admitted to the program
if they meet the criteria and their individualized study program as
recommended by their adviser is approved by the department.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES IN RELIGION
The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal com-
mitment to serve family, church, community, and the world. Six semes-
ter hours of religion are required of the two-year graduate, and 12 semes-
ter hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one three-hour
course per year which may be selected from any of the religion courses
offered. Bachelor degree students must take at least three semester hours
at the upper division level. (Detailed information on General Education
requirements are found in the college catalog.)
JERUSALEM STUDIES
The Department of Religion recognizes the Jerusalem Center for Bibli-
cal and Archaeological Studies as an educational service of the Seventh-
day Adventist Church that provides study of the Scriptures and related
subjects to full-time students and others in the unique setting of
Jerusalem. Faculty from the Religion Department of Southern College
are participant lecturers. The Center offers undergraduate and graduate
work, as well as non-credit seminars on a scheduled basis.
Although it serves as a center for instruction, the Center does not
offer degrees or grant academic credit on its own authority. Under a
cooperative agreement with Adventist schools of higher learning, the
offerings for each term at the Jerusalem Center are planned as a full-
credit unit suitable for degree programs in colleges and universities.
Information about the Center and its programs may be obtained from
the secretary of the Religion Department.
Religion
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The candidates for graduation in the program for church ministry
must have a 2.00 overall, a 2.25 in their major and in the area of candi-
dacy in order to graduate, and a 2.50 overall for Seminary entrance. In
addition they must qualify for certification in ministry by giving evi-
dence of moral, physical, social, and intellectual fitness. They must
also demonstrate emotional maturity, and professional commitment, in
order for the department to recommend them as prospective ministerial
employees. Those students pursuing the teaching ministry must have
a 2.00 overall and a 2.50 in education and in the field of certification
at outlined by the Department of Education and Psychology. The general
candidates for graduation, from the Department of Religion, must have
a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 overall and a 2.25 in their
major as outlined in the college catalog.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGION
The B.A. degree in Religion requires courses in biblical studies and
religion of which three are introductory with others covering the Old
and New Testament, the prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, and
the Fundamental Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists in the light of Chris-
tian Theology.
Major — Ministers, Teachers, Non-Ministerial Major: 33 hours
RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours
RELB 236 Understanding the Bible 3 hours
RELB 345 Pentateuch and Writings (W) 3 hours
RELB 346 Prophets 3 hours
RELB 435 New Testament Studies I . . 3 hours
RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) . 3 hours
RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) - 3 hours
RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3 hours
RELT 484 Christian Theology I 3 hours
RELT 485 Christian Theology II 3 hours
TOTAL 33 hours
Major — Church Ministry: 33 hours plus 18 hours in Biblical Lan-
guages, 23 hours for Certification for Ministry, and cognate requirements
as follows:
MINOR IN BIBLICAL LANGUAGES:
RELL 271-272 Elements of New Testament Greek I, II , . 4,4 hours
RELL 311-312 Intermediate New Testament Greek I, II . 3,3 hours
RELL 471-472 Biblical Hebrew I, II 2,2 hours
TOTAL 18 hours
Religion
1
CERTIFICATION FOR MINISTRY:
RELP 321-324 Homiletics I, II, III, IV 2,2,2,2 hours I
RELP 351-352 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 hours
RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours I
RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hour* I
RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 1
TOTAL 23 hours
COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education)
PEAC 125 Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour j
CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 1
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) . . . 3 hours j
HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours
SOCI 223 Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours j
HIST 364-365 Christian Church I, II (C-l), (W) 3,3 hours
PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) . . 3 hours
TOTAL 26 hours i
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A, RELIGION — CHURCH MINISTRY
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition (A-l)
3 3
RELL 271-272
Elem of New Test Greek (D-l)
4 4
RELB 125
Teachings of Jesus
3
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Processing (G-2)
1
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psychol (F-l)
3
SPCH 135
Intro, to Public Speaking (D-4)
3
RELB 236
Understanding the Bible
3
MATH 103
Survey of Mathematics (A-2)
3
Elective
Area C-2, Political Sci/Econ
3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
3
RELB 345
Pentateuch and Writings (W)
3
Elective
Area D-2,3 Literature/Music/Art
3
RELB 346
Prophets
3
HLED 173
Health and Life (F-3)
2
Area E, Science
3
SOCI 223
Marriage and the Family (F-2)
2
Area E, Science
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning (G-3)
1
14 15
Elective
2
16 16
Religion
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
RELL 311-312
RELP 321-322
RELP 351-352
RELB 425
RELB 426
HIST 364-365
EDUC 134
Intermediate Greek (D-l)
Homiletics I, II
Church Ministry I, II
Daniel (W)
Revelation
Christian Church I, II (C-1),(W)
Prin of Christian Education
Area G-l r 2 Skills
SUMMER FIELD SCHOOL
3
2
3
3
3
2
16
3
2
3
3
3
2
16
RELL 471-472
RELP 323-324
RELP 353
PSYC 377
RELB 435-436
RELT 484-485
Biblical Hebrew I, II (D-l)
Homiletics HI, IV
Interpersonal Ministry
Fund of Counseling (F-l), (W)
New Testament Stud I, II (W)
Christian Theology I, II
2 2
2 2
3
3
3 3
3 3
13 13
RELP 465
RELP 466
Personal Evangelism
Public Evangelism
3
3
6
213
Note: If students in the church ministry program encounter unusual difficulties in completing their cognate general
education requirements due to conflicts in scheduling, they may, through their adviser, apply for permission to take
comparable courses within the general education offerings.
Major — Teaching Ministry: 33 hours plus 28 hours in Education and
cognate requirements as follows:
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS:
EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours
EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education . 3 hours
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional
Children and Youth 2 hours
EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours
EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours
EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours
EDUC 438 Special Methods of Teaching,
Grades 7-12 (Bible) 2 hours
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 8 hours
TOTAL 28 hours
COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education)
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) ... 3 hours
SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours
HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours
RELL 271-272 Elements of New Testament
Greek I, II (D-l) 4,4 hours
PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) . . 3 hours
TOTAL 22 hours
Religion
214
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. RELIGION — TEACHING MINISTRY
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition (A-l)
3
3
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Processing
1
RELB 125
Teachings of Jesus
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking (D-4)
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
HLED 173
Health and Life (F-3)
2
EDUC 125
Foundations of Education
3
MATH 103
Survey of Mathematics (A-2)
3
EDUC 134
Principles of Education
2
EDUC 240
Educ for Exceptional Children
2
BUAD 126
Personal Finance
3
EDUC 217
Psych Found of Educ (F-l)
3
Minor or Electives
2
RELB 236
Understanding the Bible
3
Area C-l, History
3
3
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Comm (D-4)
3
Area D-2,3 Literature/Music/ Arl
3
Area G-l or G-2
2
15
16
Area E, Science
Area E, Science
Area G 3 ( Skills
Minor or electives
3
3
1
3
16 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
RELL 271-272
Elem of New Test Greek (D-l)
4
4
RELB 435
New Testament Studies I
3
RELB 345
Pentateuch and Writings (W)
3
RELT 484
Christian Theology I
3
RELB 346
Prophets
3
EDUC 432
Reading in the Sec School
2
RELB 425
Daniel (W)
3
Area G-l, 2 Skills
3
RELB 426
Revelation
3
Minor or Electives
4
PSYC 377
Fund of Counseling (F-l} ( (W)
3
EDUC 356
Tests and Measurements
2
RELT 485
Christian Theology II
3
EDUC 427
Current Issues in Education
2
RELB 436
New Testament Studies 11, (W)
3
EDUC 437
Curriculum and Gen Methods
2
Area C-2. Pol Sci/Economics
3
EDUC 438
Spec Meth in Teaching (Bible)
2
16
16
EDUC 468
Student Teaching, Grades 7-12
8
15 16
MINOR— IN RELIGION
A minor in Religion requires 18 hours including six upper division
hours and RELB 236 and RELT 255. No more than one course may be
selected from RELP listings or RELT 317, 318, and 424. Those seeking
state certification and/or denominational endorsement for teaching
could, with wise selection, acquire a minor in Religion and also fulfill
their certification/endorsement requirements,
MINOR— BIBLICAL LANGUAGES
A minor in Biblical Languages requires 18 hours from RELL 271-272;
311-312; and 471-472.
MINOR— PRACTICAL THEOLOGY
RELP 321-322 Homiletics I, II 2,2 hours
RELP 351-352 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 hours
RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours
RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours
RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours
19 hours
Religion
BIBLICAL STUDIES
215
RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours
A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis
on His teachings as they apply to the personal, social, ana religious prob-
lems of the individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELB 175. Acts of the Apostles (B-l) 3 hours
A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including
an introduction to the characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest
Christian communities and the theological development of the gospel by
the early church. (Fall)
RELB 236. Understanding the Bible (B-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the theory and practice of Biblical interpretation. De-
signed to enrich anyone wishing to learn how to read and understand the
Scriptures, the course will focus on the nature of the Biblical text, available
resources for interpretation, and the proper procedures involved in
adequate exegesis and hermeneutics. Some consideration will also be given
to the interpretation of the writings of Ellen G. White as they relate to the
Bible. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer)
RELB 135/335. Archeology and the Bible (B-l) 3 hours
A study of cultures, customs, languages, and rituals that throw light on the
understanding of Scripture based on archeological and other ancient mate-
rial which, interpreted from the viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its
accuracy and authenticity. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer)
RELB 345. Pentateuch and Writings (B-l) (W) 3 hours
An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major divisions of the
Old Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology,
historical setting, and significance of this literature in Christian interpreta-
tion. Various approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be surveyed.
(Fall, alternate Summers)
RELB 346. Prophets (B-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament.
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting,
and significance ol this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, alter-
nate Summers)
RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours
Recommended: HIST 174, 175.
A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover
their meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, alternate Summers)
RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours
Recommended: HIST 174, 175.
A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical
fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special mes-
sage for our day. (Spring, alternate Summers)
Religion
216
RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours
A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of the following epistles in
the order of their composition: Galatians, 1 and 2 Thessalonians, 1 and 2
Corinthians, and James. Includes a background survey of the book of Acts.
(Fall, alternate Summers)
RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours
A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of Romans, the Prison,
Pastoral, and General epistles, (excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring,
alternate Summers)
RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited to Religion majors and must be approved by the
chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. (Fall,
Spring, Summer)
RELIGION AND THEOLOGY
KELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours
A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and
the subsequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special
emphasis will be placed on the contributory role in the church of the
Spiritual Gift of Prophecy through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White.
(Fall, Spring, Summer)
KELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours
Last-Day Events is a biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology
rooted in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day
Adventist contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in
the past and present. Also it examines the New Age Movement and Dispen-
sationalism and focuses on how to be ready for the end event. (Fall, Spring*
Summer)
RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours
Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered
context. This course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a
view to enhancing the student's understanding and ability to provide bibli-
cal support for his faith. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
*RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and
Religion (B-2) 3 hours
(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 317.)
*RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and
Religion II (B-2) 3 hours
(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 318.)
* One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science
requirement for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors.
j
Religion
KELT 268/368. Comparative Religions (B-2) (W) 3 hours
A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian reli- 2 I #
gions, including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics ™ ■ *
of each. RELT 268 is offered on the Orlando campus only and does not
carry writing emphasis. RELT 368 will require observational field work.
(Spring)
RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours
A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics,
moral ethics, and personal ethics. The objective is to discover timeless
norms by which to make basic ethical decisions across the professional
spectrum. These norms are then applied to issues relevant to the student.
Limited to nursing students or students with Junior/Senior class standing.
(Fall, Spring, Summer)
*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science and Religion (B-2) (W) 3 hours
(See Division of Natural Science listings, BIOL 424.)
RELT 465. Topics in Religion (B-2) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious
studies dealing with issues encountered in evangelism, theological areas,
and Biblical studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course
may be repeated once for credit. Open to all students. (Fall, alternate years)
RELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (B-2) 3 hours
A study of the main thinkers and schools of thought from the Middle Ages
to the present and their influence on biblical theology. Also, attention will
be given to various world views which are shaping Christian thought today.
(Spring)
RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours
Christian Theology I and II examine the major loci of Christian beliefs.
Christian Theology I takes up Prolegomena, Doctrine of God, Christology,
and Pneumatology; and in the process covers a portion of the 27 Seventh-
day Adventist fundamental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certifi-
cation only when RELT 485 is also taken. (Fall)
RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: RELT 484.
Christian Theology II examines Anthropology, Soteriology, Ecclesiology,
and Eschatology, covering the remaining 27 Seventh-day Adventist funda-
mental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification. (Spring)
RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited to Religion majors and must be approved by the
chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. (Fall,
Spring, Summer)
"One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science
requirement for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors.
Religion
PROFESSIONAL TRAINING
218
Pastoral Leadership
RELP 321. Homiletics I 2 hours
Prerequisite: SPCH 135.
An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be
given to the sermon structure ana the preparation of biographical and
topical sermons. Opportunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons.
One lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior year.
(Fall)
RELP 322. Homiletics II 2 hours
Prerequisite: RELP 321.
Expository, textual sermon types will be considered. One field trip will be
required. Opportunity will be provided to develop proficiency in preaching.
One class lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior
year. (Spring)
RELP 323. Homiletics III 2 hours
Prerequisite: RELP 322.
The development of preaching skills shared in Homiletics I and II, with
special emphasis on the preparation and delivery of the narrative/expository
sermon. (Fall)
RELP 324. Homiletics IV 2 hours
Prerequisite: RELP 322.
The development and the preaching of evangelistic sermons which will
prepare one to conduct a public crusade. (Spring)
RELP 351. Church Ministry I 3 hours
An introduction to church ministry, this course focuses on the respon-
sibilities of clergy and laity, including the call to discipleship and/or minis-
try, the study of denominational polity, the administrative structure of the
church on all levels, and the relationship of the local church to the commu-
nity. Laboratory work in area churches will be required. (Fall)
RELP 352. Church Ministry II 3 hours
Consideration is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as
pastoral care, administration, leadership in worship, and conducting bap-
tisms, weddings, anointing services, funerals, etc. Laboratory work in area
churches will be required. (Spring)
RELP 353. Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours
The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in
pastoral visitation with special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members.
Laboratory work in area churches will be required. Upon successful comple-
tion of the course, students will receive certification from Leadership Edu-
cation and Development Consultants (L.E.A.D.) as Lab I graduates. (Fail)
Religion
RELP 455. Evangelistic Methods 3 hours
Attention will be given to concepts and methods involving ways of creating
witnessing opportunities, the giving of Bible studies, obtaining a decision
for Christ, the conducting of Revelation Seminars, and public evangelism.
Where possible, Revelation Seminars will be conducted concurrent with
the class. Three hours per week of field experience is required. (On demand)
RELP 465. Personal Evangelism 3 hours
Attention will be given to methods and principles of Evangelism Explosion
and the giving of Bible studies. Field work with local churches will be
required. This course is available only in connection with the Field School
of Evangelism. The consent of the Religion Department must be obtained
prior to enrollment. (Summer)
RELP 466. Public Evangelism 3 hours
A study of the principles employed in preparing and conducting public
evangelistic meetings. The student will learn how to plan, develop, and
hold an evangelistic series as well as Revelation Seminars. This course is
available only in connection with the Field School of Evangelism. The
consent of the Religion Department must be obtained prior to enrollment.
(Summer)
RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited to Religion majors and must be approved by the
chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. (Fall,
Spring, Summer)
Lay Leadership and Missions
RELP 051-052. Student Mission Practicum (non-credit) 6,6 hours
This course is designed specifically for those who participate in the North
American Division Taskforce Program, and those who work in other coun-
tries as part of the Student Missions Program. Activities will vary according
to specific area and positions available and the length of service will be
from nine months to one year. May not be repeated.
RELP 127. Student Missions Orientation 2 hours
A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences,
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social
and monetary problems, personal qualifications for service and relevant
denominational policies for overseas service. The course is required by the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists for those under appointment
as student missionaries. (See RELP 051-052). One-third regular tuition rate.
(Spring)
RELP 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours
The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of
Prophecy; review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting
institutions; study plans and methods of operation and set before the stu-
dent the needs and call for active involvement as lay members.
Religion
220
RELP 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours
Teaches the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian liter-
ature.
BIBLICAL LANGUAGES
RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours
A study of grammar of the vernacular (koine) Greek of New Testament
times, with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work required. {Fall,
Spring)
RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours
A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of (koine) Greek with
translation of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the
Pauline Epistles. (Fall, Spring)
RELL 471-472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 2,2 hours
A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical
Biblical Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work re-
quired. (Fall, Spring)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Bible 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester
during the senior year. (Fall, Spring)
(B-l), (B-2), (D-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
Technology
TECHNOLOGY
Chairman: John Durichek
Faculty: Francis Hummer, Dale Walters
Advisory Council: Willard Clapp, Allen O'Neal, Leon Scoggins, Bob
Sullivan, Jeff Taylor
Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning
with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, draft-
ing, and auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are:
1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by providing
classroom and lab experiences that nurture creativity.
2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living
by providing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the envi-
ronment.
3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life
as hobby and recreational activities as well as professional en-
hancement.
4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning
skills.
5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and service
occupations.
6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical and
professional degree programs and occupations.
These courses are essential for students majoring in:
Art
Business Administration
Education
Journalism and Communications
Office Administration
Pre-Occupational Therapy
Pre-Engineering
Associate of Science Degree — Computer Applications: TECH 101, 145,
149, 174, 183, 245, 249, 254, 264; CPTR 105, 106, 107, 131, 219. Cognates:
MATH 104, PHYS 111.
The A.S. Degree in Computer Applications provides learning experi-
ences in computer-aided drafting, computer numerically-controlled
machines, robotics and automation, desktop publishing and other re-
lated computer applications.
221
Technology
222
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
First Year
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours
TECH 101
TECH 149
MATH 104
CPTR 105,6,7
ENGL 101
Tech Awareness
Mechanical Drawing
Intermediate Algebra
(required cognate)
Word Perfect, Lotus, dBase IIH
College Composition
Religion
2
2
3
3
3
3
16
TECH 183
TECH 249
ENGL 102
PHYS 111
Basic Electronics
Computer-Aided Graphics
College Composition
Intro to Physics
Religion
Recreation Skills
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Second Year
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours
TECH 174
TECH 145
TECH 154
TECH 245
CPTR 131
General Metals
Intro to Graphic Arts
Woodworking
Computer-Aided Publishing
Fund of Programming
Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
3
3
2
3
3
17
TECH 254
TECH 264
CPTR 219
Furniture Design Construction
Automation/Robotics fCIM)
Symbolic Assembler Language
History
Behavior/Family Science
3
3
3
3
3
15
65 Semester Hours
Associate of Science Degree — Architectural Studies: TECH 101, 145,
151, 245, 249; CPTR 105, 106, 107; ART 104, 110; CFSC 349; BUAD 326,
334, 344; ECON 213. Cognates: MATH 104; PHYS 111.
The A.S. Degree in Architectural Studies can lead to advanced degrees
or employment in the construction industry, the arts, business, and
other fields.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
First Year
FIRST SEMESTER Hours SECOND SEMESTER Hours
TECH 101 Tech Awareness 2 TECH 249 Computer-Aided Drafting 3
TECH 151 Architectural Drafting 3 ENGL 102 College Composition 3
ART 104 Beginning Drawing 2 ART 110 Design II 3
ENGL 101 College Composition 3 Religion 3
CPTR 105,6,7 Vford Perfect, Lotus, dBase III+ 3 BUAD 326 Intro to Marketing 3
MATH 104 Intermediate Algebra _£ Skills/Rec Health _2_
16 17
Technology
Second Year
FIRST SEMESTER Hours SECOND SEMESTER Hours
TECH 145 Intro to Graphic Arts 3 CFSC 349 Interior Design 3
TECH 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 2 BUAD 344 Human Resource Management 3
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 History 3
ECON 213 Survey of Economics 3 Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3
Religion 3 Behavior/Family Science 3
PHYS 111 Intro to Physics _3 %
V
65 Semester Hours
Minor: A minor in Technology is eighteen hours including six hours
upper division. Courses in Auto Body do not apply on this minor except
TECH 223.
DIPLOMA PROGRAM
Auto Body — Repair and Refinishing
The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing,
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade.
Inasmuch as tradespeople provide their own hand and air tools, the
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use
during the course. The department will assist the student in the purchase
of these tools which will cost approximately $300.
Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applica-
tions to this program should be sent directly to Francis Hummer, instruc-
tor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August
1 will receive a scholarship in the amount of one-half the tuition in
addition to whatever grants or scholarships for which they may be
eligible.
The requirements are as follows: TECH 110, 111-112, 114, 116, 118, 120;
TECH 164, 364, and three hours from General Education B-l or B-2
courses.
Technology
224
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
CERTIFICATE — AUTO BODY REPAIR
A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated expert
ence in various facets of auto body repair.
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
TECH 114
Oxy-Acetylene Welding
TECH 118
TECH 111
Painting ft Refinishing I
TECH 120
TECH 110
Pane! & Sport Repair
TECH 112
TECH 116
Collision Repair I
TECH 264
TECH 164
Auto Maintenance
TECH 115
Arc Welding
SECOND SEMESTER
Collision Repair II
Collision Repair 111
Painting & Refinishing II
Auto Repair
Area B, Religion
Hours
4
5
2
3
J_
17
At the end of the second semester and nearly 1,000 hours of instruction and lab time the successful student will hav*
skills to do:
(1) major collision repair
(2) frame alignment
(3) job estimating
(4) complete re-paint work
(5) powerplant and drive train repair
A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus hours of instruction and lab time.
In addition to introductory repair projects each student will be involved in at least three major collision repair projects* ' -1
Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applications to this program should be sent directly to
Francis Hummer, Instructor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August 1 will receive a
scholarship in the amount of one-half the tuition in addition to whatever other grants and scholarships for which
they may be eligible.
AFFILIATION PROGRAM
Students wishing a Bachelor of Technology degree in Graphic Art or
Technical Plant Services may take the following classes and transfer to
Andrews University after one year:
B.T. Graphic Arts
TECH 145, 149, 245, 295 9
ART 104, 109 5
CPTR 105, 106, 107 3
ENGL 101 3
JOUR 225 3
RELT 255 3
SOCI 125 3
SPCH 135 3
B.T Technical Plant Services
TECH 114, 115, 149, 154, 174, 183, 223, 249, 264 21
ENGL 101 3
SPCH 135 3
RELT 255 3
SOCI 125 3
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours 1
hours ]
hours
hours
Technology
TECHNOLOGY
TECH 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours
This course is designed so that the student will become better acquainted
with the field of technology. Emphasis is directed toward but not limited
to the area of industrial technology, current and future developments in
the industry and their impact on society. Along with an awareness of the
qualifications to enter today's technological job market, special attention
will be given to the training available at Southern and other SDA institu-
tions. Open to all students.
TECH 110. Panel and Spot Repair 5 hours
Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to
straighten small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block
ready for painting. (Fall)
TECH 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 4,2 hours
An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will
progress to doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase
his own respirator and spray gun. Costs average $125. (Fall, Spring)
TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 hour
Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body
shop welding jobs. Personal goggles required. (Fall)
TECH 115. Arc Welding 1 hour
A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes.
Emphasis will be given to MIG, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick
welding.
TECH 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours
Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs.
Body alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair
are involved. (Fall)
TECH 118. Collision Repair II 4 hours
Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body align-
ment, frame straightening, glass work, fiberglass repair, and body section
replacement. There is no lecture component to this class, but rather is
composed of four three periods laboratory per week. (Spring)
TECH 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours
A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an
individual basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies
purchasing, shop management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring)
TECH 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours
Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera
techniques, platemaking, screen printing and press wont. Experience is
offered in personal computer desktop publishing. Skills learned are appli-
cable for personal and business communications. A supplies fee will be
charged for projects produced in class. Average cost of projects approxi-
mately $75. (Fall)
Technology
226
TECH 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 2 hours
A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments
and the principles of orthographic projection, surface development, section*
ing, pictorial representation, ana dimensioned working drawings. Six
periods laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor, j
Instruments cost approximately $40. (Fall)
TECH 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours
An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting.
Emphasis is on lettering, orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial
drawings, shades and shadows, and perspective drawing. Open to all stu-
dents.
TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours
A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture
construction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A
supplies fee will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project
construction. Generally, the costs have exceeded $100 or $200 if large fur-
niture items were constructed. (Fall)
TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours
A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the
matters of buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will
work on his own car or on one belonging to the shop. Basic tools are needed
which will cost $50-$75. One period lecture and three periods laboratory
each week. (Fall)
TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours
Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with
metals. Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet j
metal, welding, plus hand- and power-operated metal-cutting equipment I
One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week. Project expenses
average $50. Each student must purchase his own safety glasses, welding
gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate years)
TECH 183. Basic Electronics 3 hours
An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they
pertain to AC and DC electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, tran-
sistors and integrated circuits. Intended to introduce the beginning student
to the field of electronics. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week.
TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours
An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principle!
and techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will
be given for class admission to those who have experience in doing automo-
tive work and who have gas welding skills. Each student will need his
own basic hand tools which cost approximately $100. One period lecture
and six periods laboratory per week. (Spring, alternate years)
Technology
TECH 245/345. Computer- Aided Publishing 2 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 145 or equivalent. 227
An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing ■■■■
materials such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training
in the preparation of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-
up and typesetting services using specialized desktop publishing software
such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox Ventura to do page layout.
TECH 249/349. Computer- Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent.
An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as
an aid in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architec-
tural and electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods labora-
tory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring)
TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 154.
Emphasis will be placed on the design process as it pertains to woods and
its combination with other materials. Two three-hour lecture/labs each
week. (Spring, alternate years)
TECH 264/364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 164.
A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main
emphasis is given to power plant and drive train design, operation and
service. One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. Each
student supplies his own hand tools and coveralls. Minimum tool set costs
approximately $75. All lab learning experience is on actual cars either from
the community or personal vehicles. (Spring)
TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report
of the problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only
to those earning a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring)
TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours
Prerequisites: TECH 149, 183, 249/349 or equivalent.
Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing in-
cluding terminology, computer hardware/software and interfacing, system
integration, flexible manufacturing and robotic applications.
See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements.
•A
INTERDEPARTMENTAL
PROGRAMS
MEDICAL SCIENCE
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred
upon students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who
satisfy the following two conditions:
1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate col-
lege program of which at least the last 30 were taken in residence
at Southern College and at least 12 of which are at the upper
division level.
2. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the respec-
tive professional program has been successfully completed and
that the applicant is eligible to continue.
Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of
Records.
GENERAL STUDIES
Adviser: Wilma McClarty
The Associate of Arts degree with a major in General Studies is de-
signed for students who have not made a career decision at the time
they enter college. This degree offers them an opportunity to earn a
large part of the general requirements for a baccalaureate degree while
leaving approximately 20 semester hours free for exploration in areas
of their choice.
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES
AREA SEMESTER HOURS
A-l English 101, 102 (and 099 if English
ACT standard score is less than 13) . . 6-9
A-2 Mathematics 3
B Religion 6
229
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
230
D
History (3-6);
Government/Economics (0-3) 6
Language/Literature/Fine Arts
(include two sub-areas)* 6-9
Natural Science
(include two sub-areas) 6
Behavioral/Family/Health Science 3
Activity Skills (must include one hr.
PEAC and no more than three hrs.
from any one sub-area) 6
Electives to make a total of 64 hours . . . 16-22
Six hours of elementary foreign language must be included unless two units
of the same foreign language were earned in high school.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.A. GENERAL STUDIES
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102 College Composition
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E-l, Biology
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1 1
Area G-l, Creative Skills
OR
3
Area G-2, Practical Skills
Elective {area of interest)
3 3
Area C, History
3 3
Area F, Behavioral Science
3
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
Area B, Religion
Area E, Natural Science
Area D, Langfl.it/Fine Arts
Area A, Math
Area C, Hist/Govt/Econ
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
Foreign Language
Elective
3
3
3 3
3
3
1
3 3
4 3
16 16
16 16
See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
make-up of any admissions deficiencies.
NON-DEGREE
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen.
If other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are pre-
pared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence of
courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen pro-
fessional school.
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
ANESTHESIA
Adviser: Katie Lamb
Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an approved
program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. Additional
requirements may be determined by consulting the Department of Nurs-
ing.
DENTISTRY
Adviser: Duane Houck
Pre-dental training in college requires a minimum of three years of
study; however, a preference is given to those who have completed a
fourth year, earning a bachelor's degree. Students may major in the field
of their interest. Although a thorough background in the biological and
physical sciences is essential to the study of dentistry, a broad educa-
tional background in the humanities is desirable. Upper division biology
courses are recommended to prepare for the Dental Admissions Test.
Application to Dental School should be made one year previous to
the one for which admission is required. Successful applicants should
have a minimum G.P.A. of 3.00 in both science and non-science courses,
satisfactory performance on the Dental Admissions Test {given each
October and April). Information regarding the Dental Admission Testing
Program may be obtained from the American Dental Association, 211
East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 69611.
The following courses must be included to meet the minimum require-
ments for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry:
BIOL 151-152 8 hours
BUAD 334 ; 3 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 , 6 hours
MATH 114 3 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
PSYC 124 3 hours
Physical Education 1 hour
Religion , 9 hours
Electives 8 hours
The following courses are strongly recommended:
FONT 125 3 hours
TECH 174 , 4 hours
ACCT 103 3 hours
MATH 181 3 hours
An additional Psychology course
231
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
232
LAW
Adviser: Ben McArthur
Students interested in the study of law as a profession should become j
acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law schools. This
will make possible the planning of a pre-professional program which
will qualify the student for admission to several schools. It is a general
requirement that students complete a bachelor's degree before entering
law school. Although no particular major is required, four fields should
be especially considered by the student serious about law school. These \
are: Business, history, English, and behavioral science. Certain course^
recommended by all law schools include American history, freshmaa
composition, principles of accounting, American government, princi*
pies of economics, English history, business law, and mathematics. Pre-
law students should concentrate on developing their analytical, verbal,
and writing skills.
Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American
Bar Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For infor*
mation about the Law School Admissions Test write the Law School
Admissions Service, P.O. Box 2000, Newtown, PA 18940.
MEDICINE
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine
are advised to include mathematics and science courses during their
high school years.
It is recommended that applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior
to entrance into medical school. Exceptional students may be eligible
to apply after completion of a minimum of 85 semester hours. Letter
grades are essential for evaluation of the required science courses. Ap-
plicants for admission to the Loma Linda University School of Medicine
should maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in both science
and non-science courses. The following courses must be included in
the applicant's academic program. Classes with asterisks in biology,
chemistry, and mathematics are recommended.
BIOL 151-152, 313*, 316*, 330*, 340*, 415*, 417*, 418* , 8 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 • 6 hours
MATH 114, 181* 3 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
Religion 12 hours
It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
study of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid prepara-
tion for the future role of the physician.
Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are
directly involved in the providing of health care.
The applicant is required to have taken the new MCAT prior to con-
sideration by the admissions committee. The medical school entrance
exam is administered twice a year — in September and April, Applica-
tion for the exam is made through the Counseling and Testing Center
one month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance into medical
school following graduation, the student should plan on taking the
MCAT in April of the junior year which means that all of the above
listed science courses should be completed by this time to insure
maximum performance on the exam. The exam may be retaken in Sep-
tember of the senior year.
Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools
of medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. Premed-
ical students are encouraged to make appointments to speak with them.
Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through
this service. The AMCAS application may be obtained either at the
college the applicant is attending or directly from AMCAS. Application
should be directly to AMCAS between July 1 and November 1 for entry
in the summer of the following year.
American Medical College Application Service
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036-1989
After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office
of the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether
or not supplementary information is needed.
Medical schools usually require a letter of recommendation from the
pre-professional recommendation committee of the applicant's under-
graduate college. Senior pre-medical students are asked to provide the
names of all medical schools to which they are applying to the Vice
President for Academic Administration's office before October 5.
Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and
letters of recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected
applicants may be invited for a personal interview by the medical
school.
OPTOMETRY
Adviser: Ray Hefferlin
The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice.
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and
234 P n y s * cs - Additional courses in the areas of fine arts, language, literature*
and the social sciences are usually necessary.
A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However, j
additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional 1
training.
Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools:
BIOL 330 and 151-152 11 hours
CHEM 151-152 8 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 114, 181, 182 11 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
PSYC 124 3 hours
Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric j
Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 North Lindbergh
Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63141.
OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D.
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive
the D.O. degree.
Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of Health
Sciences, Kansas City School of Osteopathic Medicine, one of twelve
osteopathic medical colleges in this country.
Courses for admission are similar to those for Loma Linda University
School of Medicine.
For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point aver-
age of 3.00 should be maintained in both science and non-science sub-
jects.
PHARMACY
Adviser: Mitchell Thiel
The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five
years, the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College.
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat vari-
able so the student should consult the catalog of the school of his choice
for specific course recommendations.
Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee
College of Pharmacy at Memphis are:
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
ACCT 121 . . . 3 hours
BIOL 151-152 , 8 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
PHYS 211, 213 4 hours
Additional requirements include:
Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours
Social Sciences:
Psychology 2 hours
Other 4 hours
Speech 2 hours
Electives 12 hours
A minimum grade of C must be obtained for each required pre-
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance
of acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score
must be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admission Test.
PUBLIC HEALTH SCIENCE
Adviser: Elvie Swinson
There is an increasing demand for programs that promote health and
disease prevention. Two major factors influencing this demand are (a)
an effort to slow down or decrease the rising costs of medical care and
(b) emphasis on improving the quality of life. The undergraduate pro-
gram in public health science at Loma Linda University (LLU) provides
an opportunity to emphasize the prevention of illness and the promotion
of health. The first two years of the program are offered at Southern
College after which the student transfers to LLU to complete the work
to receive the bachelors degree in public health science. The following
courses should be included in the pre-public health science curriculum
to qualify for admission to LLU. Students not having had high school
physics must enroll in college physical science.
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
Humanities (include at least two areas: speech (highly
recommended), fine arts, foreign language, HMNT
205, literature, philosophy) 9 hours
BIOL 101-102 or 151-152, and 125 9-11 hours
CHEM 111-112, 113, 114 8 hours
MATH 104 3 hours
PSYC 124, SOCI 125, ECON 225 9 hours
Religion 9 hours
Electives sufficient to make a total of 64 hours chosen
in consultation will} adviser.
The Allied Health Professions Admission Test is required.
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
236
VETERINARY MEDICINE
Adviser: Stephen Nyirady
Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is very
keen. Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a degree
rather than the required minimum of two years of college. It should
also be noted that it is difficult to be accepted in any veterinary institu-
tion other than the school in the state where the applicant resides.
The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary Ap-
titude Test in addition to meeting grade point average and personal
qualifications for admission. Professional training entails another four
years of school beyond college.
Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are:
BIOL 151-152, 330 11 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours
ENGL 101-102 . . . 6 hours
MATH 114, 181 ... 7 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
Additional requirements include:
Humanities 8 hours
Social Sciences 8 hours
Speech 2 hours
Animal Science (not offered at Southern College) .... 9 hours
(Some schools will accept a full year of general biology
or zoology in lieu of Animal Science — one needs to
check with the institution.)
It is recommended that the pre-veterinary student work closely with
his adviser in assuring that the specific requirements for the schools of
his choice are met.
STUDENT LIFE
AND SERVICES
A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of associa-
tion. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if students
develop their interests and meet their needs through participation in
the nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take
advantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural,
social, and spiritual growth.
RESIDENCE HALL LIVING
Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" pre-
pares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the
rights and opinions of others, and offers a first-hand experience in
adjusting to a social group.
To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork
and who are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with their
parents or other approved relatives in the vicinity to reside in one of
the residence halls.
REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for Students with
Special Needs
Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending.
All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for
special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office
for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive infor-
mation concerning all features of campus life and can share with the
college officials any information pertinent to personal needs.
DINING
For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern College
provides a complete cafeteria service, organized to serve the students'
needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and
cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is available
for the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary dining
rooms are available for meetings of various student or faculty organiza-
tions.
237
Student Life and Services
HEALTH SERVICE
238 ^ e Health Service is administered by a nurse director in cooperation
with a college physician and the Vice President for Student Services*
The director uses the physician's standing orders and maintains regular
office hours. The college physician holds regular clinic hours each
weekday morning.
An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night on
an on-call basis by live-in registered nurses who are continuing for the
B.S. degree.
The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge
for seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to
cover costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given
are charged by the pharmacy.
All students taking eight hours or more must purchase the Student
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of adequate cover-
age by another policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than
eight hours may also purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing
complete benefits and terms is given to each student at registration. In
case of major illness, students may be referred to off -campus hospital
facilities.
GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE
During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser who
will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on aca-
demic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member
of the faculty.
Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a profes-
sional counselor should consult the Vice President for Student Services
or Director of Counseling Services. Personnel trained in psychology
and counseling are available to those with serious social and personal
problems.
The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling
service in providing guidance information to both students and coun-
selors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service as a
means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or occu-
pation.
ORIENTATION PROGRAM
Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the student
desiring a college education. There is much that the student must do
for himself in getting acquainted with the academic, social, and religious
life of the college by perusing this bulletin and the Southern College
Student Life and Services
Student Handbook Instruction and counsel are given which will help mmm
the student better understand the college program and what is expected P3Q
of him as a citizen of the college community.
Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to registration
for the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes,
and functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new fresh-
man students are required to attend the orientation program.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his
educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the college
to give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to work, is
physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his class
schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should be
able to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking employment
should contact Student Employment Office located in the Student
Center.
SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE
One of the personnel services of the college is that of assisting
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of
prospective employers. The offices of Student Services and Testing and
Counseling serve as the liaison sources in bringing graduate and em-
ployer together.
STUDENT ASSOCIATION
Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more semes-
ter hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association with
voting privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for leadership
development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives of Southern
College are afforded by the Association. The Association assists the
college administration and faculty in the implementation of policies
and assumes responsibility in giving direction to campus activities en-
trusted to it.
The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated
through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees.
The activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, Southern
Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the announcement sheet,
Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty directory, Joker
The activities and responsibilities of officers and the detailed organi-
zation of the Student Association are outlined in the Student Associa-
tion Constitution and Bylaws.
Student Life and Services
CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS
240 Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than
thirty campus organizations provide opportunity for enrichment, leader-
ship training, and enjoyment. They include church-related organiza* |
tions — Campus Ministry, Student Ministerial Association, Collegiate
Adventists for Better Living, and Literature Evangelists Club; clubs re-
lated to academic ijiterests sponsored by the departments; social clubs —
Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi (women's residence hall),
and Upsilon Delta Phi (men's residence hall); and special interest or
hobby clubs.
Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative grade i
point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the previous
semester to hold any elected office.
CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES
Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists, lectur-
ers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally in connec-
tion with the weekly assembly program. The cost of admission for
students is included in the tuition.
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT
In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of be-
havior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine Chris-
tian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and social
integrity appreciate standards that elevate and ennoble. Admission to
Southern College is a privilege that requires the acceptance of and
compliance with published and announced regulations. Only those
whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals of the
college and who willingly subscribe to the social program as ordered
are welcomed. It therefore follows that since students at Southern Col-
lege receive an education subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventist
Church, those who engage in activities designed to be detrimental to
the church on or off campus will not be knowingly accepted or retained.
A student who finds himself out of harmony with the social policies
of the college, who is uncooperative, and whose attitudes give evidence
of an unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of
drugs, movie theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or vul-
gar language, hazing, and improper associations are to be avoided.
Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The
handbook includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A
copy may be obtained from the office of the Vice President for Student
Services. Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are
of equal force with those listed in official publications.
Student Life and Services
ASSEMBLY AND WORSHIP SERVICES
In private parochial education it has been shown that elimination of 24 I
residence hall worships and all school-wide convocations is the first
step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church.
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private
education such as is found at Southern College. The religious emphasis
weeks and the weekend church services assist in the spiritual growth
of the students. Students are required to attend these services regularly.
Failure to do so will jeopardize the student's current status and readmis-
sion privileges.
/■" ''.
1
FINANCIAL POLICIES
EXPENSES
FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT
Southern College strives to give every student the opportunity to
obtain a Christian education. The administrators and Financial Aid
Office personnel will make every effort to assist students in meeting
their financial obligations in order to reach this goal.
The Director of Financial Aid will assist in financial planning by
helping students to obtain employment on the Collegedale campus (see
labor regulations on page 251) and financial aid in the form of grants,
loans, and scholarships. Before each registration EACH student must
submit a payment agreement to the Student Finance Office showing
how he will finance his college expenses.
Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given
below to assist the student in financial planning.
STUDENT COSTS
Tuition 1989-90:
Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of $263
per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be charged
$3,100. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $195 per semester
hour.
ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET
Tbition (Based on 12-16 hours per semester) $6,200
Books, Supplies, and Miscellaneous 390
Resident Hall 1,232
, Food ($186/month average) (monthly minimum charge $80) 1,490
[TOTAL $9,312*
i *With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced.
FAMILY REBATE
When two students from the same immediate family are in attendance
at SC each taking eight semester hours or more and having the same
financial sponsor, a tuition rebate of five percent will be applied to
each statement. A 10 percent rebate will be applied when three or more
students have the same financial sponsor and are taking eight or more
243
Expenses
244
semester hours each. Application forms for this rebate will be available
at the Student Finance Office.
SOUTHERN SCHOLARS' FINANCIAL BENEFITS
After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars
may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for each
semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with their junior
year, the student will also receive a scholarship covering a three-hour
class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to cover Honors
Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The "per-hour" rate for a 16-semester hour
class load will be the basis for calculating these scholarships.
MUSIC
Private music lessons are offered for academic credit by the music
faculty of Southern College and qualified teaching instructors (contract
teachers) from the Chattanooga area. Private lessons without academic
credit are offered through the prep program of the Music Division to
elementary and secondary students in the area. Teaching in the prep
program is done by contract teachers and Southern College music stu-
dents.
Enrollment for all music instruction must be for a full semester
whether or not credit is desired. A minimum of fourteen one-half hour
lessons will be provided. No refund of tuition or lesson fees will be
made after four weeks following registration.
MUSIC LESSON FEES
Private music lessons may be taken on a credit or noncredit basis. A
student will receive fourteen half-hour lessons per semester for one
hour of credit. The cost of such lessons is the regular tuition plus a $98
music lesson fee per semester.
The noncredit music lesson fee is $232 for fourteen half-hour lessons
per semester.
Teachers are not expected to make up lessons missed because of
unexcused absences.
Music majors who have obtained Freshman standing in their major
performance area, who are taking or have completed MUCT 111/112;
and who are in good and regular standing as music majors will have
the music lesson fee waived.
Prep program students must register at the Department of Music office,
pay in full at the Cashier's Office, and present the receipt to the Music
Department office prior to scheduling lessons.
Expenses
SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES
The following special fees and charges* are assessed separately inas-
much as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly:
Application for admission (not refundable) $ 15.00
Audit tuition V2 reg. tuition
Automobile parking fee (per semester) — dormitory $ 34.00
Automobile parking fee (per semester) — village $ 23.00
Motorcycle parking fee $ 23.00
Change of program $ 12.00
Credit by examination (per hour) Recording Fee ........ $ 30.00
Examinations:
Challenge or waiver $ 45.00
CLEP $ 34.00
Rescheduling mid-term or final $ 59.00
Incomplete grade recorded $ 7.00
Insufficient funds check $ 18.00
** Insurance:
Student $180.00
Spouse $470.00
Each Child $325.00
Late Registration $ 29.00
Late return of organizational uniform $ 18.00
(The full cost will be charged if irreparably
damaged or not returned.)
Medical Technology Recording Fee (senior year) $ 53.50
Nursing education fees:
Associate degree (per semester) $192.50
Baccalaureate degree
(after completing Assoc. Degree)
(per nursing semester hour) $ 12.00
Transcript fee $ 3.00
One-day service $ 5.00
*See individual class descriptions for class fees and charges.
**Subject to change.
***Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class.
STATEMENT CHARGES
The following items may be charged to the student's account:
a. Books and required school supplies (required school supplies
limited to $75 per semester).
b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full semester
whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour of private
music instruction consists of fourteen one-half hour lessons.
***
245
Expenses
246
Refunds will be granted only when the instructor is not available
for lessons.
HOUSING
Residence Hall Costs
Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,232 for the
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August
and January Room charges are based on two students occupying one
room and include health and infirmary care.
A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be allowed
to room alone at an additional cost of $230 per semester if sufficient
rooms are available.
No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the cam-
pus. If a student drops class work, a prorated portion of the semester
charge beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room will be
refunded.
Room Deposits
A $100 room deposit, paid at time of application, is required of each
dormitory student enrolling at Southern College. It should be paid ini-
tially by July 1 in order to insure a specific room reservation. The
deposit will then be held by the college for the entire period including
summers during which the student lives in a residence hall while attend-
ing the college and will insure a room for the student when he returns
each fall.
If a student gives notice before July 1 that he will not be attending,
his room deposit will be refunded. The room deposit will not be re-
funded after August 1. Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged
to the student's account at the end of each academic year if necessary.
Married Student Housing Costs
College-owned apartments and mobile homes may be rented by mar-
ried students taking a minimum of six hours each semester. The apart-
ments range in size from two to six rooms and are unfurnished. Rents
range from $130 to $255 per month. Trailer space is available at $85
per month in the College Mobile Home Park for married students with
their own trailer. Moving and parking charges are the responsibility of
the owner. Storage facilities are available for an additional $10 per
month.
Rent charges are based on the date of issue and return of keys and
proper clearance with the Housing Manager (Business Manager's Of-
fice). Married students renting either an apartment or a trailer from the
college will be required to pay a housing deposit of $125 of which $50
is due with the housing application and the remaining $75 at the time
the apartment or trailer is rented. This deposit will be refunded after
Expenses
approval by the Housing Manager if the apartment or trailer is left clean
and undamaged. Pfl7
FOOD SERVICE
The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the student the privilege of
choosing food and paying for what is selected. Board charges for stu-
dents vary greatly. Students are encouraged to eat healthfully by avoid-
ing between-meal snacks and by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will
be charged a minimum of $80 per month. Maximum allowable cafeteria
charge will be $200 per month. Exceptions must be cleared through the
Student Accounts Office.
ADVANCE PAYMENTS
Regular: An advance payment of $850 is required before registration.
For students residing in any dormitory or married student housing,
housing deposits are due before moving in. For new students entering
second semester the advance payment is $650, and all other appropriate
charges are applicable. When a married couple enrolls for a combined
total of seventeen semester hours or less of classwork, they will be
charged only one advance payment. One-half the advance payment
with interest at 8% per annum from the date of payment will be credited
to the student's account on the August statement and the remainder on
the January statement.
International Students: In addition to the regular advance payment
listed above, international students are required to pay the following:
Supplemental International Student Payment: $3,000 is required
to be paid before an Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be
held until the student terminates study at Southern College. This
deposit is not a part of, but in addition to, the regular deposit required
of all students entering Southern College.
Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program,
students are required to send a nursing deposit of $175. If a student
applies for the nursing program but does not attend the college, or
changes his or her major, the deposit is refundable if the Division of
Nursing is notified by August 1. After August 1, the nursing deposit is
not refundable.
ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY
Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist Col-
I leges Abroad (ACA) program must follow the procedures listed below:
1. Complete and submit the ACA application (obtain from Admis-
sions Office) along with the $100 application fee.
Expenses
2. Make arrangements for the total amount of expenses and fees
2/18 required by the selected college through the Southern College
b"TU Student Finance Office at the time of application. Any difference
in total cost and approved financial aid must be paid in cash prior
to financial approval of the application.
METHOD OF PAYMENT
Community students and residence hall students may choose one of
the two methods of payment below.
Payment Plan L Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges
for tuition (minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid
in cash at registration, a discount of FIVE percent is allowed on this
cash payment. Amounts paid as a result of student loans, grants, or
scholarships are excluded from the amount on which the discount is
allowed. Students choosing to pay cash in advance must bring with
them at registration time the full amount required by the plan for the
semester, less any advance payments or credits.
Payment Plan II Contract with Southern College. Students desiring
to pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may
choose this plan.
Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth day of each calendar
month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the last day of each
month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of statement accord-
ing to the following schedule (one-half of student's advanced payment
will be applied to the August statement):
Past Due Date
August statement
September statement
October statement
ONE-THIRD of (total charges less
financial aid) less credits upon
receipt of statement September 20
ONE-HALF of (total charges less
financial aid) less credits upon
receipt of statement October 20
TOTAL BALANCE of statement is
due in full BEFORE semester
examination permits will be
issued. November 20
The second semester statements and payment schedule will follow
the same procedure as the first semester with the remainder of the
student's advance payment applied to the January statement.
Past Due Date
January statement ONE-THIRD of (total charges less
financial aid) less credits upon
receipt of statement February 20
February statement ONE-HALF of (total charges less
financial aid) less credits upon
receipt of statement March 20
March statement TOTAL BALANCE of statement is
due in full BEFORE semester
examination permits will be
issued. April 20
The above schedule of payment must be mantained since the college
budget is based upon 100 percent collection of student charges.
Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards invalidated until
account is current.
Arrangement for final payment of the semester account must be made
before semester examinations may be taken or before registration for a
new semester.
TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS AND TEST SCORES
It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an
unpaid or past due account at the school, or any unpaid account for
which the college has co-signed.
Official grade transcripts will be issued for currently enrolled students
when the students' accounts are current according to the payment
schedule set forth above. No exceptions will be made.
Official grade transcripts for non-enrolled students will be issued
when students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no delin-
quencies in the payment of student loans. No exceptions will be made.
To expedite the release of these documents, the student should send
a money order or certified check to cover the balance of the account
when requesting the documents. Under provisions of federal loan pro-
grams, Southern College withholds any records when payments for
these loans become past due or are in default.
REFUND POLICY
Complete Withdrawal from Classes
A student who withdraws from all schoolwork during the semester
will receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed withdrawal
form with all the required signatures is filed with the Records Office.
T\iition refunds are calculated as follows:
First five (5) school days of the semester 95%
Sixth through 37th school day of the semester 3% less per day
No refunds after the 37th school day of the semester.
Registration Changes
Refunds of tuition for, semester hours dropped are made according
to the date the drop form with all the required signatures is filed with
the Records Office. Tliition refunds are calculated as follows:
Expenses
249
Expenses
First five (5) school days of the semester 100%
250 Sixth through 25th school day of the semester 5% less per day
No refunds after the 25th school day of the semester.
Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes
First two (2) school days 100%
Third (3rd day through end of term) Prorated through mid-term
CREDIT REFUND POLICY
Credit balances are refundable, on request, 30 days after the monthly
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in
order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example,
if a student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would
not be made until after the January statement is prepared during the
first week of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may
be refunded earlier upon request to the Student Finance Office.
If the student has received financial aid during the current semester,
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 258). Cash refunds will not be
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial
sponsor.
COLLECTION POLICY
Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are
requested to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts. If
arrangements are not made within 120 days after a student leaves South-
ern College, the unpaid account balance will be submitted to a collection
agency or attorney. Since delinquent accounts are reported to the Credit
Bureau systems, prompt payment of accounts build credit ratings which
will be important to you in the future.
If the college deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an
attorney to collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services,
including court costs, if incurred, will be added to unpaid bills.
INTEREST
Currently enrolled students will be charged interest at a rate of 3 A of
1% per month (9% APR) on any past-due balance still outstanding by
the end of the month wherein payment is due.
A carrying charge of 1% per month (12% APR) will be added to all
unpaid balances of 60 days or more for students not enrolled in school.
HEALTH INSURANCE
Southern College requires that students be covered by health insur-
ance. Students who are covered with a similar insurance plan may,
Expenses
during registration, make a request of Health Service to be excluded
from the student group health insurance. Such students will need to 25 I
supply, at that time, written evidence from their parent's employer or ""^
local insurance agent which contains the company name and policy
number under which they are covered, otherwise, coverage must be
purchased through the college health insurance plan.
BANKRUPTCY
Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceed-
ings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of
the debt, the college, upon notification of such discharge of a student's
current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal prohibition.
NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS
When determining what to bring to campus, please remember that
the college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student
even though such effects may be required by the college for student
use, or required by the college to be stored in a designated location.
College-carried insurance does not insure the personal effects of any
individual. The college recommends that students consider carrying
insurance to cover such losses.
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of
work-connected accidents.
BANKING AND CASH WITHDRAWALS
The Accounting Office operates a no-charge deposit banking service
for the convenience of the student. Financial sponsors should provide
students with sufficient funds through the banking service to cover the
cost of personal items of an incidental nature and travel expenses off
campus including vacation periods. Withdrawals may be made by the
student in person only as long as there is a credit balance. These deposit
accounts are entirely separate from the student's regular school expense
account.
STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS
Work opportunities for students are available in departments and
industries operated by the college and local private businesses. These
employing agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a
uniform work force. Student employees are responsible for meeting all
work appointments, including during examination weeks, and to main-
Expenses
tain satisfactory job performance. Work superintendents reserve the right
252 to d* sm ^ ss students if their service and work record is unsatisfactorfl
bUfci should a student find it necessary to be absent from work, he must
make arrangements with his work superintendent and Student Health
Service if he is ill.
Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of
work. Student Employment Office personnel will assist students in
finding jobs providing the student arranges a class schedule that allows
"blocks" of time for work, is physically able and willing to accept any
job offer since the college is unable to provide "preference" work. Stu-
dents must be enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours to be
eligible for campus work.
When a student accepts employment, he is expected to retain it for
the entire semester except in cases where changes are recommended
by the school nurse or Student Employment Office. Should a student
receive opportunities for more favorable employment during a school
term, the transfer must be made through the Student Employment Office
and the two employing organizations. If a student's financial plan re-
quires him to work, he must NOT drop his work schedule without
making proper arrangements with the Student Employment Office. To
do so could result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation
of ID card until proper arrangements are made.
The student pay rate is not less than student rates set by the govern-
ment wage-hour law. It may be higher if a student possesses special
skills or training and shows responsibility and consistency.
The following table is an example of earnings for students who work
30 weeks during the school year.
Hours Worked
Wage
Total Earnings
Per Week
Per Hour
For Year
10
$3.35
$1,005
10
$3.50
$1,050
10
$4.00
$1,200
10
$4.35
$1,305
10
$4.50
$1,350
15
$3.35
$1,507
15
$3.50
$1,575
15
$4.00
$1,800
15
$4.35
$1,958
15
$4.50
$2,025
20
$3.35
$2,010
20
$3.50
$2,100
20
$4.00
$2,400
20
$4.35
$2,610
20
$4.50
$2,700
Students may also work off campus; however, permission may be
Expenses
withheld for off-campus employment that could be detrimental to a
student's health or character development. PR 3
WORK INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIP
In order for a student to qualify for a $200.00 work incentive scholar-
ship each semester, the student must meet the following criteria:
1. Work at least 12 hours per week and 180 hours per semester be-
tween the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon.
2. All work must be performed in at least 3-hour blocks at an on-cam-
pus employer or at an off-campus non-profit agency (work-study).
3. The student must take at least 8 hours of academic credit (which
can be any time of the day) at Southern College.
4. All academic course work for the semester in addition to the 8
hours must also be taken at Southern College.
5. The bonus must be applied for at the end of the semester and
approved by the work superintendent.
6. The approval of this bonus will be processed by the labor office
and also approved by the Financial Aid Office.
7. This bonus is based on the assumption that a job is available and
the student meets all of the above criteria.
8. The work incentive scholarship is in addition to the regular hourly
wage received.
9. Southern College in no way guarantees that there will be enough
jobs to meet the criteria of 1 and 2. Since there are a limited
number of jobs in the morning, it is up to the student and the
work superintendent to work out a work schedule that satisfactor-
ily meets these criteria.
LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS
Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign stu-
dents with student visas are allowed to work on campus up to twenty
hours a week. Wives may work only if they have student visas of their
own or have immigrant visas.
STUDENT TITHING
SC encourages the payment of tithe and church expense by its student
workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be made
by the student (except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study
Program) to have ten percent of his school earnings charged to his
account as tithe and two percent for church expense. These funds are
then transferred by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale
Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Expenses
2S4
HALF-PRICE TUITION PLAN
A special half-price tuition plan has been established for bac-
calaureate graduates who wish to continue studies at Southern College
in order to pursue another major, enter a pre-professional program, or
update their skills. The provisions that apply are:
1. To be eligible for tuition at half price, students must have earned
a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university and
have a clear transcript, with accounts and loan payments up-to-
date with the college or university.
2. Regular admission criteria apply to this program. Completed appli-
cations, college transcripts, and recommendations must be on file
in the Admissions Office of Southern College no later than two
weeks prior to the beginning of the semester for which the graduate
is applying.
3. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Financial
Aid Office.
4. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and
where the hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The half-
price offer does not include private music lessons, independent
study, directed study, student teaching, internships, Associate De-
gree nursing, or a program where a tuition discount is already in
effect.
5. Since the half-price offer is for tuition only, it does not apply to
lab fees, surcharges for applicable courses, dormitory charges, or
cafeteria charges.
6. Southern College reserves the right to discontinue this special
tuition offer at the discretion of the college administration.
SENIOR CITIZEN TUITION POLICY
Persons over sixty-five (65) years of age may audit any regular college
course free of charge, provided there is space available and sufficient
enrollment of students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees
will be charged where required.
They may take classes for college credit at one-fourth the regular rate,
provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of students
paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be charged where
required.
They may enroll for seminars, workshops, other courses offered out-
side the regular academic structure, and private lessons at full price.
Financial Aid
FINANCIAL AID
Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national
origin, or ethnic group. The Student Finance Office follows established
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent
treatment of all applicants.
Students are urged to contact the Director of Student Finance, P.O.
Box 370, Co liege dale, Tennessee 37315-0370, for information about and
applications for financial aid. Applications received by May 1 will be
given preference. Applications received after May 1 will be processed
as long as time and funds permit.
General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one aca-
demic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take at
least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and demonstrate
financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by the Student
Finance Office. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. citizenship
or a permanent resident visa. (Visa documents must be submitted with
aid application.) Students desiring aid must reapply each year.
Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is adminis-
tered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and
philosophy which is, that the parents are the primary and responsible
source for helping a student to meet his educational costs. Financial
aid is available to help fill the gap between the student's own resources
(parental contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and the total cost
of attending Southern College. The amount of parental contribution is
based on the family's net income, number of dependents, allowable
expenses, indebtedness, and assets. The Family Financial Need Analysis
from the American College Testing Program or College Scholarship Serv-
ice is used in determining a student's eligibility for financial aid.
Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholarships
awarded on the basis of academic achievement.
Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, recip-
ient must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory aca-
demic progress is defined below. If a student does not maintain satisfac-
tory academic progress or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit
required classwork, or take required examinations, financial aid will
be suspended.
If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic Prog-
ress Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs.
255
Financial Aid
256
SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS FOR
FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
To be eligible for Federal and/or Institutional financial aid, a student
must maintain measurable satisfactory academic progress.
Financial aid recipients will be expected to complete a minimum of
25 hours of academic credit each school year (July 1 to June 30). This
will allow up to five years maximum for completion of a four-year
degree, and three years maximum to complete a two-year degree.
For the purpose of this policy, satisfactory academic progress is de-
fined as maintaining a cumulative, overall, and resident grade point
average above the suspension levels as stated in the following schedules:
Semester Hours Financial Aid Suspension Level
6-48 1.50
49-64 1.65
65-80 1.75
81-93 1.85
94-119 1.95
120 up 2.00
A student's financial aid will be suspended if he does not maintain
satisfactory academic progress as set forth above.
Financial Aid Probation Policy
1. Students who fail to maintain "satisfactory academic progress"
will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester.
The recipient must see a financial aid counselor before aid will
be released for the probationary semester. This aid is subject to
adjustment or cancellation.
2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA as listed in
the requirements above must be attained by the end of the proba-
tion semester or financial aid will be suspended.
Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid
Students may submit a written appeal to the Academic Progress Com-
mittee describing the circumstances which contributed to their failure
to make academic progress. This appeal must also include an outlined
program of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory academic re-
quirements.
When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional
semester hours and has met the satisfactory academic requirements.
Provisions for Transfer Students
Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on
all hours they have attempted. Students with a minimum GPA below
the policy, stated above, will be on financial aid probation provided
Financial Aid
257
they were eligible for continuing aid at the institution from which they
transferred.
If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they
must follow Southern College procedure for appeal and reinstatement
of financial aid.
FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES
To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid pro-
grams:
1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF] of the College
Scholarship Service.
2. The Southern College application for financial aid, Form B.
3. Southern College admissions application.
4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who at-
tended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern
College).
5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS).
6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms.
7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from home town lender.
(Southern College has arranged for last resort lenders for students
whose home town lenders do not participate in the GSL program
or for any reason refuse to make the loan).
Applications are available in January of each year and may be obtained
by contacting Southern College Financial Aid Office. Students are urged
to complete applications as early as possible after the family income
tax returns have been completed. Income tax returns only have to be
completed, not necessarily mailed to IRS before submitting the financial
aid application.
Financial Aid Award Procedures
An official offer of financial aid will be sent to each applicant. To
confirm and reserve the funds offered, the student must return the
signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt.
Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds
are available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds.
The financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan,
3) grant or scholarship.
Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds
Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each
semester. Students must sign vouchers, and other documents necessary
to have funds released to statements, at the disbursement office in
Financial Aid
Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this
258 procedure is followed.
Financial Aid Overawards
When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not in-
cluded in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the
office of Student Financial Aid. Federal Regulations prohibit "over-
awards," therefore, when total of all resources exceeds the allowable
student budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial
aid funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES
Financial Aid Refund Policy
The refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is outlined
on page 247.
Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational
costs (tuition, books, room, and board), when a student withdraws from
classes and under the refund policy receives a refund of tuition and
room rent, the refund will be used to reimburse the financial aid credited
to the student account. The allocation of the refund will be applied as
follows (according to the refund formula):
1. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT
2. PERKINS LOAN (Formerly NDSL)
3. STAFFORD LOAN (Formerly GSL)
4. PARENT STUDENT LOAN/SUPPLEMENTAL LOANS FOR STU-
DENTS
5. PELL GRANT
6. STATE GRANT
7. INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
8. PRIVATE SCHOLARSHIPS
9. PARENTS/STUDENT
Refund Formula:
Total amount of Federal and State financial aid
(excluding employment) awarded for period
Total amount of all financial aid awarded for
period (excluding employment)
Rationale for Allocation of Refund and Repayment Formula
According to the order of allocation:
1. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant — These funds are
very limited and can be re-awarded to needy students who may
have had to take two loans due to the lack of grant funds.
2. Perkins Loan — To reduce the amount of debt to the student; and
the recovery of funds can be re-awarded to other needy students.
Financial Aid
3. Stafford Loan — It is to the student's advantage to reduce the
amount of debt that will have to be repaid. P59
4. Parent Loans/Supplemental Loans for Students — These loans are "***•
obtained generally to offset or reduce their expected contribution.
5. Pell Grants are from an entitlement program and cannot be re-
awarded.
6. Recipients of State Grants are generally recipients of Pell Grants.
7. Institutional scholarships and loan funds are very limited, there-
fore these funds can be re-allocated to other students.
8. Private scholarships are usually based on achievement and not
need.
9. Parents and students are primarily responsible for educational
expenses.
Financial Aid Repayment Policy
There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An
example would be the student who received a Stafford Loan, and did
not use the full amount for educational costs. A student owing a repay-
ment to any Federally funded student aid program cannot receive any
type of Federal student aid for future enrollment periods until repay-
ments have been made.
VETERANS
Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an accred-
ited training institution. Those who qualify for educational benefits
should contact the nearest Veterans Administration office.
Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is required
to report promptly to the V.A. the last day of attendance when an eligible
student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly.
A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not
fulfill requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses,
non-credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and corre-
spondence work cannot be certified.
TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID
Scholarships
General Institutional Scholarships
Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from a vari-
ety of scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are achiev-
ing academically, and are working part time. These awards usually
range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the student's need
and availability of funds.
Financial Aid
260
The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regardless
of financial need:
ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen who
graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern Col-
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours.
For those incoming freshmen students who have a high school GPA
of 3.85 or above and an ACT composite score of 27 or above, a high
academic scholarship of $6,500 over four years is available. Two
thousand dollars would be awarded the first year at SC and $1,500 for
each of the following three years. The student would have to maintain
an SC GPA of 3.50 and carry not less than 14 semester hours of class
work each semester enrolled.
LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen
who have served as S.A. President, S.A. Vice-President, S.A. Spiritual
Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, School Paper
Editor, and enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester
hours.
NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to
finalists in the National Merit contest in the amount of $1,300 and
semi-finalists are awarded $850. Students must enroll at Southern Col-
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours.
ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score
of 25-28 are eligible for a $700 award if they maintain a college GPA
of 3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern
College. Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 29-36 are eligible
for an $850 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester
of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must
enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours.
SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in con-
ference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from
Southern College for 33.33 percent of the net amount receipted to the
student's statement.
Grants
THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which provides
grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate students.
A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a congressionally-
approved formula which considers family financial circumstances.
SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT — Lim-
ited funds are available to students with exceptional financial need.
STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, Connect-
icut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Ver-
Financial Aid
mont, Washington, and West Virginia. Check with your state grant agency
for additional information. PR I
Loans
PERKINS LOAN (formerly National Direct Student Loan) — Under
this program, students can borrow money from the federal government,
through the school. Repayment and five percent interest begin nine
months after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time
enrollment.
FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing stu-
dents only. Repayment and five percent interest begin nine months after
a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment.
STAFFORD LOANS (Formerly Guaranteed Student Loans) are avail-
able through lending agencies in each of the states. A student may
borrow from a bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or other
lender, and the state agency will guarantee the loan.
Category Annual Aggregate
of Borrower Loan Limits Loan Limits
First and Second Year $2,625
Third Year or beyond $4,000 $17,250
The federal government pays the interest on the loan while the student
is in school. Repayment and eight percent interest begin six months
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enroll-
ment. For new borrowers who seek loans for periods of enrollment
beginning on or after July 1, 1988, the interest rate is eight percent for
the first four years of repayment and 10 percent after that.
PARENT LOANS (PLUS) — A parent or self-supporting student may
borrow from a bank or other lender and a state or private non-profit
agency will guarantee the loan. A parent may borrow $4,000 per year
to a limit of $20,000.
PLUS and SLS borrowers generally must begin repaying both princi-
pal and interest within 60 days after the last loan disbursement. How-
ever, if a deferment applies (including a deferment for being in school)
borrowers do not begin repaying any principal until the deferment ends.
Note: Deferments do not apply to interest, although the lender may
let the interest accumulate until the deferment ends.
PLUS and SLS loanss have variable interest rates, adjusted each year.
For the 1988-89 award year, the interest rate was 10/45 percent. The
interest rate for the 1989-90 award year will be determined in June 1989.
The interest rate for each loan is shown on the promissory note, signed
by the borrower when the loan is made.
Financial Aid
Work
262 COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the work-study pro-
gram, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the
government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus.
Students can work part time while they are in school, and they can
work full time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic
pay rate is usually the current minimum wage; this may vary depending
on the skill and experience needed for the job.
OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS
The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to students
meeting the above requirements or having exceptional academic
achievement. Details concerning amounts and qualifications for recip-
ients of these funds can be obtained from the Director of Student Fi-
nance.
George Alden Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from Mas-
sachusetts
Appalachian Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from the Ap-
palachian Mountain region
Theresa Brickman Scholarship for office administration majors
Dora McClellan Brown Scholarship for theology majors
Burdick Scholarship for religion, behavioral science or science majors
Business Administration Scholarship for business majors
Caldwell Nursing Loan for nursing students planning to serve the
Chattanooga community
Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan
Chatlos Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from Florida
Drs. TonyY.T, andDelmaA. Q. Chen Scholarship Endowment Fund
John Christensen Scholarship for chemistry majors
Penna S. S. Chong Memorial Scholarship for nursing students from
Florida. (Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic origin)
Alvin Christensen Memorial Loan for junior or senior biology or nat-
ural science majors
Otto Christensen Loan for potential Bible instructors or theology
majors
Class of 1969 Loan for juniors and seniors
Frankie Collins Loan for ministerial students
Conger Memorial Scholarship for education majors or minors
Edythe Stephenson Vocal Music Scholarship for junior/senior voice
majors or minors
George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship for education majors
Paul Fisher Scholarship
Financial Aid
Harry H. Goggans Scholarship gm*%g%
K. W Grader Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 263
Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship
Hearst Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from the Appala-
chian region
Henson Mathematics Scholarship for math majors
D. W Hunter Scholarship for theology students
Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship
William lies Scholarship
Johnston Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from North
Carolina
Jonathan Lincoln Art Scholarship for art majors or minors
IradG Levering Loan for elementary and secondary education majors
Luddington Memorial Scholarship
Nellie Henderson Maddox Scholarship for music major or minor with
keyboard emphasis
Manor Care Scholarship for office administration majors
O. D. and Anna Ruth McKee Scholarship
Mitzelfelt Band Scholarship for members of the band
Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship for junior and senior history
majors
Carolyn Niemeyer Scholarship for nursing majors
Nursing Magazine Scholarship for nursing majors
Nutrix-Primus Nursing Scholarship for nursing majors
Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan for nursing students
A. E Ruf Family Scholarship for English or history majors
So-Ju-Conian Anonymous Birthday Scholarship for decendents of
Southern Junior College students
Linda Beardsley Stephens Memorial Loan for nursing students
Daniel W Stephenson Graphic Arts Scholarship
Sudduth Memorial Scholarship for potential teachers
Ambrose Suhrie Scholarship for elementary education majors
Anton Julius Swenson Loan
Tait Family Scholarship for nursing, business or chemistry majors
Mollie Tanzer Scholarship
William Taylor Scholarship for students from Southeast Asia College
John C and Sue Dale Thompson Scholarship
Sanford and Martha Ulmer Scholarship
Wayne VandeVere Scholarship for business and accounting majors
Scott Jeffery Yankelevitz Memorial Scholarship
^0 £*&
/
BOARD AND FACULTY
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
*A. C. McClure, Chairman
E. A. Anderson
Mardian Blair
Tom Campbell
* Richard Center
Cecil Coffey
Edythe Cothren
Jackson Doggette
C. E. Dudley
*Jim Epperson
**Charles Fleming, Jr.
Robert Folkenberg
*W. A. Geary
M. D. Gordon
R. R. Hallock
Bill Hulsey
William lies
O. R. Johnson
Ben Kochenower
J. C. McElroy
Bill McGhinnis
*Ellsworth McKee
**0. D. McKee
Denzil McNeilus
Harold Moody
Harvey Murphy
Robert Murphy
Ralph Peay
** Forrest Preston
Winton Preston
Earl Richards
Lin Richert
Jan Rushing
*Donald R. Sahly
Clinton Shankel
*Ward Sumpter
**Martha Ulmer
Tom Werner
J. H. Whitehead
Bonnie Wilkens
Ben Wygal
* Members of the Executive Board
** Honorary Trustees
COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION
PRESIDENT
Donald R. Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President
Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. (1966) Senior Vice President for
Academic Administration
Records
Mary Elam, M.A* (1965) Director of Records
265
College Administration
Library
266 Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971} . . . • Director of Libraries
Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) Associate Librarian
Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program
Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian
Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S. (1966) Assistant Librarian
(Orlando Campus)
Instructional Media
Frank Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media
ADMISSIONS, PUBLIC RELATIONS, AND ALUMNI
Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice President for
Admissions and College Relations
Doug Martin, B.A. (1988) Associate Director of Recruitment
Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director of
Recruitment
Dean Kinsey, M.Ed. (1983) Associate Vice President for
Alumni and Public Relations
Public Relations
Doris Burdick, B.A. (1983) Director, Public Relations
Student Finance and Accounts
Ken Norton, B.S. (1988) Director, Student Finance
BUSINESS SERVICES
Dale J. Bidwell, B.S. (1989) Senior Vice President for Finance
Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) Assistant Vice President for
Finance
Financial and Accounting Services
Robert Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A. (1961) Treasurer
Louesa Peters, B.A. (1964) . Chief Accountant, Assistant Treasurer
Commercial Auxiliaries
Dale Collins, B.A. (1988) .... Associate Manager, The College Press
Roy Dingle, A.S. (1974) Bakery Manager, Village Market
Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press
Don Spears (1984) Manager, Supreme Broom Company
Bruce Vogt, B.S. (1986) . . . Production Manager, The College Press
Charles Whidden (1984) Manager, Village Market
Rita Wohlers (1987) Manager, Campus Shop
Computer Services
John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director, Computer Services
Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) Analyst/Programmer
William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager
College Administration
Service Auxiliaries
Charles Lucas (1984) . Director, Physical Plant Pfif
Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service
C. R. Lacey (1970) Director, Grounds
William McKinney (1974) Director, Motor Pool
Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Custodial Services
WSMC FM90.5
Doug Walter, B.A. (1984) General Manager, WSMC FM90.5
Gerald Peel, B.A. (1985) Station Relations Director, WSMC
STUDENT SERVICES
William Wohlers, Ph.D. (1973) . Vice President for Student Services
Residence Halls
Stan Hobbs, B.A. (1985) Associate Dean of Men
Don Mathis, B.S. (1988) Associate Dean of Men
Ron Qualley, B.S. (1980) Dean of Men
Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women
Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women
Lydia Rose, B.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women
Counseling
K. R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Director of Counseling and Testing
Rhea Rolfe, M.A. (1972) Counselor
Health Service
Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service
Waldemar Kutzner, M.D. (1974) College Physician
Security
Clifford Myers, Sr. (1968) Director, Security
DEVELOPMENT
Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1980) Vice President for Development
William H. Taylor, M.A. (1958) . . . Director, Endowment Campaign
COLLEGE PASTORS
Gordon Bietz, D.Min. (1981) Pastor
James Herman, B.A. (1976) College Chaplain
Ken Rogers, B.A. (1986) Youth Pastor
Rolland Ruf, B.A. (1969) Associate College Pastor
Ed Wright, M.Div. (1985) Family Ministries Pastor
Faculty Directory
268
FACULTY EMERITI
Dorothy Evans Ackerman, M.Music, Associate Professor Emerita of
Music
B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.Mus., University of Chattanooga.
Theresa Rose Brickman, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Secre-
tarial Science
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma.
Thelma Cushman, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Home Eco-
nomics
B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; M.A.,
Michigan State University.
Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Education
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma.
Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., Northwestern Univer-
sity.
R. E. Francis, B.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D.,
Andrews University.
Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic Admin-
istration
B.A., Andrews University; Diploma in Theology, Newbold College;
Diploma of Education, University of Western Australia; M.Ed.,
Maryland University; Ed.D., Maryland University.
K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education
B.A., Valparaiso University; M.Ed., University of Chattanooga;
Ed.D., University of Tennessee.
H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Evlyn Lindberg, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of English
B.A., Willamette University; M.A., Texas Christian University.
Drew Tbrlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee.
FACULTY DIRECTORY
Kimberly Wygal Arellano, M.Acc., Assistant Professor of Business
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.Acc, Univer-
sity of Oklahoma. (1987)
Faculty Directory
J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music
B.Mus., Capital University; M.Mus., American Conservatory of PoH
Music, D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968) 6W| '
Wiley Austin, M.S., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.S., Stanford University. (1988)
Ben Bandiola, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology
B.S.E., M.A., Philippine Union College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
(1984)
tRonald Barrow, Ph.D., Vice President for Admissions and College Rela-
tions
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D.,
Walden University. (1979)
John Beckett, B.A., Director of Computer Services, Instructor of Com-
puter Science
B.A., Southern Missionary College. (1974)
Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Ellen G. White Professor of Religion
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University;
B.D., Andrews University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University.
(1961)
Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Director of Libraries, Associate Professor of
Library Science
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State Univer-
sity (1971)
tDale J. Bidwell, B.S., Senior Vice President for Finance
B.S., Columbia Union College. (1989)
Jack Blanco, Th.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Union College; M.A., SDA Theological Seminary; B.D., SDA
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary;
Th.D., University of South Africa. (1983)
Ann Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A.T., University of Tennessee
at Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1965)
Gerald Colvin, Ph.D., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Arkansas; Ph.D.,
University of Georgia. (1972, 1984)
Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Associate Professor of Office Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee
State University. (1971)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College,
t Administration
Faculty Directory
tKenneth R. Davis, M.A., Director of Counseling and Testing, Assistant
270 Professor of Religion
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University;
M.A., Boston University. (1970)
Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Speech Communication
B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan
State University. (1968)
Frank Di Memmo, M.S., Director of Instructional Media
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., Shippensburg University,
(1980)
Roy Dingle, A.S., Instructor of Home Economics; Bakery Manager, Vil-
lage Market
A.S., Southern Missionary College. (1974)
John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College
for Teachers. (1969)
Richard Erickson, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business
B.S., M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984)
Earl Evans, B.S., Director of Food Services; Instructor of Home Eco-
nomics
B.S., Andrews University. (1977)
Ted Evans, M.Ed„ Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chat-
tanooga. (1974)
Diane Fletcher, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Home Economics
B.A., Avondale College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D., Texas
Woman's University. (1985)
Flora Flood, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia.
(1983)
Sandra L. Fryling, M.A., Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.A., New Eng-
land Conservatory of Music. (1989)
Robert Garren, M.F.A., Professor of Art
B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technol-
ogy. (1968)
Philip G. Garver, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan Univer-
sity; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College,
t Administration
Faculty Directory
Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music
B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers Col- P71
lege. (1967) fc f ■
Judith Glass, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus., University of Texas at Austin; M.Mus., University of Texas
at Austin. (1975)
Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science
B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970)
Jon Green, Ph.D., Professor of Education
B.A., La Sierra College; M.S., Loma Linda University; M.A., An-
drews University; Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1989)
tFloyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Administration
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. (1966)
Edgar O. Grundset, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Walla Walla College.
(1957)
Leona Gulley, M.H.Sc, Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Philippine Union College
Seminary, M.H.Sc, Philippine Union College. (1978)
Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Missionary
College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., Andrews University;
Ph.D., Edinburgh University. (1978)
David W. Haley, B.S., Assistant Professor of Business
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1989)
Richard Halterman, M.S., Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic University.
(1987)
Jan Haluska, Ph.D., Professor of English
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981)
Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California;
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966)
Carole Haynes, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., University of Tennessee
at Chattanooga. (1982)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College,
t Administration
Faculty Directory
Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor for International Research in Physics
P7P B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of Technol-
ogy. (1955)
Dorothy Hooper, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Loma Linda University.
(1975)
Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., University of North
Carolina; Ph.D., Iowa State University. (1973)
Shirley Howard, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville. (1974)
Francis Hummer, Instructor of Technology (1979)
Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville. (1977)
Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S., Director, ANGEL Program
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of Tennes-
see, Knoxville. (1976)
Bradley G. Hyde, M.S.C.S., Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S.C.S., Maryland University.
(1988)
Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. (1982)
Steven Jaecks, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Loma Linda University; M.S., University of Tennessee at Chat-
tanooga. (1980)
Beth Jedamski, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., Georgia State Univer-
sity. (1983)
John Keyes, Ed.S., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; M.A.T.,
Andrews University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed.S., George
Peabody College for Teachers. (1987)
tDean Kinsey, M.Ed., Associate Vice President for Alumni and Public
Relations
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., Boston University. (1986)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College,
t Administration
Faculty Directory
Henry Kuhlman, PhD., Professor of Physics
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan Uni- 273
versity; PhD., Purdue University. (1968) "*
Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Work
and Family Studies
B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee, Knoxville.
(1972)
Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972)
Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980)
Terry Martin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S., Andrews
University. (1988)
Leon L Mashchak, PhJ)., Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D.,
California Graduate School of Theology. (1987)
Ben McArthur, Ph.D., Professor of History
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago. (1979)
Caroline McArthur, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University (1979)
tjack McClarty, Ed.D., Vice President for Development
B.M.Ed., University of Montana; M.M.Ed., Andrews University;
Ed.D., University of Montana. (1972)
Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D.,
University of Montana. (1972)
tRobert W. Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A., Treasurer
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., University of Arkan-
sas. (1961)
*Robert Moore, M.S., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North
Carolina. (1979)
Douglas F. Morgan, M.A., Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Chicago. (1989)
Derek Morris, D.Min., Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.Di v., Andrews University; D.Min.,
Andrews University. (1987)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College.
* Study leave
t Administration
Faculty Directory
Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science
274 B,Sm East C^ 011118 University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. (1981}
Laura Nyirady, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University (1986)
Stephen A. Nyirady, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University; Ph.D.,
Loma Linda University. (1986)
Georgia O'Brien, B.S., Instructor of Nursing
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1988)
Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter-Amer-
ican University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Andrews Univer-
sity. (1971)
*Mark Peach, M.A., Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Walla Walla College; M. A., Washington State University. (1987)
Dennis Pettibone, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History
B.A., La Sierra College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., Univer- •
sity of California, Riverside. (1988)
Marsha Rauch, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Catholic University of
America. (1986)
Evonne Richards, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Office Administration
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1983)
Joi Richards, B.S., Instructor of Physical Education
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1989)
Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Texas. (1971)
Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of Music
B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado;
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966)
Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor of Education
B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D.,
University of the Pacific. (1976)
Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.B.A., University of Maryland;
Ph.D., University of Maryland. (1964)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College.
Study leave
Faculty Directory
Daniel Rozell, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan Univer-
sity. (1978)
tDonald R. Sahly, Ed.D., President
B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Univer-
sity of the Pacific. (1986)
Helen Sauls, M.A., Associate Professor of Education
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M. A., University of Iowa. (1989)
Lynn Sauls, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and English
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Peabody College of Van-
derbilt University; Ph.D., University of Iowa. (1989)
Lola Scoggins, M.P.H., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Columbia Union College; M.P.H., Loma Linda University.
(1988)
Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music
B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982)
David Smith, M.A., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University. (1981)
Peggy Smith, B.S., Instructor of Office Administration
B.S. Southern Missionary College. (1988)
Kenneth Spears, M.B.A., Vice President for Finance
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.A., Middle Tennessee State
University (1963)
Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews University;
Ph.D., University of Manchester. (1969)
Jeanette Stepanske, Ed.D., Professor of Education
B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1979)
Elvie Swinson, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N.E., Columbia Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University.
(1973)
tWilliam H. Taylor, M.A., Director, Endowment Campaign
B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska. (1958)
Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Union College; M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Maryland. (1966)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College,
t Administration
Faculty Committees
Cheryl K. Thompson, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Florida.
(1982)
Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.P.A., Ruth McKee Professor ofEntrepre-
neurship and Business Ethics
B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. (1956)
Dale Walters, M.S., Assistant Professor of Technology
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., East Tennessee University.
(1988)
Steven E. Warren, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982)
Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976)
Larry Williams, M.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Work and Family
Studies
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.W., University of Georgia.
(1983)
tWilliam Wohlers, Ph.D., Vice President for Student Services
B. A., Walla Walla College; M. A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Nebraska. (1973)
Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Andrews University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern Califor-
nia. (1966)
Marcie Woolsey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Loma Linda University;
Ph.D., University of California, Davis. (1981)
Jon D. Worth, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S., Washington State University. (1989)
PROPOSED FACULTY COMMITTEES
FOR THE 1989-90 SCHOOL YEAR
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS: Floyd Greenleaf, Chairman, Ron Barrow, Peggy Bennett,
Jack Blanco, Gerald Colvin, Frank Di Memmo, John Durichek, Mary Elam, Diane
Fletcher, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson, Ray Hefferlin, Bradley Hyde,
Ed Lamb, Katie Lamb, Ben McArthur, Stephen Nyirady, Marvin Robertson, Lynn
Sauls, David Smith, Wayne VandeVere, and Steven Warren.
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College,
t Administration
Faculty Committees
ABSENCE COMMITTEE: Dorothy Hooper, Chairman, Ann Clark, Rick Halter-
man, Kassy Krause, Don Mathis, and Becky Rolfe. n^^
ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman, Joyce Cotham, Sharon
Engel, Floyd Greenleaf, Ron Qualley, El vie Swinson, and William Wohlers.
ADVISEMENT COMMITTEE: Mary Elam, Chairman, Ben Bandiola, Ron Barrow,
K. R. Davis, Floyd Greenleaf, Carole Haynes, Merritt MacLafferty, Evonne
Richards, and Larry Williams.
COMPUTER SERVICES COMMITTEE: Dale Bidwell, Chairman, Mary Elam,
Richard Erickson, Floyd Greenleaf, Bradley Hyde, Henry Kuhlman, Ken Norton,
Louesa Peters, Larry Williams, and one student. John Beckett serves as consult-
ant.
FACULTY AFFAIRS COMMITTEE: Larry Hanson, Chairman, Ron Barrow, Jan
Haluska, Steve Jaecks, Katie Lamb, Stephen Nyirady, and Wayne VandeVere.
FINANCIAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE: Dale Bidwell, Chairman, Richard
Erickson, Earl Evans, Ed Lamb, and Allen Olsen.
GENERAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE: Gerald Colvin, Chairman, Ben Mc-
Arthur (Ch. Honors Committee), Dave Smith (Ch. Writing Committee), Beth
Jedamski, Dan Rozell, Ron Springett, and Mitchell Thiel.
WRITING SUBCOMMITTEE: Dave Smith, Chairman, Bruce Ashton, Douglas
Bennett, Ray Hefferlin, Duane Houck, Pat Morrison, and Lynn Sauls.
HONORS COMMITTEE: Ben McArthur, Chairman, Floyd Greenleaf (ex officio),
Wilma McClarty, Helmut Ott, Art Richert, Cecil Rolfe, and Marcie Woolsey.
LOANS AND SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE: Ken Norton, Chairman, Ron Bar-
row, Sharon Engel, Shirley Howard, Jack McClarty, Ron Qualley, William
Wohlers (ex officio), and two students.
INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES COMMITTEE: John Keyes, Chairman, Peggy
Bennett {Library and Academic Affairs), Don Dick, Frank Di Memmo (Instruc-
tional Media), Loranne Grace (Library), and Steve Warren.
RECRUITMENT / RETENTION COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman, K. R.
Davis, John Durichek, Ted Evans, Carole Haynes, Dean of Men, Dean of Vfomen,
and one student.
SOCIAL / RECREATIONAL COMMITTEE: Jeanne Davis, Chairman, Earl Evans,
Steve Jaecks, Laura Nyirady, Georgia O'Brien, Cherie Smith, and Peggy Smith.
TEACHER EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL COMMITTEE: (All ex officio) Gerald
Colvin, Chairman, Ben Bandiola, Hamlet Canosa, Joyce Cotham, John Durichek,
Diane Fletcher, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, Larry
Hanson, Carole Haynes, Leon Mashchak, Helmut Ott, Dennis Pettibone, Marvin
Robertson, Cyril Roe, Jeanette Stepanske, Alton Whidden, William Wohlers,
and Marcie Woolsey.
STUDENT SERVICES COMMITTEE: William Wohlers, Chairman, Kim Arellano,
Don Dick, Sharon Engel, Judy Glass, Edgar Grundset, Jim Herman, Ken Norton,
Ron Qualley, Pat Silver, and three students.
Faculty Committees
SUBCOMMITTEES UNDER STUDENT SERVICES:
278 ARTIST ADVENTURE/PROGRAMS: William Wohlers, Chairman, Doris Bur-
dick, Frank Di Memmo, Earl Evans, Orlo Gilbert, E. O. Grundset, Stan Hobbs,
Kassy Krause, Steve Jaecks, Jack McClarty, Mark Peach, and four students.
DISCIPLINE POOL SUBCOMMITTEE: Judy Glass, Leona Gulley, Beth
Jedamski, Callie McArthur, Dennis Pettibone, and Marcie Woolsey.
FILMS SUBCOMMITTEE: Don Dick, Chairman, Earl Evans, Loranne Grace,
Norman Gulley, Callie McArthur, Robert Merchant, William Wohlers (ex
officio), and two students.
RELIGIOUS LIFE SUBCOMMITTEE: Jim Herman, Chairman, Phil Garver,
Leona Gulley, Stan Hobbs, Derek Morris, Lydia Rose, and four students.
SCREENING SUBCOMMITTEE: Pat Silver, Chairman, Diane Fletcher, Kassy
Krause, Terry Martin, Don Mathis, Joi Richards, Lola Scoggins, William
Wohlers {ex officio), and two students.
STUDENT PERSONNEL COMMITTEE: William Wohlers, Chairman, K. R.
Davis, Sharon Engel, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, James Herman, Stan Hobbs,
Kassy Krause, Don Mathis, Cliff Myers, Ron Qualley, Becky Rolfe, and Lydia
Rose.
ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL: Don Sahly, Chairman, Ron Barrow, Dale Bid-
well, Doris Burdick, Helen Durichek, Mary Elam, Floyd Greenleaf, Dean
Kinsey, Jack McClarty, Robert Merchant, Ken Norton, William Wohlers, and
two teaching faculty members.
INDEX
Absences . 29
Academic Calendar Inside back
Academic Enrichment Services ....... 33
Academic Honesty 26
Academic Policies 11
Academic Probation and Dismissal 27
Accounting, Courses in 71
Accounts, Statements and Billing . . 245-249
Accreditation and Memberships 5, 188
Administration Building 6
Administrative Staff 265
Admissions . . 7
Admission to Teacher Education 108
Advance Payment 247
Adventist Colleges Abroad
Financial Policy 247
Allied Health Professions 38
E. A. Anderson Lecture Series ....... 33
Florence Oliver Anderson Lecture Series . 33
Anesthesia 231
Application Procedure 10
Art, Courses in 46
Architectural Studeis 222
Arthur W. Spalding School 6
Assembly Attendance 30, 240
Associate Degree Programs 21, 22
Accounting 68
Allied Health 38
Architectural Studies 222
Computer Applications 221
Computer Science 84
Consumer and Family Science 92
Dietetics 95
Engineering Studies 133
Food Service 94
General Studies 229
Home Economics 92
Nursing 187
Office Administration 69
'technology 221
Attendance Regulations 29
Auditing Courses 24
Auto Body, Diploma Program 223
Baccalaureate Degree Programs 20-22
Bachelor of Arts 20
Art 45
Biology 55
Chemistry 79
Computer Science 84
English 136
French 170
German 170
History 149
International Studies 171
Journalism 155
Broadcasting 157
News Editorial 156
Public Relations 158
Mathematics 164
Music 174
Physics 202
Psychology 103
Religion 208
Spanish 170
Bachelor of Business Administration ... 64
Bachelor of Music 175
Bachelor of Science 20-22
Behavioral Science 50
Family Studies 50
Biology 55
Business Administration 63
Chemistry 79
Computer Applications 221
Computer Science 84
Consumer and Family Science 92
Education 103
Accreditation HI
Elementary 125
Professional Semester 114
Secondary 124
Food Service Administration 94
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation W2
Health Science 143
Home Economics 92
Long-Term Health Care 67
Mathematics 164
Medical Science 229
Medical Technology 38
Nursing 187
Office Administration 69
Physics 202
Social Work 51
Banking and Cash Withdrawals 251
Bankruptcy 251
Behavioral Science, Courses in 51
Biblical Languages, Courses in 220
Biblical Studies, Courses in . , 215
Biology, Courses in 57
Board of Trustees 265
Executive Board 265
Brock Hall 6
Business Administration,
Courses in 73
Campus Organizations 240
Certification 5, 111
Challenge Exams 31
Chamber Music Series 34
Changes in Registration 23
Chemistry, Courses in 81
Class Attendance 29
Class Office Eligibility 240
Class Standing 13
CLEP Exams 31
Collection Policy 250
College Administration 265
College Plaza 6
College Publications 156
Collegedale Church 6
Commercial Auxiliaries Managers 266
Computer Center 6
Computer Science, Courses in . ♦ 88
Concert-Lecture Series . . 33, 240
Conduct 240
Correspondence Wwrk 32
Counseling 238
Course Load . . » * 24
Course Numbers . 37
Course Sequence 32
Darnells Hall 6
Dean's List , 20
Degree Requirements, Basic 12
Degrees Offered 20-22
Associate Degrees 20-22
Bachelor of Arts 20-22
Bachelor of Music 175
Bachelor of Science 20-22
Bachelor of Business
Administration 64
Bachelor of Social Work 51
General Education
Requirements 15
Major and Minor
Requirements 20
Dental Hygiene 41
Dentistry 231
Dietetics 95
Dining Services 237
Dismissal 27
Distinguished Dean's List 20
E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 33
Earth Science, Courses in 207
Economics, Courses in 73
Education, Courses in 126
Elementary Education 104
Emeriti Faculty 268
Employment Service 239
English, Courses in 138
Proficiency in 10
Engineering 133
Eugene A. Anderson Heiller Organ
Concert Series 33
Examinations
Attendance 29
Credit by 31
CLEP 31
Special 31
Special Fees 245
Expenses 243
Facilities 6
Faculty
Committees 276
Directory 268
Emeriti 268
Financial Information 243
Aid ; 255
Grants 262
Loans . 261
Satisfactory Academic
Progress for 256
Scholarships 259
Veterans 259
Banking and Cash Withdrawals 251
Expenses
Advance Payments 247
Application Fee 10
Estimated Student Budget 243
Food Service . . 247
Housing 246
International Student Deposit 247
Late Registration 245
Special Fees and Charges 245
Student Costs 243
Student Tithing 253
Tuition 243
Tuition Refunds 249
Family Rebate 243
Methods of Payment 248
Florence Oliver Anderson
Lecture Series 33
Food and Nutrition, Courses in 99
Food Service Administration ........ 94
Food Service, One-Year
Certificate Course 97
Foreign Study 170
French, Courses in 172
Freshman Standing 7
Full-Time Student 25
General Education, Purpose of 15
General Education Requirements 15
General Studies 229
Geography, Courses in 153
German, Courses in 172
Grading System 25
Graduation Requirements 13
Graduation with Honors 19
Graphic Arts 224
Greek, Courses in 220
Grievance Procedure 28
Guidance and Counseling 238
Hackman Hall 6
Half-Price Tuition 254
Health Education, Courses in 146
Health Insurance 250
Health, Physical Education and
Recreation, Courses in 144
Health Service 238
History of the College 4
History, Courses in 151
Home Economics, Courses in 98
Home Management, Courses in 101
Honor Roll 20
Honors, Graduation with 19
Honors Program 18
Honors Studies Sequence 19
Housing 246
Deposit 246
Humanities, Courses in 154
Humanities Film Series 34
Incompletes 25
Industrial Education, See Technology
Instructional Media 34
Insurance 250
Interest 250
International Students 9
Journalism, Courses in 159
Labor Regulations 251
Foreign Students 253
Labor-Class Load 251
Late Registration 245
Law 232
Ledford Hall . . . 6
Libraries 34
Library Science, Courses in . 163
Loans \ 261
Major and Minor Requirements 20
Mathematics, Courses in 164
Mazie Herin Hall 6
McKee Library 6* 34
Medical Science 229
Medical Technology, Course in 39
Medicine 232
Minors
Art 46
Behavioral Science 51
Biblical Languages 214
Biology 57
Business Administration 71
Chemistry 81
Clothing and Textiles 93
Computer Science 85
Consumer and Family Science 93
English 138
Foods and Food Service ....... * . . 93
French 170
German 170
Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation 143
History 150
Home Economics 93
Journalism
Broadcast 159
News Editorial 158
Public Relations 159
Mathematics 166
Music 180
Office Administration 71
Physics 204
Psychology 103
Religion 214
Sociology . * 51
Spanish 170
Technology 223
Modern Languages, Courses in 171
Music, Courses in 180
Curricula
Bachelor of Music 175
Bachelor of Arts 179
Ensembles 185
Fees 244
Nursing, Courses in 192
Accreditation 188
Admission Requirements .... 8, 190, 194
Expenses 245
Loans 261
Scholarships 262
Objectives of the College 3
Occupational Therapy 42
Occupational Therapy Assistant 41
Office Administration, Courses in 76
One-Year Certificates 13, 21, 22
Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing . . . 223
Food Service 97
Optometry 233
Organizations 240
Orientation Program 238
Osteopathic Medicine 234
Overseas Study 170
Petition 28
Pharmacy 234
Philosophy 3
Physical Education Building 6
Physical Education, Courses in 144
Physical Therapy 43
Physical Therapy Assistant 41
Physics, Courses in 204
Pierson Lecture Series 34
Placement 239
Political Science, Courses in 153
Pre-professional and
Technical Curricula 22, 40, 95, 221
Anesthesia 231
Dental Hygiene 41
Dentistry 231
Dietetics 95
Engineering 133
Graphic Arts 224
Law 232
Medical Records Administration 71
Medical Technology 38
Medicine 232
Occupational Therapy 42
Optometry 233
Osteopathy 234
Pharmacy 234
Physical Therapy 43
Pre-Health Information
Administration 71
Public Health Science . 235
Radiologic Technology 41
Respiratory Therapy 41
Technical Plant Services 224
Veterinary Medicine 236
Probation 27
Programs of Study 20-22
Psychology, Courses in . 103
Public Health Science 235
Publications 156, 239
Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 35, 156
Rebate, Family 243
Refund Policy 249
Credit Refund 250
Financial Aid Refund Policy 258
Registration 23
Rehabilitation Act 237
Religion Center . . 6
Religion, Courses in 215
Religious Organizations 240
Residence Halls 237
Residence Requirements 14
Respiratory Therapy 41
Right of Petition 28
Satisfactory Academic Progress .... 28, 256
Scholarships 259
Scholastic Probation 27
Secondary Education 124
Senior Citizen Tuition Policy 254
Senior Placement Service 239
Sequence of Courses 32
Service Auxiliaries, Managers 267
Setting of College 4
SC Students 5
Bachelor of Social Work 51
Social Work, Courses in 52
Sociology, Courses in 53
So-Ju-Conian Hall . 6
Southern Facts Inside Front Cover
Southern Scholars Benefits 18, 244
Spalding Elementary School 6
Spanish, Courses in 172
Special Student 9
Special Fees and Charges 245
Speech, Courses in 141
Speech-Language
Pathology and Audiology 41
Staley Christian Scholar
Lecture Series 33
Standards of Conduct 240
Student Association 239
Student Center 6
Student Employment Service 239
Student Life and Services 237
Study and Work Load 24, 25
Subject Requirements
for Admission 8
Summerour Hall 6
Talge Hall 6
Teacher Education Certification Ill
Technology 221
Textiles and Clothing, Courses in 98
Thatcher Hall 6
Tithe and Church Expense 253
Transcripts 32, 245
Transfer of Credit 141
Transfer Students 8
Trustees, Board of 265
TUition and Fees 243
Tuition Refunds 249
Upper Division 15
Veterans 259
Veterinary Medicine 236
Waiver Examinations 31
Withdrawals 249
Lynn \food Hall 6
J. Mabel Wbod Hall 6
WDrk Regulations 251
Work-Study Schedule 24, 25
Worship Services 241
\Might Hall 6
WSMC FM90.5 35, 156
1989
S M
JULY
T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7 89
9 10 1t 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
t 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
1990
JANUARY
, S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
APRIL
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
JULY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28
MAY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 It
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
MARCH
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
5 M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 26 29
30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
1989-90 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1989 Summer Sessions
*
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Registration
May 8
June 5
July 3
July 30
Freshmen Orientation
July 30
Classes begin
May 8
June 5
July 3
July 31
Late registration fee
May 9
June 6
July 5
Aug. 1
Last day to add course/fee
for class change
May 10
June 7
July 6
Aug. 2
Independence Day Observed
July 4
Last day to drop and
automatically receive a "W"
May 19
June 16
July 14
Aug. 11
All withdrawals after this
date receive "F"
May 26
June 23
July 21
Aug. 18
Classes end
June 2
June 30
July 28
Aug* 25
• The Southern College summer term consists of four
4-week sessions. Students in attendance during the
1988-89 school year may register at any time during
the week immediately preceding the session.
1st Semester
2nd Semester
1989-90
1989-90
Faculty Colloquium
Aug. 18-20
ACT and CLEP Exams
Aug. 25,
27
Registration by appointment
Aug. 28,
29
Jan. 8
Classes begin
Aug. 30
Jan. 9
Late registration fee
Aug. 30
Jan. 9
Fee for class change
Sept. 6
Jan. 16
Last day to add course
Sept. 12
Jan. 22
Senior Class organization
Jan. 16
Mid-term ends
Oct. 19
Mar. 1
Mid-semester vacation
Oct. 20-22
Mar. 2-11
.
Alumni Homecoming
Oct. 27-29
Last day to drop and
automatically rei
*
***- i6
Pre-Registration/A< SOUTHERN
° 1 llllliaa !■■■■
COLLEGE MCKEE TBPadv
Thanksgiving Vacs II II
II
IIIIIIIHIII
11 mini imm mi
Iflif
Senior deadline fo IMHIHIHH
Hill
lllll ill
II
correspondence/
TMS08468R '"
llll j
All withdrawals aim m» —
date receive "F"
coir
18-21
For Reference
Not to be taken
from this library
Apr. 8, 9
Apr. 30 -
May 6
May 3
♦ \
SOUTHERN COLLEGE
OF S-EVENTH-DA^ ADVENTISTS
POST OFFICE BOX 370
COLLEGEDALE, TENNESSEE 37315-0370
Nonprofit Organization
U.S. POSTAGE
PAID
Permit No. 6
Collegedale, TN 37315
Address Correction Requested
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11